larimer county fairgrounds · bec budweiser events center ina mac equipment indoor arena epav mac...

2019 Larimer County Fair 5280 Arena Circle, Ste #101

Loveland, CO 80538 Fairgrounds Main Office - (970) 619-4000 FAX 619-4001

Fair Extension Entry Office - (970) 619-4080 (July 10 – August 9) FAX – 970-619-4085

INDEX

2019 County Fair Schedule General Information ...................................................1 Exhibitor General Rules & Regulations .....................2 4-H Rules & Regulations ..........................................4 4-H Livestock Division Rules ....................................5 County Fair Health Regulations .................................8 Junior Livestock Sale ................................................9 4-H Livestock / Animal Division Department A - Beef ............................................... 11 Department B - Dairy .............................................. 16 Department C - Goats ............................................. 19 Department C1 - Alpacas/Llamas ........................... 28 Department D - Horses ........................................... 30 Department E - Sheep ............................................. 36 Department F - Swine ............................................. 40 Department G - Livestock Showmanship Round Robin ........................................................... 44 Department H - Poultry ........................................... 46 Department J - Rabbits ............................................ 52 Department K - Dogs .............................................. 57 Department K1 - Cats ............................................. 67 4-H General Division (Static Projects) 4-H General Division Rules .................................... 69 Department L - Veterinary Science ......................... 71 Department L - Horseless Horse .............................. 72 Department L - Cats ................................................. 73 Department M - Gardening ...................................... 74 Department O - Computers ...................................... 75 Department O - Electrics ......................................... 76 Department O - Model Rocketry ............................ 77 Department O - Model Rocketry Fly Day ................ 79 Department O - Robotics ......................................... 80 Department O - Small Engines ............................... 82 Department P - Entomology .................................... 83 Department P - Outdoor Adventures ....................... 85 Department P - Shooting Sports .............................. 86 Department P - Sportfishing .................................... 88 Department P - Wildlife Conservation ..................... 89 Department Q - Global Citizenship ......................... 90 Department Q - Leathercraft ................................... 91 Department Q - Photography ................................... 93 Department Q - 4-H Filmmaking ............................. 96 Department Q - Woodworking ................................ 97 Department R - Self-Determined ............................ 98

4-H Consumer / Family Division (Static Projects) 4-H Consumer / Family Division Rules ................. 99 Department – SR - Fashion Revue ....................... 100 Department T - Clothing ....................................... 102 Department T - Artistic Clothing ........................... 105 Department U - Heritage Arts ............................... 107 Department W - Foods ......................................... 110 Department W - Food Preservation ...................... 113 Department W - Cake Decorating ........................ 115 Department Y - Home Environment ..................... 120 Department Z1 - Ceramics .................................... 122 Department Z2 - Scrapbooking ............................ 124 Department Z3 - Visual Arts ................................ 126 Department Z4 - Leadership .................................. 127 Department Z7 - Cloverbuds ................................. 129 Open Class Division How to Enter Open Class Exhibits ........................ 130 General Rules & Regulations ................................ 131 Open Class Horticulture & Garden Flowers How to Enter Open Class Exhibits ........................ 130 Department OG - Horticulture .............................. 132 Department OJ - Garden Flowers ......................... 134 Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography & Creative Crafts How to Enter Open Class Exhibits ........................ 130 General Rules & Regulations ................................ 131 Open Class Rules ................................................... 136 Department OK - Baked Products ........................ 137 Department OL - Canned & Dried Products ......... 139 Department OM - Needlework ............................. 142 Department ON - Quilting .................................... 144 Department OP - Spinning & Weaving ................ 147 Department OR - Machine Work .......................... 149 Department OS - Fine Arts ................................... 151 Department OT - Photography ............................. 153 Department OU - Creative Crafts ......................... 155 Code of Conduct & Dress Code ............................ 157 IAFE Code of Show Ring Ethics ........................... 158 Entry Forms 4-H Entry Form Livestock Code of Ethics Form 4-H Horse Entry Form 4-H Dog Entry Form Open Class Entry Form

2019 Larimer County Fair Schedule of Events SCHEDULE as of May 21, 2019 ---- SCHEDULE SUBJECT TO CHANGE

BEC Budweiser Events Center INA Mac Equipment Indoor Arena EPAV Mac Equipment Livestock Pavilion - East SEXH First National Bank Exhibition Hall –South WPAV Mac Equipment Livestock Pavilion –West RUOA Round Up Outdoor Arena NEXH First National Bank Exhibition Hall – North LHOA Long Horn Outdoor Arena RSA Ranch Small Arena 4-H BLDG McKee 4-H & Community Bldg.

WEDNESDAY, JULY 10

8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. Fair Extension Office Opens,

McKee Building, The Ranch

THURSDAY, JULY 11

8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. Fair Extension Office Open,


FRIDAY, JULY 12

8:00 A.M. – 5:00 p.m. Fair Extension Office Open,


MONDAY, JULY 15

8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. 4-H & OPEN CLASS EXHIBIT

ENTRY/PRE-REGISTRATION

FORM SUBMISSION DEADLINE-

Fairgrounds Extension Office,


By 6:00 p.m. Musical Freestyle Riding Pattern and

Music Submitted to Fairgrounds

Extension Office, McKee Building,

The Ranch

THURSDAY, JULY 18

5:00 p.m. – 6:30 p.m. 4-H Cat Show Set Up 4-H BLDG

FRIDAY, JULY 19

8:00 a.m. – 9:00 a.m. 4-H Cat Show Check-In 4-H BLDG

9:00 a.m. 4-H Cat Show 4-H BLDG

1:00 p.m. – 4:00 p.m. Dog Show Set-Up NEXH

5:00 p.m. Dress-A-Pup NEXH

5:00 p.m. All Horse Entries Close

SATURDAY, JULY 20

1:00 p.m. – 2:00 p.m. 4-H Dog Showmanship & Advanced,

Excellent & Advanced/Excellent

Rally Check-In SEXH

2:30 p.m. 4-H Dog Showmanship & Advanced,

Excellent & Advanced/Excellent

Rally Show

SEXH

SUNDAY, JULY 21

8:00 a.m. – 9:30 a.m. 4-H Dog Obedience & Novice &

Intermediate Rally Check-In SEXH

10:00 a.m. 4-H Dog Obedience & Novice &

Intermediate Rally Show

SEXH

WEDNESDAY, JULY 24

7:30 a.m. Sign up for Interview Judging

Open until 12:00 noon Monday

July 29 - Online

9:00 a.m. 4-H Fashion Revue Judging,

4-H BLDG

5:00 p.m. All 4-H Entries Close (No entries

accepted beyond this point)

7:00 p.m. Public Fashion Revue,

4-H BLDG, Exhibit Hall

THURSDAY, JULY 25

4:00 p.m. Premier Exhibitor Testing

4-H BLDG

4:00 p.m. Supreme Beef Interviews

4-H BLDG

4:00 p.m. Dairy Goat Knowledge Bowl Contest

4-H BLDG

7:00 p.m. Livestock Superintendent Meeting,

RSA

FRIDAY, JULY 26

6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. 4-H Horse Stall Set Up (No Horses)

WPAV

SATURDAY, JULY 27

9:30 a.m. LARIMER COUNTY FAIR

PARADE Downtown Loveland

6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. Session One & Whole Fair Camper

Check-In

4:00 p.m.- 6:00 p.m. Horse Check-In ALL Horses

Vet Check WPAV

5:00 p.m. – 8:30 p.m. Mac Equipment Indoor Arena &

Round Up Outdoor Arena - Open

9:00 p.m. Barn Closes WPAV

SUNDAY, JULY 28

6:00 a.m. Barn Opens WPAV

7:30 a.m. – 9:00 a.m. Indoor & Outdoor Arenas Open

8:00 a.m. Model Rocketry Fly Day

Field East of Parking Lot A

8:00 a.m. – 12:00 Noon Session One & Whole Fair Camper

Check-In

10:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. 4-H Horse Show English Classes

INA & BEC

4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Barn Access Feeding Time WPAV

6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. English Horse Check-Out WPAV


4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Dairy /Pygmy Goat Barn Set Up

EPAV

MONDAY, JULY 29

6:00 a.m. Barn Opens WPAV

6:00 a.m. – 7:00 a.m. Indoor & Outdoor Arenas Open

6:00 a.m. – 8:00 a.m. Barn Access Feeding Time WPAV

8:00 a.m. – 4:00 p.m. 4-H Horse Show Western Classes

INA & BEC

4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Barn Access Feed Time WPAV

4:00 p.m. – 7:00 p.m. Interview Judging Set Up

4-H BLDG

4:00 p.m. – 7:00 p.m. Open Class Exhibit Set Up

SEXH

4:00 p.m. – 7:00 p.m. Dairy/Pygmy Goat Check-In & Vet

Check EPAV

6:00 p.m. Musical Freestyle INA

9:00 p.m. Barns Close WPAV



TUESDAY, JULY 30

6:00 a.m. Barns Open WPAV

6:00 a.m. – 8:00 a.m. Barn Access Feeding Time WPAV

7:30 a.m. Walk Through Trail Course BEC

8:00 a.m. – 2:00 p.m. 4-H Horse Show Western Classes

INA & BEC

8:00 a.m. – 11:30 a.m. 4-H Horse Western Trail BEC

8:30 a.m. - 10:00 a.m. 4-H General & Family Projects not

being interview judged - Check-In

4-H BLDG

9:00 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. 4-H General Projects - Interview

Judging – by appointment

4-H BLDG

9:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. 4-H Consumer & Family Projects -

Interview Judging - by appointment

4-H BLDG

10:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. Cloverbud & Special 4-H Displays

Check-In 4-H BLDG

1:00 p.m. – 2:00 p.m. Dairy Goat Entry Check & Clipper

Decontamination EPAV

2:00 – 4:00 p.m. Dairy Goat Fitting & Judging

Contests RSA

2:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. Horse Check-Out WPAV

2:00 p.m. – 8:30 p.m. 4-H Ranch Horse Classes

INA & BEC

4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Market Goat Barn Set Up EPAV

4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Barn Access Feeding Time WPAV

5:00 p.m. - 8:00 p.m. Open Class Home Economics, Fine

Arts, Photography & Creative Crafts

Exhibits - Check-In SEXH

6:00 p.m. Milk Does & Weigh In by 6:00 p.m.

EPAV


10:00 p.m. Barn Closes EPAV

WEDNESDAY, July 31

6:00 a.m. Barns Open WPAV & EPAV

6:00 a.m. – 8:00 a.m. Barn Access Feeding Time

WPAV & EPAV

8:00 a.m. 4-H Horse Gymkhana Orientation &

Written Test INA

8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. Dairy & Pygmy Goat Showmanship;

followed by Dairy Goat Show &

Pygmy Goat Show; Milk Does after

Completion of Show RSA

8:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. Open Class Home Economics &

Creative Crafts Judging SEXH

9:00 a.m. 4-H Horse Gymkhana Classes

INA & RUOA

10:00 a.m. Open Class Fine Arts Judging

SEXH

9:30 a.m. Wine & Liquer Judging SEXH

1:30 p.m. Honey Judging SEXH

3:30 p.m. Horse Awards Ceremony RSA

4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Barn Access Feeding Times

WPAV & EPAV

4:00 p.m. – 5:00 p.m. Dog Agility Check-in INA

5:00 p.m Dog Agility Show INA

5:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. Swine Barn Set Up EPAV

WEDNESDAY, July 31

(continued)

6:00 - 8:00 p.m. Market Goat Check-In/Weigh-

In/Carcass Ultrasound/Breeding Goat

Check-In EPAV

6:00 – 8:00 p.m. Alpaca/Llama Check-In WPAV

10:00 p.m. Barns Close WPAV & EPAV

THURSDAY, AUGUST 1

6:00 a.m. Barns Open


WPAV & EPAV

7:00 a.m. Dairy Goat - Milk Does & Weigh In

EPAV

7:30 a.m. - 9:30 a.m. Open Class Horticulture Check-In

SEXH

7:30 a.m. - 10:45 a.m. Open Class Garden Flowers

Check-In SEXH

8:00 a.m. Goat Costume Classes & Goat

Obstacle Course RSA

8:00 a.m. Alpaca Show & Awards INA

10:00 a.m. Open Class Horticulture Judging

SEXH

11:00 a.m. Open Class Garden Flowers Judging

SEXH

11:00 a.m. – 1:00 p.m. Dairy/Pygmy Goat Check-out

1:00 p.m. Showmanship, Breeding & Market

Goat Judging RSA

4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Barn Access Feeding Time EPAV

BY 5:00 p.m. Session One Camper Check-Out –

MUST BE OUT BY 5:00

5:00 p.m. Open Class Photography Judging

SEXH

4:00 p.m. Poultry Barn Setup EPAV

5:00 p.m. – 7:00 p.m. Sheep Barn Setup EPAV

5:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. Beef/Dairy Barn Set Up

WPAV

6:00 p.m. – 9:00 p.m. Swine Weigh-In/Carcass

Ultrasound EPAV

6:00 – 8:00 p.m. Alpacas Check-Out

10:00 p.m. Barns Close EPAV

FRIDAY, AUGUST 2

6:00 a.m. Barns Open EPAV

6:00 a.m. – 8:00 a.m. Barn Access Feeding Times EPAV

7:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. Sheep Check-In/Weigh-In/Carcass

Ultrasound/Breeding Check-in EPAV

7:00 a.m. – 10:00 a.m. Market Beef Check-In/Weigh-In &

Breeding Beef Check-In WPAV

10:30 a.m. – 12:30 p.m. Session Two Camper Check-In

12:00 Noon – 5:00 p.m. Dairy Barn Set Up WPAV

12:00 Noon - 6:00 p.m. Rabbit Barn Set Up WPAV

1:00 p.m. Dairy Goat Awards RSA

3:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Poultry Check-In EPAV

3:00 p.m. – 7:00 p.m. Session Two Camper Check-In

4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Barn Access Feeding Time

WPAV & EPAV

4:00 p.m. - 9:00 p.m. 4-H & Open Class Exhibit Halls

Open to the Public

5:00 p.m. Breeding Sheep Judging, Sheep

Showmanship RSA



FRIDAY, AUGUST 2

(continued)

6:00 p.m. - 9:00 p.m. Rabbit Check-In (all rabbits) WPAV

7:00 p.m. Poultry Barn Closed EPAV

10:00 p.m. Barns Close EPAV & WPAV

SATURDAY, AUGUST 3

6:00 a.m. Barns Open EPAV & WPAV


EPAV & WPAV

7:00 a.m. - 10:00 a.m. Dairy Cattle Check In WPAV

8:30 a.m. – 3:30 p.m. Poultry Showmanship EPAV

9:00 a.m. – 11:00 a.m. Session Two Camper Check-In

9:00 a.m. Sheep - Pee Wee Showmanship,

Market Classes RSA

10:00 A.M. Weighing Meat Production Trio

Chickens EPAV

10:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. Rabbits-Six-Class, Non-Purebred

Pets, Market Rabbits & Four Class-

Judging WPAV

10:00 a.m. - 9:00 p.m. 4-H & Open Class Exhibit Halls

Open to the Public

4:00 p.m. Swine Showmanship RSA


EPAV & WPAV

6:00 p.m. 4-H Rabbit Check-Out (not all

rabbits) WPVA


SUNDAY, AUGUST 4


6:00 a.m. – 8:00 a.m. Barn Access Feeding Times

EPAV & WPAV

7:00 a.m. – 9:00 a.m. Free Pancake Breakfast Private

Party Tent outside Indoor Arena

9:00 a.m. Market Swine & Club Pen of Three

Market Swine, Under Weight/Over

Weight Pigs Judging

RSA

9:00 a.m. Poultry Judging EPAV

10:00 a.m. - 2:30 p.m. Rabbit Showmanship WPAV

10:00 a.m. - 8:00 p.m. 4-H & Open Class Exhibit Halls

Open to the Public

1:00 p.m. – 3:30 p.m. Poultry Showmanship EPAV

4:00 p.m. Dress A Bunny Contest

INA Concourse

4:00 p.m. Breeding Beef Judging followed by

Beef Showmanship INA


EPAV & WPAV

7:00 p.m. PRCA RODEO Performance

BEC


MONDAY, AUGUST 5


6:00 a.m. Barns Open EPAV


EPAV & WPAV

9:00 a.m. Market Beef Judging - Heifers, Steers

INA

MONDAY, AUGUST 5

(continued)

9:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. Poultry-Judging – EPAV

11:00 a.m. Dairy Cattle Costume Judging

RSA


Open to the Public


EPAV & WPAV

4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. Milking Dairy Cattle Check-In

WPAV

6:00 p.m. - 8:00 p.m. Rabbit Awards Ceremony

RSA

8:00 p.m. – 10:00 p.m. Rabbit Check-Out WPAV

7:00 p.m. PRCA RODEO Performance, “4-H

Family Night”, Market Animal

Parade of Champions BEC


TUESDAY, AUGUST 6




EPAV & WPAV

8:00 a.m. – 10:00 a.m. Rabbit Check-Out WPAV

9:00 a.m. Dairy Cattle Show INA

9:00 a.m. Beef Fitting Contest

West Side of West Pavilion

Goat Fitting Contest

West Side of West Pavilion

(Immediately after the Beef Contest)

2:00 p.m. Mandatory Sale Meeting

INA Bleachers

2:00 p.m. Wild & Crazy Kids Day, LHOA


Open to the Public


EPAV & WPAV

4:00 p.m. Round Robin Clinic INA

5:00 p.m. Poultry Department Awards Night

RSA

Poultry Exhibit Private Treaty Sale &

Poultry Checkout & Barn Clean up

(following awards) EPAV

7:00 p.m. Set Up for 4-H & Open Class Check-

Out 4-H BLDG & SEXH

7:00 p.m. PRCA RODEO Performance

BEC


WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 7 JUNIOR LIVESTOCK SALE

DAY



EPAV & WPAV

7:00 a.m. - 10:00 a.m. 4-H Exhibits Check-Out

4-H Building

7:00 a.m. - 1:00 p.m. Livestock Check-Out, excluding

Junior Livestock Sale Animals



WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 7

(continued)

7:00 a.m. – 12:00 Noon Session Two Camper Check-Out

MUST BE OUT BY NOON

7:00 a.m. – 7:00 p.m. Premium Money may be picked up

4-H BLDG

9:00 a.m. Sr., Int., & Jr. Round Robin

INA


EPAV & WPAV

4:30 p.m. - 10:30 p.m. Junior Livestock Sale

RSA

5:00 p.m. – 7:00 p.m. Open Class Check-Out SEXH

THURSDAY, AUGUST 8

9:00 a.m. – 4:00 p.m. Extension Fair Office Open

(Premium money may be picked up)

4-H BLDG

FRIDAY, AUGUST 9

8:00 A.M. – 12:00 Noon Extension Fair Office Open

(Premium money may be picked up -

money not picked up by noon will be

forfeited) 4H BLDG

- 1 -

General Information

Cooperation: The Larimer County Fair & Rodeo is held in cooperation with the Larimer County Board of Commissioners, The Ranch, the Larimer County Fair Board, the PRCA Rodeo Committee and the Larimer County Office of Colorado State University Extension. The Larimer County Fair & Rodeo does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, sex, religion, age, disability, sexual preference, veteran or marital status, or national origin in its policies or activities. County Fair Structure

Executive Committee: Made up of a County Commissioner, CSU Extension Director, The Ranch Director, The Fair Board President and the Rodeo representative. 4-H Fair Show Management: 4-H staff and volunteer Superintendents. Fairground Location: The Larimer County Fair is held at The Ranch located just east of Interstate Highway 25, between exit numbers 259 (Crossroads Blvd.) and 262 (Windsor Highway 392). Access to grounds is off of Fairgrounds Avenue (County Road 5). The mailing address of the Fair Office is 5280 Arena Circle, Suite 101, Loveland, Colorado 80538. Phone 970-619-4009; Fax 970-619-4085. (Fair Extension Office Phone is 970-619-4080, July 10 - August 9) Responsibility: The Ranch, Larimer County Fair Board, and Extension staff will use reasonable diligence to insure safety of exhibits after their arrival and placement but in no case will they be responsible for any loss or damage done to, occasioned by, or arising from any animals or articles on exhibition. The exhibitors shall indemnify The Ranch, Larimer County Fair Board and Extension staff and volunteers of all legal or other proceedings in regard thereto. The entry of any exhibits on the show grounds by any and all exhibitors shall signify his or her agreement to abide by this rule. Leash Law: Larimer County and the City of Loveland require all dogs to be on a leash at all times on public property. For the safety of animals and people, The Ranch discourages bringing dogs to the Larimer County Fair & Rodeo.

Exhibition Hall Schedule The First National Bank Building South Exhibition Hall and McKee 4-H Building are open for public viewing: Friday, August 2 ................... 4 p.m. to 9 p.m. Saturday, August 3 ................ 10 a.m. to 9 p.m. Sunday, August 4 .................. 10 a.m. to 8 p.m. Monday, August 5 ................ 2 p.m. to 8 p.m. Tuesday, August 6 ................ 2 p.m. to 7 p.m. First Aid and Emergencies: Every effort will be made to have Emergency Medical Services personnel on site during the busiest times of the Larimer County Fair & Rodeo. A First Aid room will be designated. Please contact any staff member if you need assistance for medical treatment and in the event of a life threatening emergency, please call 911. Thank you note for Awards - All special awards and trophies are provided by sponsors. These people need to receive a thank you note from the winners in order to encourage their sponsorship for future years. Names and addresses of award sponsor(s) are located on the bottom of the award or in an envelope received when premium money is received.

Larimer County Fair Congeniality Award

The Ted and Mabel Thompson Fair Congeniality Memorial Award will be presented to a Junior Fair exhibitor who works "above and beyond the call of duty" at the 2019 Larimer County Fair. Nominations are to be made via letter to the Extension Office, postmarked no later than September 16 and should include a brief description of what the individual did to make the 2019 Larimer County Fair a better event. Anyone can nominate an exhibitor. The award will be presented at the county 4-H Achievement Program.

- 2 -

Exhibitor General Rules and Regulations

1. Entries – Prior Entry is required in all departments. Entry Pre-Registration Forms must be submitted to the Larimer County Extension Fair Office, 5280 Arena Circle, Ste #101, Loveland, CO 80538, by 6:00 p.m., July 15. Postmarks, faxes, or internet entries accepted only if posted on or before July 15. 2. Late Entries – 4-H Entry forms received after July 15 are subject to a $25 late charge per class. No late entries will be taken after 5:00 p.m. on Wednesday, July 24 for 4-H exhibits. No late entries will be taken for Horse after 5:00 p.m. on July 19. Open Class Pre-Registration Forms must include a $5.00 per department late fee. No late entries will be taken after department check in. 3. Premiums and Special Awards: Exhibitors who win a placing ribbon, i.e. Blue (1st), Red (2nd), White (3rd) receive a cash award (premium). Exhibitors may collect payment for premiums and special awards during the following times. Wednesday, August 7: 7:00 a.m. - 7:00 p.m. (All Departments) Thursday, August 8: 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. (All Departments) Friday, August 9: 8:00 a.m. - 12:00 noon (All Departments) Award Money not collected before noon, Friday, August 9 will be forfeited. No Exceptions. 4. Judging –See the judging schedule in front of Fair Book. The decision of the judges will be final. No exhibitor shall be permitted to follow the judges about while the awards are being made. No exhibitor, parent, or superintendent shall try to influence the judge, or in any way hinder the progress of judging. Any discourtesies to the superintendents, judges, or fair officials by the exhibitor, parent, or other person shall be reported to the Superintendent or Extension staff person with responsibility for that particular class or area. Violators of this rule will be barred from one or more future Larimer County Fairs. Any spectator that is interfering with the judging of any event will be asked to leave the show ring area. 5. Release of Exhibits – No exhibit shall be released until 7:00 a.m. Wednesday, August 7, except livestock as listed in the schedule. All exhibits in the 4-H Building must be picked up between 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 a.m., Wednesday, August 7. Open Class exhibits in the South Exhibition Hall must be picked up between 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m., Wednesday, August 7. The 4-H Fair Show Management will not be responsible for exhibits left after 7:00 p.m., August 7. Removal of any exhibit before the designated time will cause the forfeiture of award money. Early removal requires a written approval from the affected Department Head Superintendent or Department Extension contact person. 6. Rule Violation – A report of a rule violation may be communicated by any means to a Larimer County Extension staff person or Superintendent with responsibility for that particular class or area. All reports regarding conduct or activity during the County Fair shall be made immediately. Any reports of violations of Fair rules will be promptly, impartially, and fully investigated. The identity of the individual(s) making reports of possible violations or protests and the identity of individuals against whom allegations have been made will be confidential and only revealed as is necessary to investigate the allegations and for any disciplinary hearings. Larimer County Extension

staff person or Superintendent with responsibility for that particular class or area will communicate final decisions with appropriate parties. 7. Protest – A protest is an allegation that a specific rule of the Larimer County Fair has been violated and must be made in writing and be signed by the person making the protest (and signed by at least one adult). Such protest must set out the particular allegations in detail and state which specific Larimer County Fair rule has been violated on the Appeal Form. A protest must be accompanied by $100.00 for protests. Said protest fee shall be paid in cash or check and will be returned if the protest is sustained. All protests shall be submitted to the Larimer County Extension staff person with responsibility for that particular class or area immediately after the occasion for such protest, up to 2 hours after the decision or incident being protested. No protest of the Judge’s decision will be considered. A review committee will be established to include the Larimer County Extension staff person with responsibility for that particular class or area, and 2 recruited Superintendents with knowledge of the issue/topic to support making an unbiased and informed decision. A final decision will be made and communicated in writing to the protester and individual in question from the review committee. Any exhibitor, 4-H parent or legal guardian, or 4-H leader who violates any rule or regulation may be subject to forfeiture of all privileges, awards, and premiums and to such other penalty as agreed to by the Review Committee. In the event that the exhibitor is not satisfied by the protest resolution, the exhibitor may appeal the protest resolution to the Fair Executive Committee. The appeal must be in writing, on an Appeal Form, and accompanied by a fee of $100.00 in cash or check. The appeal shall plainly state the matter being appealed and shall be delivered to Larimer County Extension staff person with responsibility for that particular class or area within 2 hours of the protest resolution was communicated. The decision of the Fair Executive Committee is final. The fee(s) imposed above shall be refunded if the matter is resolved in favor of the person bringing the protest or appeal. The forms and policy further explain the protest and appeals procedure. The Fair Executive Committee has the final and absolute opportunity to evaluate the appeal of review committee. Any exhibitor, 4-H parent or legal guardian, or 4-H leader who violates any rule or regulation may be subject to forfeiture of all privileges, awards, and premiums and to such other penalty as agreed to by the Executive Committee. 8. Unsportsmanlike Conduct – When an exhibitor, parent or leader is guilty of unsportsmanlike conduct and/or inhumane/unethical treatment of an animal, the privilege of that person to participate in future Larimer County Fairs may be revoked. 9. The use of marijuana and CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 10. Alcohol Restrictions: Pursuant to Colorado Statute 12-47-901(1)(h)(I), it is illegal to bring any outside alcoholic beverages onto the Larimer County Fairgrounds and Events Complex, including parking lots. Alcoholic beverages not purchased on the premises will be confiscated immediately and may result in fines and/or ejection from the premises.

- 3 -

Out of respect for the goals of the 4-H Youth Development Program and the Colorado 4-H Code of Conduct, alcoholic beverages are discouraged in the 4-H camping areas, Thomas M. McKee 4-H Youth and Community Building, and areas where 4-H animals are housed. . .

- 4 -

4-H Rules & Regulations

1. Eligibility: Only members in good standing regularly and actively enrolled in the Larimer County 4-H program who have carried out and completed all required project work to date, are eligible to exhibit and show in the 4-H fair classes. (Members must have passed their 8th birthday but not their 19th birthday on December 31, 2018. 4-H exhibitors must be enrolled in the project in which they are exhibiting. 4-H Cloverbuds must have passed their 5th birthday on December 31, 2018. 2. Fees: $1.00 health inspection fee for horses, beef cattle, dairy cattle, alpaca, goats, sheep, swine, dogs and cat must accompany the entry form(s). Other fees are noted on the entry form. 3. Prior Entry: Prior entry is required in all 4-H departments. Entry forms must be submitted to the Larimer County Extension Fair Office, at the Fairgrounds in Loveland on or before July 15, by 6 p.m. 4. Adding Classes: Classes may be created by Extension Agents for emerging youth development programs under auspices of Larimer County Office of Colorado State University Extension. 5. Code of Conduct: The Larimer County Fair and Rodeo is a family event environment. Patron behavior is expected to be consistent with this family atmosphere. Any violations of rules at The Ranch, local ordinances, or State Statutes may result in eviction from the facility and/or the filing of criminal charges. All 4-H members, parents and leaders must abide by the Colorado 4-H Code of Conduct.

- 5 -

4-H Livestock Division Rules

Exhibit & Exhibitor Rules 1. The Larimer County Fair and 4-H Program adheres to the International Association of Fairs and Expositions (IAFE) National Code of Show Ring Ethics. Each livestock exhibitor is required to sign a form indicating they have read the code and will abide by the guidelines. (All forms found at the end of the Premium Book.) 2. Ownership – All animals must be owned by the exhibitor on or before May 31, 2019, except market beef which must be owned by February 19; market lambs and market goats which must be owned by April 29 and market swine by May 1 (excluding Leased Horses & Dairy animals). All registered breeding animals which are shown in the 4-H Division must be registered in the Junior exhibitor's name. Breeding Beef Heifers must deliver the original copy of the registration papers, brand inspection certificate, or bill of sale by 4:30 p.m. on the ownership deadline (April 1) to the Extension Office. Upon request, the exhibitor must show certificate verifying said animals or animals are duly registered in his or her name with the breed association in question. The rules of the breed association shall determine the ownership of the animal. Animals may be registered in the name of one or more junior exhibitors but cannot be jointly owned with an adult. If jointly owned, only one owner may exhibit the animal in this Fair. In cases where registration papers are in transit, all prize money, trophies, or special awards won by the animal in question shall be withheld until the owner can furnish satisfactory proof that said registration papers are in due process of being recorded and mailed. Grade or non-registered animals must be accompanied by a bill of sale, affidavit or other written proof of ownership satisfactory to the superintendent. Proof of ownership must be presented upon request to the superintendent in each department by the exhibitors before stalling their livestock. Failure to present proof to superintendents upon request may be grounds to cancel an entry. The act of entering an animal in the County Fair is the giving of consent by the 4-H exhibitor for show management to obtain retinal images on any animal, at any time, and for any reason during Fair and 4-H Fair Show Management may take any action deemed appropriate based on results of the retinal images 3. Showing – All livestock must be on grounds and entered at the time designated to be eligible to show. All livestock 4-H members are required to present to the Superintendents of each species their up-to-date record book at the time their project is entered. Books are available by going to the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu If records are not up-to-date, the project will not be allowed to be shown at the 2019 Fair. a. Livestock Must Be Shown by the 4-H Exhibitor Personally; however, Superintendents may allow another Larimer County 4-H exhibitor to substitute in showing in case of timing conflict in two different departments, in case of illness of exhibitor, or other emergency or situation. b. An exhibitor may show only two exhibits per class in the breeding departments. c. Each animal shown in a group class must be shown by a different exhibitor. d. The Superintendent and/or Judge in each department reserves the right to group the classes for the sake of competition.

e. All 4-H livestock exhibitors will be assigned an exhibitor's number which will be worn by the exhibitor while showing. f. A substitution may be made for an animal entered on the Fair Entry Blank where the entered animal is sick or dies as long as the substitution fits the division and class as pre-entered and meets ownership requirements. Exception–No substitutions allowed in any Market classes. A veterinarian certificate must accompany the request. Substitutions must have approval of Head Superintendent of the department. g. No parents or leaders are allowed in the show ring unless they are ring stewards selected by the coordinating Superintendent 4. Care, Fitting & Grooming of Livestock – 4-H exhibitors are encouraged to care, fit and groom their own livestock whenever possible. Youth should always be present and engaged in fitting and grooming, while receiving support, unless approval has been granted by the Superintendent in writing due to an overlap in 4-H scheduled events. Appropriate reasons for 4-H youth to recruit help include, but, are not limited to: safety precautions, mentoring, teaching, or multiple animals being prepped for exhibit at the same time. If appropriate approval has not been granted for support to fit and groom an animal without the youth exhibitor present, the youth exhibitor may forfeit eligibility to show the animal in question. 5. Premises Identification (ID) – All Market Beef, Sheep, Swine, Goat, Rabbit and Poultry youth are required to have a valid Premises ID prior to the Fair Entry date, in order to show at Fair. This does NOT apply to breeding animals. Market Rabbits and Poultry refer to all meat pens/exhibits. There is a place on this year's Fair 4-H Entry Form to record your Premises ID number. Premises ID is one component of the National Animal Identification System (NAIS). For NAIS’s purposes, a premises is defined as a location or site where livestock and poultry are born, handled, housed, managed, marketed, processed, or exhibited. Premises ID is critical to rapid detection and evaluation of the scope of animal disease outbreaks and in improving emergency response efficiency. A Premises ID is not the same as a Scrapie ID (there is no ear tag associated with Premises ID). A Premises ID is always seven digits made up of both numbers and letters. If your 4-H project animal is housed/boarded somewhere other than your property, the Premises ID would need to be obtained from/through the landowner where your animals are housed. It is simple and free to obtain a Premises ID. You can register by calling 303-869-9130. 6. Equipment – All feed and feeding equipment must be furnished by the Exhibitors. Water hoses will not be furnished at the wash racks. Exhibitors are asked to bring their own hoses. Stalls and alley-ways must be cleaned by 9 a.m. each morning. No generators allowed due to fire regulations. Exhibitors may have only one fan for the first two beef animals and one additional fan for three or more animals. 7. Control of Livestock – Any livestock deemed uncontrollable, as determined by the Superintendents in charge, will be excused from the show ring or the fairgrounds, depending upon the severity of the situation. 8. The following market species (beef, goat, sheep, swine) will need to be castrated before arrival. 9. All animals (except pygmy goats and meat goats) will need to be dehorned before arrival.

https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/

- 6 -

10. 4-H Members, Leaders and Parents are not to bring livestock scales to the Fairgrounds for the purpose of weighing market animals. A scale will be provided for that purpose. Failure to observe this rule will result in animals being disqualified from showing and selling in the Jr. Livestock Sale. 11. No animals will be allowed in the Pavilions until they have gone through their respective species check in/vet check.

Schedule 12. Feeding: Feeding hours are scheduled to be 6 a.m. to 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. each day of Fair. 13. ONLY Market Animals Going to State Fair may be released one hour after their show is completed. Release is made through the Head Superintendent of that department only. Exhibitor must present their State Fair Entry to the Head Superintendent and request permission to be released. 14. All 4-H Members may bring show equipment and feed to the barns at the designated times:

• Horse – 6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. July 26 • Dairy Goats & Pygmy Goats – 4:00 – 6:00 p.m. July 28 • Market Goat – 4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. July 30 • Swine – 5:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. July 31 • Alpaca – 6:00 – 8:00 p.m. (at check-in time) July 31 • Sheep – 5:00 – 7:00 p.m. August 1 • Beef & Dairy – 5:00 – 8:00 p.m. August 1 • Dairy – 12:00 noon – 5:00 p.m. August 2 • Poultry – 3:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m. (at check-in time)

August 2 • Rabbits – 6:00 p.m. – 9:00 p.m. (at check-in time) August 2 • No animals until check-in.

15. The West Pavilion will close at 9:00 p.m. each night during the Horse Show and reopen at 6:00 a.m. each day. Livestock Pavilions will close at 10:00 p.m. each night there are animals in the barns and will reopen at 6:00 a.m. each day. Poultry barn will close at 7:00 p.m., Friday, August 2. West Pavilion will open at 5:00 a.m. on Monday, August 5 and Tuesday, August 6.

Animal Care 16. Inhumane Treatment of Animals - Abuse of animal(s) in any form will not be allowed. No electric prods will be allowed to be used on any animal at any time. Any violation of this rule and any other activity deemed inhumane by Fair Management will result in immediate disqualification with no recourse. 17. Ethical Treatment of Animals – Tubing, pumping or injecting of any unauthorized substance or water into an animal will not be tolerated. Any violation of this rule and any other activity deemed unethical by Fair Management will result in immediate disqualification with no recourse. 18. Bedding – All bedding must be furnished by Exhibitor, including Poultry and Rabbit Exhibitors. Straw and shavings will be available and sold on grounds. Turf materials must have wood chips underneath them. No sand can be used. NO DYED OR COLORED SHAVINGS ALLOWED. 19. Animal Care – Exhibitors must feed, water and bed, and otherwise care for the entries during the Fair. Exhibitors are expected to help keep exhibit areas, grooming areas, and barn perimeters clean and attractive. All animals and other exhibits should be kept clean and in a presentable condition at all times. The Head Superintendent

for each Livestock Department and the 4-H Livestock Extension Agent reserve the right to feed and water neglected animals. Any animal found in neglect of feed, water, and/or care will be dismissed from the grounds and the exhibitor will be scratched in all entered classes with all premiums and awards forfeited. 20. Manure Removal – A designated location will be provided for disposing of manure. Manure must be taken to this area via wheelbarrow or other conveyance. Piling of manure at ends of the barn or in immediate vicinity of building will be prohibited. Use dumpsters that are provided. All exhibitors must clean their stall(s) after exhibit is released. Pens must be left clean. 21. Tying of Livestock – All cattle (Beef and Dairy) must be tied with a neck rope in addition to the regular halter. Head Superintendent or their representative will determine if ties are proper. 22. Housing of Livestock – The Livestock Superintendents will make stall and pen assignments according to prior entries. 4-H clubs will be stalled together at the discretion of the Superintendent in charge. Any change of pen cards by an exhibitor is prohibited unless approved by the Head Superintendent of the department. Any pens not used for housing of livestock will be released to other exhibitors. There will be no tie outs except in the case of emergencies (upon approval of the Superintendent). DO NOT MOVE OR CHANGE STALL ASSIGNMENTS. NO DISASSEMBLY OF PENS IS PERMITTED. DO NOT REMOVE CENTER PANEL. 23. Veterinary Needs – The Larimer County Fair will have a practicing veterinarian on the grounds. The exhibitor can contact either the veterinarian on call or their own veterinarian should the need arise. Contact a Head Superintendent or Show Official if you need the Fair veterinarian. Any veterinary fees are the responsibility of the exhibitor. Important – The Superintendent in charge has the right to call for the services of a veterinarian in the treatment of a sick animal if the exhibitor is not available. Note – A Superintendent or veterinarian must be in attendance when any drug or medication is administered to an animal(s) and a written report filed with the Fair Horse/Livestock Office and placed in the official entry book.

Meat Quality 24. USDA Wholesome Meat Act and Quality Assurance Program –The Larimer County Fair endorses and supports the USDA Wholesome Meat Act and insists exhibitors be in compliance with all Quality Assurance Programs. Exhibitors of all meat animals (beef, sheep, swine, goats, catch-it program animals, poultry and rabbits) must certify their compliance with manufacturer's pre-market withdrawal periods specified for any and all medications, drugs, medicated feeds, pesticides, or feed additives administered. The use of any non-approved chemical or improper use of approved chemicals is strictly prohibited. Members must submit the Certification Statement of Disclosure (purple form) at check in. Failure to produce this document will make the member ineligible to show at the Larimer County Fair and participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. The Larimer County Fair management reserves the right to screen or test any market animal for drug residues or illegal drugs of any nature and take any action deemed appropriate if testing results show any positive residues above naturally occurring levels or positive results for illegal drug usage.

- 7 -

25. COOL – The USDA mandated Country of Origin Labeling (COOL) on September 30, 2008. Therefore, all cuts of lamb, goat, chicken and rabbit must have documentation as to the origin of the animals to be marketed in the U.S and international meat industry. Therefore, every 4-H youth showing market animals (sheep, goat, poultry and rabbit) must complete the “Country of Origin Label Declaration” form. 4-H youth can use one form for all species. The form documents the seller’s basic contact information (in this case, the 4-H youth), the animal ID (tag #) for each individual animal in the transaction, and validation of what country(s) the animals were BORN and RAISED in. It also requires a youth and parent signature. According to USDA, this document must be kept on file for one year (in this case, by the Sale Committee). This form must be turned in at time of check in/weigh in. 26. BSE – Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE), commonly known as mad-Cow Disease, is a fatal, neuro-degenerative disease in cattle. Due to the FDA’s food safety requirements, ruminant animals presented for slaughter must have been handled in accordance with the Food and Drug Administration’s ban of feeding identified mammalian derived protein materials to ruminant animals (21 CFR Part 589). The BSE form, required by packers, is validating that you, as a livestock producer, have fed your animal in accordance with this government regulation. This form must be turned in at the time of check in/weigh in.

Carcass Contest 27. Carcass Contests (Market Beef, Market Lamb, Market Swine and Market Goat) – A carcass contest will be held for Market Beef, Swine, Sheep and Goats, providing there is access to packing plants willing to allow carcass data to be collected or ability to ultrasound live livestock. Plans are to collect actual carcass data on Market Beef, and use ultrasound on Market Lamb, Swine and Goats, but are subject to availability and change. All Market Lambs, Swine and Goats, regardless of nomination for the Jr. Livestock Sale, are eligible to compete in the carcass contest. Carcass contest entry for these three species is included on the Livestock Fair Entry Form. If a Market Lamb, Swine, or Goat exhibitor wishes to compete in the carcass contest, the exhibitor must be entered by July 15. Exhibitors may choose to enter up to three (3) animals per species, but must specify tag # on entry form. Only those Market Beef that qualify to sell in the Jr. Livestock Sale and use a processor where other sale animals are actually being processed will be eligible to compete in the carcass contest, since plans are to collect actual carcass data. If an exhibitor's Market Beef animal qualifies for the Jr. Livestock Sale and he/she wishes to compete in the carcass contest, the exhibitor must be entered in this contest by Wednesday, August 7 at 10 a.m. in the Livestock Office. By entering the carcass contest, exhibitors are obligated to make their animal available for carcass data collection or ultrasound (during the check-in/weigh-in time for the respective species). This is an optional contest, which will cost $6/animal to enter (in addition to traditional fair entry fees) and must be paid at time of carcass contest entry. To be eligible for the carcass contest, your animal must weigh in the range of the specie weight requirements. Underweight and overweight animals will not be considered in the carcass contest. Underweight and overweight carcass data will not be given out. No refunds will be given

Awards 28. Champion and Reserve Champion Selection – The first place animal of each class will compete for breed/market division champion. Second place animals are required to be brought into the arena. After the Breed/Market Champion is selected, the second place

animal in the class that furnished the Champion competes with the first place animals in the other classes for Reserve Champion. 29. Overall Grand and Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef, Chicken Pens, Ducks, Geese, Goat, Rabbit Pens, Sheep, Swine and Turkeys are required to sell in the Junior Livestock Sale provided all requirements for exhibits and exhibitors are met, including compliance with the Wholesome Meat Act and Quality Assurance Program. Animals eligible for Grand and Reserve Grand Champion Awards, which do not wish to sell in the Junior Livestock Sale, must be scratched prior to the call of the Grand and Reserve Grand Champion class. The Superintendent of the Department must be informed of the decision prior to the fielding of the class so an announcement can be made to the judge, other superintendents, exhibitors, and spectators. Once the animal has entered the show ring, it will remain in competition for Grand and Reserve Grand Champion selection until all judging is complete and the Grand and Reserve Grand Champion has been selected by the Judge. No animal can be scratched after judging has started.

- 8 -

County Fair Health Regulations Health Inspection will be made

–Read Carefully– 30. Procedure: It will not be necessary to obtain health certificates on livestock prior to arriving on the Fairgrounds. However, it is mandatory that all animals be checked for evidence of infectious or contagious disease. As animals are unloaded and before being stalled, all animals will be examined by veterinarians. Health inspection fees must be paid or animal cannot be stalled or shown, except poultry and rabbits. Animals showing evidence of contagious or infectious diseases will be released from the Fairgrounds at the discretion of the veterinarians, Head Superintendents and/or the 4-H Livestock Extension Agent. Animals arriving late from other shows must have a current health certificate. Any animal originating from a herd under quarantine because of an infectious or contagious disease shall be ineligible for admission. Dairy and Beef cattle do not have to be tested for Brucellosis or T.B. to be entered at the Fair. Whenever possible, a veterinarian will do random vet checks in the barns. The veterinarians, Head Superintendents and/or the 4-H Livestock Extension Agent will release any animal during the Fair found to be non-acceptable. Special Requirements Swine: 1. Swine fed raw garbage will not be allowed on the grounds. 2. Swine showing evidence/symptoms of the following disease conditions (but not limited to) will not be allowed on the grounds: A. PEDV B. Lice C. Scabies D. Atrophic Rhinitis E. Jowl abscesses F. Mange G. Any other infectious or contagious disease, sign of malnutrition or any other animal welfare concern Sheep: 1. Any sheep showing evidence/symptoms of the following disease conditions (but not limited to) will not be allowed on the grounds: A. Sore Mouth B. Ringworm (unless under treatment by directions of a veterinarian) C. Scabies D. Caseous Lymphadenitis (CL) E. Any other infectious or contagious disease, sign of malnutrition or any other animal welfare concern Cattle: 1. Any cattle showing evidence/symptoms of any of the following disease conditions (but not limited to) will not be allowed on the grounds: A. Respiratory infections B. Ringworm (unless under treatment by directions of a veterinarian) C. Scabies D. Any other infectious or contagious disease, sign of malnutrition or any other animal welfare concern Horses: 1. Any horse showing evidence/symptoms of any of the following disease conditions (but not limited to) will not be allowed on the grounds: A. Ringworm (unless under treatment by directions of veterinarian) B. Infectious respiratory diseases C. Strangles D. Any other infectious or contagious disease, sign of malnutrition or any other animal welfare concern

Goats: 1. Any goat showing evidence/symptoms of any of the following disease conditions (but not limited to) will not be allowed on the grounds: A. Sore Mouth B. Ringworm (unless under treatment by directions of a veterinarian) C. Caseous Lymphadenitis (CL) D. Pink Eye E. Lice F. Any other infectious or contagious disease, sign of malnutrition or any other animal welfare concern Alpacas: 1. Alpaca/Llama's must have proof of current vaccinations (CD&T, AD&E, dewormer) and a negative BVD (Bovine Venereal Disease) test result to check in at County Fair. Dogs: 1. Dogs must hold a current rabies vaccination certificate and show proof of current Canine Distemper and Parvovirus vaccinations. Cats: 1. Must have proof of the following vaccinations A. Distemper B. Rabies C. Leukemia (test or vaccination) Poultry & Rabbits: 1. Poultry and Rabbits will be inspected upon arrival. Any animals showing evidence of lice, mites, ring worm or another infectious disease will not be allowed on the grounds. Suggested Vaccinations: 1. Horses should be vaccinated Encephalomyelitis (sleeping sickness) Influenza, Rhinopneumonitis, West Nile virus, and Tetanus before the month of July. 2. All female breeding cattle should be vaccinated for Brucellosis in accordance with the Federal Brucellosis program. Inspection Fee – A $1.00 per head health inspection fee will be assessed to cover the cost of health inspections (excluding poultry, and rabbits). This fee must accompany the entry blank. No exceptions. Dogs will pay $1.00 per division (obedience, showmanship, rally & agility).

http://www.tennesseemeatgoats.com/articles2/caseouslymphadenitis.html

- 9 -

Junior Livestock Sale Wednesday, August 7, 4:30 P.M.

Small Indoor Arena – Fairgrounds Executive Committee

Doug Pennock, Chair; Stephanie Morrison, Vice Chair Cindy Buckardt, Secretary;

Tracey Brien, Treasurer Beef – Biz Bopp, Barb Newman

Sheep – Merri Hocker, Stephanie Morrison Swine – Doug Pennock, Don McGregor Goat – Cheryl Spence, Amber Spence

Poultry – Russell Spence Rabbit – Leslie Weibel-Duke

General Livestock – Randy Hocker, Cindy Buckardt, Tracey Brien, Jennifer Frye, Keri McGregor

Extension – 4-H Agent Fair Board – Doug Pennock, Stephanie Morrison

1. The Junior Livestock Sale Committee at the Larimer County Fairgrounds is designed to offer a market outlet for 4-H Market Project exhibitors and to provide individuals, groups, and businesses with good quality livestock. 2. All animals must be shown at the 2019 Larimer County Fair and only those animals eligible from market classes will be able to sell. The respective judge or the livestock sale committee has the right to disqualify from the sale any animal that they deem unfit, under-finished or not market ready. 3. Exhibitors can sell only one animal in this sale*. If a 4-H member has more than one species qualify, they must choose which species they want to sell unless they have more than one Overall Grand or Overall Reserve Grand Champion. *All Overall Grand and Overall Reserve Grand Champions of every market species must sell. 4. The top (28) twenty-eight quality meat entries in Chickens, Turkeys, Market Ducks, and Market Geese and Rabbits (8 pens) as determined by Fair Superintendent(s) are also eligible to sell. 5. Sale weight will be determined by taking up to a 3 percent shrink on the Fair check-in weights on cattle, and up to 2 percent shrink on swine, and up to 1 percent shrink on lambs and goats. 6. The Sale order for the 2019 Junior Livestock Sale will be: A. 1/3 of the middle placing Market Beef B. 1/3 of the middle placing Market Sheep C. 1/3 of the middle placing Market Goat D. 1/3 of the middle placing Market Swine E. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Poultry F. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Rabbit G. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Goat H. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine I. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Sheep J. Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef K. Remaining Market Rabbit L. Remaining Market Poultry M. 1/3 of the top placing Market Beef N. 1/3 of the top placing Market Sheep O. 1/3 of the top placing Market Goat P. 1/3 of the top placing Market Swine Q. 1/3 of the lowest placing Market Beef R. 1/3 of the lowest placing Market Sheep S. 1/3 of the lowest placing Market Goat T. 1/3 of the lowest placing Market Swine

7. All animals consigned to the Sale must be sold in the Auction. All animals must go to slaughter to designated packers or custom kill sites as designated by the buyer in the signed agreement at the time of purchase. The Committee will not allow an animal consigned to the Sale to be scratched from the Sale order. When the animal is sold, it shall change ownership at that time. 8. All consigned animals must have an official sale picture with the exhibitor taken at the conclusion of the Overall Grand Champion selection for each species. Market beef exhibitors must have their brand inspection papers at the time the picture is taken. Failure to have an official picture taken will mean forfeiture of right to sell in the Sale. Note: The last official picture taken will be the species that is consigned to the sale. An official pictures is one that includes the ear tag number of the animal displayed in the photograph. Only one picture may be taken per species of animal with the exhibiting youth for the purpose of the sale (unless Overall Champion and Overall Reserve Champion is the same individual). All animal pictures must be taken at the designated time of the species and only with the permission of the sale committee will there be an exception. 9. All 4-H members are required to make their assigned Buyer Contact. Card must be turned in at the check-in/weigh-in of first market species shown. Failure to do so will forfeit the member’s right to sell in the Junior Livestock Sale. All necessary documentations required by processors must also be completed and turned in at check-in. 10. Exhibitors must have their animal(s) clean and groomed at the start of the sale. No glitter or similar foreign substance should be used to decorate sale animals. Exhibitors must be prepared to bring their animal into the ring in the sale order. Exhibitors must take their animal through the sale. 11. Exhibitors will be responsible for delivering a picture to the purchaser of their animal immediately after the sale of their animal. 12. Any animal sold at the sale may be tested for illegal residues. 13. Charges to consignors for commission, advertising, and other sale expenses may be up to 6 percent of the gross selling price for all species as determined by the Sale Committee. The Junior Livestock Sale Committee would like to thank Centennial Livestock Auction, its staff and all other individuals and businesses for donating their time to the Sale. 14. ALL first time participants in the livestock program MUST turn in a W-9 form at the time of livestock check-in or the 4-H youth WILL NOT be permitted to participate in the livestock sale. If a 4-H livestock member has had a change of residence since the 2018 Larimer County Fair a new W-9 form is REQUIRED and must be turned in at the time of livestock check-in. 15. Sale checks may be picked up at the Extension Office, 1525 Blue Spruce Drive in Fort Collins beginning September 23. The check will be released when thank-you letter(s) to the buyer(s) and add-on donator(s) is brought to the Larimer County Extension Office in a sealed, addressed, stamped envelope. 16. All checks not claimed within 45 days of arrival at the Extension Office will be returned to the sale committee. If a check must be re-issued due to being lost there will be a $20 fee charged for the stop payment of the previously issued check.

- 10 -

ALL checks must be cleared within 90 days from the issue date. There will be no checks written to exhibitors after 90 days. 17. All rules established by the Sale Committee shall govern the operation of and privilege to sell in the Larimer County Junior Livestock Sale. Requirements to sell must be met before permission to sell can be granted. 18. The Junior Livestock Sale Committee handles all functions of the Sale and reserves the right to make changes to the Sale rules. Decisions made by the Committee are final.

- 11 -

Department A Beef

Co-Superintendents – Biz Bopp, Bart Morrison, Barb Newman Extension Contact – 4-H Agent

General Rules

1. All market beef members must have attended a Meat Quality Assurance training as a Junior Member (ages 8-13 years old) and as a Senior Member (14-18 years old) to show at the Larimer County Fair. 2. There will be no tie outs except in case of emergencies (upon approval of Superintendent). 3. Members may bring show equipment and feed to the Beef Barn between 5:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. on Thursday, August 1. No animals. 4. All Beef 4-H exhibitors are required to present their up-to-date record book to their Superintendents at check-in time. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair. 5. All cattle must have their heads clipped prior to coming to the Fair. No head clipping will be allowed at the Fair. 6. All cattle must be washed by 3:00 p.m. after check-in. 7. No individual coolers or anything that hooks up to water can be brought to the Fair. 8. Prior entry is encouraged for all preliminary Livestock Showmanship classes at Fair Extension Office by the entry deadline. Check Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for rules. 9. Beef Showmanship exhibitors have the option of “Blow and Go” for showmanship this year. The judge will be informed that youth are encouraged to participate in the new blow and go format for showmanship, but youth will not be penalized or rewarded for fitting their animal for showmanship. 10. Beef Schedule Thursday, July 25 4 p.m. Premier Exhibitor Testing followed

by Supreme Beef Interviews Friday, August 2 7 a.m. – 10 a.m. Check-in/Weigh-in Beef

Cattle Sunday, August 4 4 p.m. Breeding Beef Judging; followed

by Beef Showmanship Monday, August 5 9 a.m. Market Beef Judging (Heifers, then

Steers); followed by Bred & Fed Class, followed by Club Group of Three Market Beef Judging

Tuesday, August 6 9 a.m. Beef Fitting Contest 11. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book.

Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00; 4th – 10th Ribbons (unless listed otherwise)

Herdsmanship Beef Department

Herdsmanship – (keeping pens or stall and animals clean, and sportsmanship) will be emphasized in the livestock area. Awards will be presented to the individual or family or club who does the best job during County Fair. Members found to be doing a great job during the Fair will be given “Caught Being Good” coupons to use at the 4-H Dairy Bar.

Special Award Overall Champion Beef Herdsmanship Jon & Biz Bopp, Loveland

Fitting Contest Beef Department

1. Teams may sign up for the contest through 8:45 a.m., Tuesday, August 6. 2. Team must consist of (3) three members, at least one Senior, and at least one Junior/Intermediate. 3. One team member must wear a show harness with the team number exhibited. The team number will be provided at the time of the contest. 4. Contestants must provide the animal to fit in the contest. Animal provided must be clean and dry. 5. Contestants must bring all supplies needed to the contest. (Chute, blowers, adhesives, etc.) 6. Time limit is 45 minutes. 7. Clippers may be used at the discretion of team members. 8. After fitting time, each calf will be presented to the judge. The calf will be held by one of the fitters. Judges have the opportunity to ask questions to team members at this time. 9. Teams will be placed on both fitting techniques during the contest and final results. 10. Adults and leaders many not help or touch the animal or assist members from the sidelines. Class 160. .............................................................................. Fitting Contest


- 12 -

Premier Exhibitor Breeding & Market Beef

The purpose of this contest is to recognize exhibitors that excel in the areas of care, knowledge and presentation of their livestock projects.

1. Exhibitors may have breeding or market projects or both. All ages will compete together within each specie. Exhibitors are allowed to enter the Premier Exhibitor Contest in as many specie as they are enrolled in. One winner per specie will be awarded. 2. Exhibitors must pre-enter this contest along with their regular Fair entries. 3. The contest will be judged using the following criteria: - Practicum: 100 points possible – Exhibitors will be given a

real-life scenario relating to the Beef Project. This scenario can be hands on or in question/answer format. The point of this portion of the Premier Exhibitor contest will be to test the knowledge of the exhibitor in a hands on format.

- Test: 100 points possible – Exhibitors will be required to take a 20 question, multiple choice test, designed to evaluate knowledge of their project specie in areas such as: health, feeding, breeding, selection, handling, carcass, and industry related issues. The test location and time will be announced.

- Identification: 75 points possible – Exhibitors will be required to ID 15 items such as: feeds, animal supplies, medications, etc.

- Showmanship: 30 points possible – Points given for showmanship placing will be broken down as follows: 1st = 30 points; 2nd = 28 points; 3rd = 26 points; 4th = 24 points; 5th = 22 points; 6th = 20 points; 7th = 18 points; 8th = 16 points; all other showmanship participants = 12 points.

- Class Placing: 10 points possible – Each exhibitor will receive points for his/her highest placing animal. Only one animal per exhibitor (market or breeding) will be used for class placing points. Points will be broken down as follows: 1st = 10 points; 2nd = 9 points; 3rd = 8 points; 4th = 7 points; 5th = 6 points; 7th = 4 points; 8th = 3 points; all other placings = 1 point.

- Number of Animals Exhibited: 6 points possible – Exhibitors will received one point for each market animal they exhibit (up to 3 points). Exhibitors will receive one point for each breeding animal they exhibit (up to 3 points).

- Bonus Points: 5 points possible – Exhibitors will receive 5 bonus points for exhibiting animals in both the market and breeding divisions.

4. Tie breakers will be based on the test score, followed by the ID score. 5. Award winners will be announced after the Round Robin Awards presentation. 6. If you are 13 and younger, and you are the Premier Exhibitor winner, you are not eligible for the 13 & younger awards. Class 280. .................................................................. Premier Beef Exhibitor

Special Awards Premier Beef Exhibitor

American AgCredit, Catharine Soukup, Greeley 2nd Place Premier Beef Exhibitor Marge Knievel Memorial, Ken & Karen Knievel, Severance Premier Beef Exhibitor – 13 years of age & younger Delmore Family, Wellington Preliminary Beef Showmanship Prior Entry is Encouraged. See Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for rules. If numbers warrant, classes will be divided by age at the discretion of the Superintendents. Must show same animal in each round you advance through in showmanship, including Round Robin. Must show your own animal. Class 170. .................................... Beef Showmanship, Junior, Ages 8 to 10 180. ......................... Beef Showmanship, Intermediate, Ages 11 to 13 190. .................................... Beef Showmanship, Senior, Ages 14 - 18

- 13 -

Market Beef 1. All market beef must be owned, weighed and ear tagged at this year's February 19 weigh day, and be less than 2 years of age, in order to be eligible to show in the Market Beef classes at the Fair. 2. Market beef classes will be determined by weight. Superintendents will make classes as even in numbers as possible according to weight. Market Steer Classes will be grouped into four weight categories. Champions will be selected within each category. 3. An Overall Grand Champion and Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef will be selected from the Champions and Reserve Champions in each category. 4. An exhibitor may show a total of no more than 3 market beef animals, including steers and heifers. 5. Market heifers cannot show in the breeding beef department. Market heifers cannot be pregnant. 6. Market beef will be weighed upon arrival at Fairgrounds. Check-in time will be 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon, Friday, August 2. One re-weigh will be allowed for animals that are 2 percent or less under or over weight. The re-weigh will be done during the last 30 minutes of check-in time. Superintendents will have full authority over weigh in. Steers must weigh 1100 – 1550 pounds. Heifers must weigh 1050 – 1400 pounds. Animals weighing 1 pound under the minimum weight or 1 pound over the maximum will be allowed to show since the scale read-out doesn’t show tenths of a pound. Over and underweight animals will show in special classes for ribbons only. These animals are not eligible for the market beef championship or to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. 7. Only those animals eligible from market classes will be able to sell in the Junior Livestock Sale. All beef consigned to the Junior Livestock Sale must be sold and will go to slaughter. 8. Overall Grand Champion and Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef are required to sell in the Junior Livestock Sale, providing all requirements for exhibits and exhibitors are met. 9. Steers and Heifers must be entered by ear tag number. 10. A $3.00 per head entry fee will be charged when submitting entry forms. This fee is used for rate of gain contest awards. 11. USDA Wholesome Meat Act & BSE – In order for Larimer County Fair exhibitors to comply with the USDA/FDA requirements, all Junior Market Beef animals will be required to have a "Certification and Statement of Disclosure" form (purple form) and BSE Affidavit signed by the Junior Exhibitor, and Parent or Guardian. These forms must be turned in to the Superintendent upon arrival or weigh in. These forms will be kept on file and will follow the animal(s) through slaughter. (See Junior Livestock Division Rules #4, #5, and #6). 12. Sale pictures must be taken after the selection of the Overall Grand Champion to be eligible to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. 13. Only State Fair Market Beef will be released 1 hour after sale pictures are complete. Animals must be released by the Head Superintendent only. No other Market Beef will be released until Wednesday morning during check out time. Superintendent will

have a list of nominated Market Beef. Refer to General Livestock Rule #13. 14. Please review important rules regarding Premises ID, BSE, Retinal Imaging, and the Fitting & Grooming Policy on pages 3, 4 & 5 of the Fair Book.

Market Beef Class 110. ................................................................................. Market Steer (Enter all market steers in Class 110, Superintendent will classify into classes by weight.) 120. .............................................................................. Market Heifer (Enter all market heifers in Class 120, Superintendent will classify into classes by weight.)

Junior Market Beef Category Champions First and second place animals in each market steer class will compete for weight category championship. A Champion and Reserve Champion will be selected in the four weight categories. Champion Heifer ......................................................... Trophy/ Rosette Reserve Champion Heifer ........................................... Trophy/Rosette Champion Light Weight Steer ................................................. Rosette Reserve Champion Light Weight Steer ................................... Rosette Champion Medium Weight Steer ............................................ Rosette Reserve Champion Medium Weight Steer .............................. Rosette Champion Medium Heavy Weight Steer ................................. Rosette Reserve Champion Medium Weight Steer .............................. Rosette Champion Heavy Weight Steer ................................................ Rosette Champion Heavy Weight Steer ................................................ Rosette Champion Market Steer ............................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Market Steer .................................. Trophy/Rosette

Overall Grand Champions Overall Grand Champion Market Beef ....................... Trophy/Rosette Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef ........ Trophy/Rosette Overall Grand Champion Market Beef ................. Belt Buckle/Banner Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef .... Belt Buckle/Banner 3rd Place Overall Market Beef ................................................... Banner 4th Place Overall Market Beef ................................................... Banner

Special Awards

Overall Grand Champion Market Beef M. A. "Pat" Ferree Memorial - Larimer County Stockgrowers Association, Ryan Rhoades, Fort Collins

Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef Paul & Velda Morehouse Memorial - Morehouse Family, Fort Collins

Overall Grand Champion Market Beef – Belt Buckle Agfinity, Inc., Ashley Wilcox, Loveland Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef – Belt Buckle Agfinity, Inc., Ashley Wilcox, Loveland Overall Grand Champion Market Beef – Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Beef – Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton 3rd Place Overall Market Beef – Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton 4th Place Overall Market Beef - Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton Champion Market Heifer

Larimer County Stockgrowers Association, Ryan Rhoades, Fort Collins

Reserve Champion Market Heifer Dennis & Tracy Greenwalt Family, Fort Collins

- 14 -

Champion Market Steer Centennial Livestock Auction, Wayne Kruse, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Market Steer Brehm Farms, Don & Karen Brehm, Loveland Champion Market Heifer Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Fort Collins Champion Light Weight Steer Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Fort Collins Champion Medium Weight Steer Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Fort Collins Champion Medium Heavy Steer Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Fort Collins Champion Heavy Weight Steer Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Fort Collins

Bred and Fed Beef Prior Entry is Required. 4-H exhibitor must have owned and calved out their own cow and be showing a calf born in the 2016 calving season. A brand inspection proving ownership of the cow and steer or market heifer will be required. Each exhibitor will be allowed to show up to two animals (these animals are part of the 3 steer/heifer limit allowed at Fair). Steers and Market Heifers will be judged on their market qualities. Class 140. …………………………………………… Bred and Fed Beef

Special Awards Champion Bred and Fed Beef

Shaffer Custom Excavating, Mark & Mary Shaffer, Loveland Reserve Champion Bred and Fed Beef

Poudre Valley Coop, Gordon Ledall, Fort Collins

Carcass Contest Prior Entry is Required by August 7 at 10 a.m. in Livestock

Office. Only those Market Beef (steers and heifers) that qualify to sell in the Jr. Livestock Sale and use a processor where other sale animals are actually being processed will be eligible to compete in the carcass contest, since plans are to collect actual carcass data. If an exhibitor's Market beef animal qualifies for the Jr. Livestock Sale and he/she wishes to compete in the carcass contest, the exhibitor must be entered in this contest by the entry deadline (see above). By entering the carcass contest, exhibitors are obligated to make their animal available for carcass data collection. This is an optional contest, which will cost $6/animal to enter (in addition to traditional fair entry fees) and must be paid at time of carcass contest entry. Must specify tag # at time of entry. Class 150. ..................... Carcass Contest - Market Beef (steers and heifers)

Special Awards Grand Champion Beef Carcass – Belt Buckle Ranack Construction, Doug & Sharon Shirack, Loveland Reserve Grand Champion Beef Carcass – Belt Buckle Bar CF Cattle Company, Clayton Frye, Johnstown Champion Beef Carcass Mitch & Angie Sandy, Loveland Reserve Champion Beef Carcass Mitch & Angie Sandy, Loveland Champion Beef Carcass Anonymous Donor Reserve Champion Beef Carcass Anonymous Donor

Supreme Beef The Supreme Beef Contest will be awarded to an exhibitor based on a combination score of Class Placing, Carcass Contest placing and Interview Score. Members will be interviewed on current industry topics, as well as general knowledge of the Beef project; the judges will score based on knowledge. Interviews will take place on Thursday, July 25. Must sell in the Sale and participate in the Carcass Contest to compete in this class. Supreme Beef will be awarded at the Carcass Contest Awards Night. Class 290. ………………………………………………….. Supreme Beef

Special Awards

Champion Supreme Beef Debbie McManus, Loveland Rate of Gain Contest (Prior Entry Not Required) Daily weight gains will be computed for all market steers including Catch-It-Calves weighed at the February 19 weigh day, provided the animal is entered in the County Fair classes. There is a separate contest for Market Heifers. The final weight will be taken as animals are unloaded upon arrival at the Fairgrounds. Underweight and overweight animals are not eligible for the Rate of Gain Contest. Premiums for the Rate of Gain Contest will be: 1st - $50; 2nd - $40; 3rd - $30; 4th - $20; 5th - 10th - $10

Special Awards High Gaining Market Steer Matsuda Enterprises, David & Jody Matsuda, Wellington Reserve High Gaining Market Steer

Jim Kelleher Memorial - M & M Farms, Bill & Elizabeth Markham, Berthoud

High Gaining Market Heifer Matsuda Enterprises, David & Jody Matsuda, Wellington Reserve High Gaining Market Heifer

Jim Kelleher Memorial - M & M Farms, Bill & Elizabeth Markham, Berthoud

Club Group of Three

(Prior Entry Not Required) Open to steers and/or heifers shown in the Junior Show. Must be from one 4-H club (or one independent family club) and include at least three different exhibitors. The class will be judged on quality and uniformity. Limited to no more than two group entries per club. Premiums for Club Group of Three will be: 1st - $15; 2nd - $12; 3rd - $10; 4th - $8; 5th - $6 Class 130. ................................................................... Club Group of Three

- 15 -

Breeding Beef 1. Open to registered or high grade females. 2. The dates for computing ages will be as follows: Junior Calf – calved on or after January 1, 2019 Winter Calf – calved between October 1 & December 31, 2018 Senior Calf – calved between August 1 & September 30, 2018 Summer Yearling –calved between May 1 & July 31, 2018 Late Spring Yearling – calved between April 1 & April 30, 2018 Early Spring Yearling – calved between March 1 & March 31, 2018 Junior Yearling – calved between January 1 & February 28, 2018 Senior Yearling – calved between Sept. 1 & Dec. 31, 2017 3. All bulls must be registered or eligible for registration. Bull classes limited to Junior, Winter, and Senior Calf only. 4. Junior calves may be shown individually and in group classes. 5. Nurse cows brought and not shown are subject to the same fees and health regulations as exhibited animals. 6 Market heifers are not eligible to show in breeding classes. 7. All breeds will show together. Classes may be added, deleted, or combined at the discretion of the Superintendents and/or Judge. If 10 animals of a breed are entered, a breed category for that breed can be established. Refer to #2 for exact date ranges for classes. Class 110. ........................................................................ Junior Heifer Calf 120. ....................................................................... Winter Heifer Calf 130. ........................................................................ Senior Heifer Calf 140. .............................................................. Summer Yearling Heifer 150. ........................................................ Late Spring Yearling Heifer 160. ....................................................... Early Spring Yearling Heifer 170. ................................................................. Junior Yearling Heifer 180. ................................................................. Senior Yearling Heifer Grand Champion Female ........................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Grand Champion Female .......................................... Rosette 190. .................................................................. Cow with Calf at Side Champion Cow with Calf at Side ................................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Cow with Calf at Side................... Trophy/Rosette 200. ........................................................................... Junior Bull Calf 210. .......................................................................... Winter Bull Calf 220. ........................................................................... Senior Bull Calf 230. ............................................................................ Junior Steer Calf Grand Champion Bull ................................................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Grand Champion Bull ............................................... Rosette 240. .......................................... Pair of Females (owned by exhibitor) 250. ............................................... Pair of Bulls (owned by exhibitor)

Special Awards

Overall Grand Champion Breeding Beef Female Matsuda Enterprises, Dave and Jody Matsuda, Wellington Overall Reserve Champion Breeding Beef Female Barnyard Vet Supply, Loveland Overall Grand Champion Breeding Beef Female – Belt Buckle Justin & Shawntel Bivens, Wellington Overall Reserve Grand Champion Breeding Beef Female – Belt Buckle Rice’s Ranch, Jim, Tammy & TJ Rice, Fort Collins

Grand Champion Breeding Beef Bull Matt Peterson Memorial - Buckeye Buck ‘N Ears 4-H Club, Ellie Jones, Wellington

Champion Cow with Calf at Side Shaffer Custom Excavating, Mark & Mary Shaffer, Loveland

- 16 -

Department B Dairy

Co-Superintendents - Shari Stroup & Amanda Dye Extension Contact – 4-H Agent

1. All Dairy Cattle members must have attended a Meat Quality Assurance training as a Junior Member (ages 8 – 13 years old) and as a Senior Member (14 - 18 years old) to show at the Larimer County Fair. 2. Members may bring show equipment and feed to the Dairy Barn between 5:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. on Thursday, August 1 and 12:00 noon and 5:00 p.m. on Friday, August 2. No animals. 3. Open to registered or high grade females only. Bulls will not be shown. 4. The dates for computing ages shall be as follows: Spring Heifer Calf – born between March 1, 2019 & April 30, 2019 Winter Heifer Calf – born between Dec. 1, 2018 & Feb. 28, 2019 Fall Heifer Calf – born between Sept. 1, 2018 & Nov. 30, 2018 Summer Yearling – born between June 1, 2018 & Aug. 31, 2018 Spring Yearling – born between March 1, 2018 & May 31, 2018 Winter Yearling – born between Dec. 1, 2017 & Feb. 28, 2018 Fall Yearling – born between Sept. 1, 2017 & Nov. 30, 2017 Un-Fresh Two-Year Old Heifer – Sept. 1, 2015 – Aug. 31, 2016 Two-Year-Old Cow – born between Sept. 1, 2016 & Aug. 31, 2017 Three-Year-Old Cow–born between Sept. 1, 2015 & Aug. 31, 2016 Four-Year-Old Cow – born between Sept. 1, 2014 & Aug. 31, 2015 Aged Cow–Five Years and Over – born before Sept. 1, 2014 5. When a senior yearling heifer has freshened, she will automatically be exhibited in the two-year-old class. 6. Classes may be added, deleted or combined at the discretion of the Superintendents and Judge. 7. White shirts (blouses), white or black pants, and exhibitor numbers are required for all Dairy classes and Dairy Showmanship. 8. Champion and Reserve Champions will be selected for each breed providing there are three or more animals exhibited. Exceptions must be approved by the judge. 9. Junior and Senior Dairy Showmanship Preliminary judging will be held at 9 a.m. on Tuesday, August 6 prior to the breed classes. 10. Producing cows check-in will be the night of Monday, August 5. Dry cows have the option to check in with producing cows. Exhibitors have the privilege of taking their Producing cows, Bred heifers and Dry cows home at the conclusion of the show on Tuesday. Approval must be given by Dairy Head Superintendent 11. All Dairy 4-H exhibitors are required to present to their Superintendents their up-to-date record book at the time their project is entered at the fair. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair. 12. Prior Entry is Encouraged for Preliminary Dairy Showmanship classes. Check Livestock Showmanship Department for rules and regulations.

13. Dairy Schedule Saturday, August 3 7 a.m. – 10 a.m. Check-in Dairy Cattle Monday, August 5 11 a.m. – Dairy Costume Class Judging Tuesday, August 6 9 a.m. Dairy Cattle Showmanship; followed by Dairy Cattle Judging 14. All members required to keep your animal clean and presentable at all times. Lease-A-Dairy members are required to keep your animal clean and presentable at all times, show in the Showmanship classes, and turn in a thank you poster, lease-a-dairy log sheet and record book at check in. Lease-A-Dairy members are required to participate in the regular poster contest. Failure to meet the Lease-A-Dairy requirements may result in not being allowed to participate in the program the following year. 15. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book. Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th - 10th – Ribbons

Dairy Class

Bro

wn

Swis

s

Gue

rnse

y

Hol

stei

n

Jers

ey

Nov

elty

Bre

eds

Oth

er D

airy

B

reed

s

Heifers Spring Heifer Calf 110 230 350 470 590 710 Winter Heifer Calf 120 240 360 480 600 720 Fall Heifer Calf 130 250 370 490 610 730 Summer Yearling Heifer 140 260 380 500 620 740 Spring Yearling Heifer 150 270 390 510 630 750 Winter Yearling Heifer 160 280 400 520 640 760 Fall Yearling Heifer 170 290 410 530 650 770 Un-Fresh two-year old 180 300 420 540 660 780

Cows Cow, two-years-old 190 310 430 550 670 790 Cow, three-years-old 200 320 440 560 680 800 Cow, four-years-old 210 330 450 570 690 810 Cow, five-years-old & over

220 340 460 580 700 820

Group Classes All Breeds Show Together Produce of Dam, two animals (the produce of one cow) Prior entry not required

830

Dam-Daughter (cow and one daughter) Prior entry not required

840


- 17 -

Brown Swiss Champion Heifer ................................. Trophy/Rosette Brown Swiss Reserve Champion Heifer ................................. Rosette Guernsey Champion Heifer ....................................... Trophy/Rosette Guernsey Reserve Champion Heifer ...................................... Rosette Holstein Champion Heifer ......................................... Trophy/Rosette Holstein Reserve Champion Heifer ........................................ Rosette Jersey Champion Heifer .............................................. Trophy/Rosette Jersey Reserve Champion Heifer .............................................. Rosette Novelty Breeds Champion Heifer .............................. Trophy/Rosette Novelty Breeds Reserve Champion Heifer ............................. Rosette Other Dairy Breeds Champion Heifer ......................... Trophy/Rosette Other Dairy Breeds Reserve Champion Heifer ......................... Rosette Overall Heifer Champion .......................................... Trophy/Rosette Overall Heifer Reserve Champion .......................................... Rosette Guernsey Champion Cow ............................................ Trophy/Rosette Guernsey Reserve Champion Cow ........................................... Rosette Holstein Champion Cow ............................................. Trophy/Rosette Holstein Reserve Champion Cow ............................................. Rosette Jersey Champion Cow ................................................. Trophy/Rosette Jersey Reserve Champion Cow ................................................ Rosette Novelty Breeds Champion Cow ................................ Trophy/Rosette Novelty Breeds Reserve Champion Cow ............................... Rosette Other Dairy Breeds Champion Cow ............................ Trophy/Rosette Other Dairy Breeds Reserve Champion Cow ........................... Rosette Overall Champion Cow ............................................... Trophy/Rosette Overall Reserve Champion Cow .............................................. Rosette Supreme Dairy Champion ......................................... Trophy/Rosette Supreme Dairy Reserve Champion ............................ Trophy/Rosette Supreme Dairy Champion ................................................. Belt Buckle Supreme Dairy Reserve Champion .................................... Belt Buckle

Special Awards Champion Brown Swiss Heifer Sas Dairy/Taft Hill Dairy, Lugene & Karen Sas, Fort Collins Champion Guernsey Heifer Sas Dairy/Taft Hill Dairy, Lugene & Karen Sas, Fort Collins Champion Holstein Heifer Colorado Holstein Association, Lisa Kerbs, Gill Champion Jersey Heifer Sas Dairy/Taft Hill Dairy, Lugene & Karen Sas, Fort Collins Champion Novelty Breeds Heifer

Laffey’s Irish Animals, Steve & Kelly Laffey, Fort Collins Champion Other Breeds Heifer A. James & Barbara Parfet, Fort Collins Overall Champion Dairy Heifer,

Tom & Peggy Brown Memorial - Margie Timmerman, Fort Collins

Champion Brown Swiss Cow Sas Dairy/Taft Hill Dairy, Lugene & Karen Sas, Fort Collins Champion Guernsey Cow Sas Dairy/Taft Hill Dairy, Lugene & Karen Sas, Fort Collins Champion Holstein Cow William Wailes Memorial - Margie Timmerman, Fort Collins Champion Jersey Cow Ron & Shari Stroup Family, Wellington Champion Novelty Breeds Cow

Covenant Farms Miniature Jerseys, Dean & Tami Moser, Greeley

Champion Other Breeds Cow Anonymous Donor Best Brown Swiss of Show Rocky Mountain Brown Swiss Association, Tyrel or Tina, Erie Overall Champion Cow

William Carter Memorial - Richard Carter, Bellvue Supreme Champion Dairy Female Dyecrest Dairy, Terence & Amanda Dye, Fort Collins

Reserve Supreme Champion Dairy Female Mountain View Farm, Shelly Dickinson, Loveland Supreme Champion Dairy Female – Belt Buckle Sas Dairy/Taft Hill Dairy, Lugene & Karen Sas, Fort Collins Reserve Supreme Champion Dairy Female – Belt Buckle R & C Wild Game & Custom Processing, Dairy Royalty Ron & Shari Stroup Family, Wellington Dairy Royalty Pam Konishi Harrold, Fort Collins Dairy Royalty Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins

Dairy Costume Class Best Dairy Animal and Exhibitor in Costume

1. Prior entry is not required. 2. Classes will be judged as follows. Animal Costume ................................................................... 50 points Showman Costume ............................................................... 25 points Originality ............................................................................ 25 points 3. Adult assistance is permissible. 4. The Costume Class will be held on Monday, August 5, at 11:00 a.m. 5. Age of exhibitor figured as of December 31, 2018. Class 860. ........................................... Dairy Costume Class, Junior, 8 to 10 870. ................................ Dairy Costume Class, Intermediate, 11 to 13 880. ............................................... Dairy Costume Class, 14 and over

Special Awards Awards for Costume Classes Clayton & Sam Fetzer Family, Windsor and All Animal Feed & Supply, Jessica Neeley-Huwa, Loveland

Dairy Poster Contest (Lease-A-Dairy Requirement)

(Prior Entry Not Required) Standard size (22" x 28") poster to be educational in nature and dealing with any subject about Dairy. Posters to be displayed on Saturday, August 3, at 5:00 p.m. No free standing displays. Class 890. ........................................... Dairy Poster Contest, Junior, 8 to 10 900. ................................ Dairy Poster Contest, Intermediate, 11 to 13 910. ................................................ Dairy Poster Contest, 14 and over

- 18 -

Preliminary Dairy Showmanship Prior Entry is Encouraged. See Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for rules. If numbers warrant, classes will be divided by age at the discretion of the Superintendents. Must show same animal in each round you advance through in showmanship, including Round Robin. Must show your own animal. Class 920. ................................... Dairy Showmanship, Junior, Ages 8 to 10 930. ........................Dairy Showmanship, Intermediate, Ages 11 to 13 940. ................................. Dairy Showmanship, Senior, Ages 14 to 18

Colorado Dairy Youth Foundation Special Award

Prior entry not required. Selected by Superintendents and Dairy Judge. Must present Grade ID certificate or Registration Papers at check in on Saturday, August 3. Class 950. ....................................... The Colorado Dairy Youth Foundation

Special Award Colorado Dairy Youth Foundation Special Award – 1st Place Senior Debbie Carpio, Kersey Colorado Dairy Youth Foundation Special Award – 2nd Place Senior Debbie Carpio, Kersey Colorado Dairy Youth Foundation Special Award – 1st Place Junior Debbie Carpio, Kersey Colorado Dairy Youth Foundation Special Award – 2nd Place Junior Debbie Carpio, Kersey

Mike Dickinson Memorial Award Points will be awarded as follows: -Herdsmanship -Showmanship -Participation in Dairy Demonstrations -Participation in Poster Contest -Participation in Costume Class -Hoards Dairyman Judging (Tie Breaker)

Special Award Mike Dickinson Memorial Anonymous Donor

Herdsmanship Dairy Department

Herdsmanship – (keeping pens or stall and animals clean) will be emphasized in the livestock area. Awards will be presented to the individual or family or club who does the best job during County Fair. Members found to be doing a great job during the Fair will be given “Caught Being Good” coupons to use at the 4-H Dairy Bar.

Special Awards

Champion Herdsmanship Award William Carter Memorial – Clayton & Sam Fetzer Family, Windsor Reserve Champion Herdsmanship Award William Carter Memorial – Clayton & Sam Fetzer Family, Windsor

2019 Lease-A-Dairy Sponsors Dyecrest Dairy, Terance & Amanda Dye Family, Fort Collins Fort Lupton Dairy, Mike Katsampes, Fort Lupton McBride Family, Severance Mountain View Dairy, Shelly Dickinson, Loveland

2019 Dairy Program Sponsors All Animal Feed & Supply, Jessica Huwa, Loveland Got Pictures Creative Web Design Studio, Jennifer Wildman, Windsor Leprino Foods, Denver Mountain Vet Supply, Bill DeMoss, Fort Collins R & C Wild Game & Custom Processing, Russell & Cheryl Spence Family, Fort Collins Amber Spence, Fort Collins Sas Dairy/Taft Hill Dairy, Lugene & Karen Sas, Fort Collins

- 19 -

Department C Goats

Dairy Goat Co-Superintendents – Wes Knackstedt & Aspen Knackstedt

Pygmy Goat Superintendent – Michelle Opdyke Meat Goat Superintendent – Amber Spence

Extension Contact – 4-H Agent 1. All goat members must have attended a Meat Quality Assurance training as a Junior Member (ages 8 - 13 years old) and as a Senior Member (14 - 18 years old) to show at the Larimer County Fair. 2. Classes may be combined, divided or deleted at the discretion of the Judge and Superintendent. The decision of the Judge is final. 3. The USDA’s Scrapie Eradication Program will be enforced at the 2019 Larimer County Fair. This regulation requires goats to have Scrapie ID (flock ID) ear tags that list their flock of origin. Goats required to have Scrapie tags are: All breeding goats regardless of age, all wethers and all does shown as market goats. (Exception: Registered goats (meat and dairy) may use legible tattoos or readable microchips (EIDs) with Breed Registration Numbers (in place of Scrapie tags). Registration papers must be provided for verification. Illegible tattoos and non-readable EIDs must be replaced with a USDA Scrapie ID Tag. 4. Dairy Goat/Pygmy Goat members may bring show equipment and feed to the Goat Barn on Sunday, July 28, between 4:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. Market Goat members may bring show equipment and feed to the Goat Barn on Tuesday, July 30, between 4:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. No animals. 5. Goat Schedule Thursday, July 25 4 p.m. Dairy Goat Knowledge Bowl Contest McKee 4-H Building Monday, July 29 4 p.m. – 7:00 p.m. Dairy & Pygmy Goat

Check-in & Vet Check Tuesday, July 30 1 p.m. – 2 p.m. Dairy Goat Entry Check &

Clipper Decontamination, EPAV 2 p.m. – 4 p.m. Dairy Goat Judging &

Fitting Contests Milk Out Does & Weigh In by 6:00 p.m. Wednesday, July 31 8 a.m. Dairy & Pygmy Goat Showmanship;

followed by Dairy Goat Show & Pygmy Goat Show,

Milk Out Does after completion of show 6 p.m.-8 p.m. Check-in/Weigh/in/Carcass

Ultrasound Meat Goats/Check-in Breeding Meat Does

Thursday, August 1 7:00 a.m. Milk Out Does & Weigh In 8 a.m. Goat Costume Classes/Goat Obstacle

Course Classes 11 a.m. – 1 p.m. Dairy Goat/Pygmy Goat Check-out

1 p.m. Meat Goat Showmanship, followed by Breeding Meat Goat Show, followed by Market Goat Show

Thursday, August 1 Breeding Does Check-out one hour after completion of the Show

Friday, August 2 1:00 p.m. Dairy Goat Awards, Show Ring

6. Prior entry is Encouraged for all Showmanship classes. First and second place exhibitors in each Showmanship class must agree to show in the Master livestock Showmanship Round Robin competition before the Overall Goat Showmanship classes are fielded. Exhibitors who do not wish to meet this requirement must scratch prior to the call of the class. The Department Superintendent must be informed of the decision prior to the fielding of the class so an announcement can be made to the Judge, other Superintendents, exhibitors, and spectators. Please refer to the Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for all rules pertaining to Showmanship. 7. All Goat 4-H exhibitors are required to present to their Superintendents, their up-to-date record book at the time their project is entered at the Fair. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair. 9. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book. Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th - 10th - Ribbons (unless listed otherwise)

Dairy Goats

1. Open to purebred, American, high grade, mini standard females and wethers. No Bucks Will Be Shown. 2. Ages should be computed as of July 30, 2019: Junior Kid – April 15, 2019 to July 30, 2019 Senior Kid – January 1, 2019 to April 14, 2019 Senior Yearling or Doe not in milk – July 30, 2017 to December 31, 2018 Milking Yearling – under 2 in milk 2 Year Olds – 24-35 months 3 Year Olds – 36 – 47 months 4 Year Olds – 48 months and older 5 Year Olds – 60 months and older 3. To satisfy the flock ID (Scrapie ID) tag requirement, refer to General Goat Rule #3, 4. All animals must be dehorned or polled to show. 5. All milking does must be milked out Tuesday p.m., after the completion of the Dairy Goat Show on Wednesday and Thursday a.m. Does entered in the milking competition will be milked and weighed Tuesday p.m. and Thursday a.m. 6. White shirts (blouses) and white pants are encouraged for all Dairy Goat classes and Dairy Goat Showmanship. Exhibitor numbers must be visible while in the ring.


- 20 -

7. Each dairy goat must be tattooed with a legible tattoo or have a Scrapie I.D. tag in one ear. 8. Best Udder Class is open to all producing does. 9. The Supreme Champion Senior Doe from previous Larimer County Dairy Goat Show will not be allowed to show in any regular breed or group classes, but may challenge the Supreme Champion Senior Doe from current show. 10. Supreme Champions & Reserve Supreme Champions will be chosen among Champion & Reserve Champion does. Wethers are not eligible. 11. Swiss-Type (Alpine, Toggenburg, Saanen, Oberhasli & Sable) Nubian-Type (Nubian & La Mancha) Nigerian Dwarf – Type Mini Standard (Any Swiss or Nubian type crossed with Nigerian Dwarf)

Dairy Goats

Dairy Goats

Class Sw

iss T

ype

Nub

ian

Typ

e

Nig

eria

n D

war

f T

ype

Min

i St

anda

rd

Typ

e

Wet

hers

Junior Kid 110 190 270 350 430 Senior Kid 120 200 280 360 440 Senior Yearling (not in milk)

130 210 290 370 450

Milking Yearling 140 220 300 380 2 Year Olds 150 230 310 390 470 3 & 4 Year Olds 160 240 320 400 480 5 Year Olds & Older

170 250 330 410 490

Dam-Daughter (Doe & 1 daughter, owned by one exhibitor)

180

260

340

420

All Types Compete Together Best Udder 500 Supreme Challenge Class

510

Two Best Females - Senior Does owned by one exhibitor, (animals may be of different breeds)

520

Two Best Females - Junior Does owned by one exhibitor, (animals may be of different breeds)

530

Dairy Herd - Three females, Senior Does, owned by one exhibitor (animals may be of different breeds)

540

Dairy Herd - Three females, Junior Does, owned by one exhibitor (animals may be of different breeds)

550

Milking Competition, Doe 4 years and over

560

590

620

Milking Competition, Doe, 2 & 3 years

570

600

630

Milking Competition, Doe, Yearling

580

610

640

(To enter Dairy Goat Showmanship – see page 21) Champion Junior Doe (each breed) ............................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Junior Doe (each breed) .......................... Rosette Champion Senior Doe (each breed) ............................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Senior Doe (each breed) .......................... Rosette Champion Junior Wether.............................................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Junior Wether ............................................ Rosette Champion Senior Wether ............................................. Trophy Rosette Reserve Champion Senior Wether ........................................... Rosette Supreme Champion Junior Doe .................................. Trophy/Rosette Supreme Reserve Champion Junior Doe .................... Trophy/Rosette Supreme Champion Senior Doe ................................. Trophy/Rosette Supreme Reserve Champion Senior Doe ................... Trophy/Rosette Best Udder .................................................................. Trophy/Rosette Supreme Challenge Class ....................................................... Rosette

Special Awards Champion Nubian-type Senior Doe Aspen Spence, Fort Collins Champion Nubian-type Junior Doe Marc & Barb Newman Family, Fort Collins Champion Swiss-type Senior Doe Dyecrest Dairy, Terence & Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Champion Swiss-type Junior Doe Scott & Julie Melbye, Loveland Champion Nigerian Dwarf Goat Senior Doe Conradson Family Goats, Len & Sherry Conradson, Loveland Champion Nigerian Dwarf Goat Junior Doe K Bar Kids, Wes & Marsha Knackstedt, Wellington Champion Mini Standard-type Senior Doe Laffey’s Irish Animals, Steve & Kelly Laffey, Fort Collins Champion Mini Standard-type Junior Doe Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Champion Senior Dairy Goat Wether Diana Dye Memorial, Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Champion Junior Dairy Goat Wether Diana Dye Memorial, Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Supreme Dairy Goat Senior Doe Champion Dyecrest Dairy, Terence & Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Reserve Supreme Dairy Goat Senior Doe Champion Amber Spence, Fort Collins Supreme Dairy Goat Junior Doe Champion Michael & Laurie Stutz Family, LaPorte Reserve Supreme Dairy Goat Junior Doe Champion Ashlin Barker, Fort Collins Best Udder Legacy Ridge Farm, Marc & Brittany Bull, Loveland Dairy Goat Royalty K Bar Kids, Wes & Marsha Knackstedt, Wellington Dairy Goat Royalty Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins

- 21 -

Herdsmanship Dairy Goat Department

Herdsmanship – (keeping pens or stall and animals clean) will be emphasized in the livestock area. Awards will be presented to the individual or family or club who does the best job during County Fair. Members found to be doing a great job during the Fair will be given “Caught Being Good” coupons to use at the 4-H Dairy Bar. Award winner will be announced on Friday, August 2, 1:00 p.m. in The Ranch Warm Up Indoor Arena (Small Arena).

Special Award

Overall Champion Dairy Goat Herdsmanship T & T OK Tire, Inc., Loveland Preliminary Dairy Goat Showmanship Prior Entry is Encouraged. See Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for rules. If numbers warrant, classes will be divided by age at the discretion of the Superintendents. Exhibitors are encouraged to wear white shirts and white pants for Dairy Goat Showmanship. Must show same animal in each round you advance through in showmanship, including Round Robin. Must show your own animal. 700. .......................... Dairy Goat Showmanship, Junior, Ages 8 to 10 710. .............. Dairy Goat Showmanship, Intermediate, Ages 11 to 13 720. ........................ Dairy Goat Showmanship, Senior, Ages 14 to 18

Knowledge Bowl Contest

Dairy Goat 1. Exhibitors may sign up for the knowledge bowl contest up to the day of the quiz. 2. Quiz will be held on July 26 at 4 p.m. in the McKee 4-H Building. 3. Quiz will consist of 50 questions, 100 points possible. Class 750. ....................................... Dairy Goat Knowledge Bowl Contest

Fitting Contest Dairy Goat

1. Teams may sign up for the contest up to the day of the fitting, Tuesday, July 30, by 12:00 noon. 2. Team must consist of 2 members, at least one Senior, and at least one Junior/Intermediate. 3. Contestants must bring all supplies needed to the contest, (i.e. clippers, blades, brush, extension cord, broom, etc.), and must include a tarp upon which the actual fitting of the animal will take place. No stanchions are permitted. 4. Time limit is 45 minutes. 5. After fitting time, each goat will be presented for judging. The goat will be held by one of the fitters. Questions may be asked of the team members at this time.

6. Teams will be placed on both fitting techniques during the contest and final results and clean-up of their fitting area. 7. Adults and leaders may not help or touch animals or assist members from the sidelines. Class 760. ........................................................... Dairy Goat Fitting Contest

Judging Contest Dairy Goat

1. Exhibitors may sign up for the contest up to the day of the judging, Tuesday, July 30 by 12:00 noon. 2. Exhibitors will be expected to judge two groups of goats consisting of four animals each. One group of senior does and one group of junior does. 3. Exhibitors will have a maximum of 30 minutes to place each group of animals. 4. Each group of animals must be placed from one to four. Each placing must include reasonings from two of the four major scoring categories (general appearance, mammary system, if applicable, dairy strength and body capacity). 5. Talking is not permitted between exhibitors or people outside the ring. Each exhibitors judging card must be turned in at the completion of each group before exiting the ring. 770. ......................................................... Dairy Goat Judging Contest

Premier Exhibitor Dairy Goat

The purpose of this contest is to recognize exhibitors that excel in the areas of care, knowledge and presentation of their Dairy Goat livestock project. 1. Exhibitors must pre-enter this contest along with their regular Fair entries. 2. The contest will be judged using the following criteria:

- Herdsmanship: 40 points possible – Exhibitors will be judged based on the cleanliness of their stall and surrounding area, the cleanliness of animal(s) while at the Fair, and their stall display (stall cards, decoration, etc.) Herdsmanship may be judged at any time(s) while livestock are at the Fair including show day and the day(s) following the show. You must have your name on your stall sign to be judged. Points for Herdsmanship will be broken down as follows: 5th place = 20; 4th place = 25; 3rd place = 30; 2nd place = 35; 1st place = 40; all other participants = 15 points. -Class Placing: 40 points possible – Each exhibitor will receive points for his/her highest placing animal. Only one animal per exhibitor will be used for class placing points. Points will be broken down as follows: 3rd place = 25; 2nd place = 30; 1st place = 40; all other placings = 20 points. -Number of Animals exhibited: 15 points possible – Exhibitors will receive five points for each animal they exhibit (up to 15 points). -Milking Competition: 30 points possible – Points given for the milking competition will be broken down as follows: 3rd place = 20; 2nd place – 25; 1st place = 30 points; all other participants = 15 points.

- 22 -

-Showmanship: 40 points possible – Points given for showmanship placing will be broken down as follows; 6th place = 25, 5th place = 28; 4th place = 31; 3rd place = 34; 2nd place = 37; 1st place = 40; all other placings = 20 points. -Fitting Contest: 40 points possible – Points given for the Fitting Contest will be broken down as follows: 3rd place = 30; 2nd place = 35; 1st place = 40; all other places = 20 points. -Judging Contest: 40 points possible – Points given for the Judging Contest will be broken down as follows: 7th place = 22; 6th place = 25; 5th place = 28; 4th place = 31; 3rd place = 34; 2nd place = 37; 1st place = 40; all other placings = 19 points. -Knowledge Bowl: 100 points possible – Exhibitors may participate by taking a 50 question multiple choice test, each question is worth two points, designed to evaluate knowledge of their project in areas such as: health, feeding, breeding, selection, handling, and industry related issues.

3. Tie breakers will be based on the test score. 4. Award winners will be announced on Friday, August 2, 1:00 p.m. in The Ranch Warm Up Indoor Arena (Small Arena). 5. If you are 13 and younger, and you are the Premier Exhibitor winner, you are not eligible for the 13 & younger awards. Class 780. .................................................. Premier Dairy Goat Exhibitor

Special Awards Premier Dairy Goat Exhibitor

High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Anita Ballinger, Loveland & Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

Wes & Cheryl Knackstedt, Fort Collins Calum & Lisa Maclean, Land Marine Applications, Loveland Mike & Laurie Stutz, LaPorte 2nd Place Premier Dairy Goat Exhibitor

High Country Handiworkers, Anita Ballinger, Loveland & Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

Premier Dairy Goat Exhibitor – 13 years of age & younger Poudre Valley Coop, Gordon Ledall, Fort Collins Premier Dairy Goat Exhibitor – 13 years of age & younger Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins

- 23 -

Department C Pygmy Goats

1. Open to females & wethers and are not required to be dehorned. 2. To satisfy the flock ID (Scrapie ID) tag requirement, refer to General Goat Rule #3. 3. Dates for computing ages: Junior Kid, up to 6 months Senior Kid, 6 months to 1 year Doe, Never Freshened, 1 to 2 year old Doe, Never Freshened, 3 year & older Doe, Freshened, 1 to 2 year old Doe, Freshened, 3 year & older 4. N.P.G.A. Standards will be followed during judging. 5. All Pygmy goats need to be identified with I.D. tags on a collar. Class 110. ................................................... Junior Kid Doe, up to 6 months 120. ............................................. Senior Kid Doe, 6 months to 1 year 130. ......................................... Doe, Never Freshened, 1 to 2 year old 140. ......................................... Doe, Never Freshened, 3 year & older 150. ................................................... Doe, Freshened, 1 to 2 year old 160. ................................................... Doe, Freshened, 3 year & older 170. ............................................. Junior Wether Kid, up to 1 year old 180. .................................. Intermediate Wethers, 1 year to 3 year old 190. ................................................... Senior Wethers, over 3 year old (To enter Pygmy Goat Showmanship – see this page) Champion Junior Doe ................................................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Junior Doe ............................................... Rosette Champion Senior Doe ............................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Senior Doe ............................................... Rosette Supreme Champion Pygmy Doe ................................ Trophy/Rosette Supreme Reserve Champion Pygmy Doe .................. Trophy/Rosette Champion Pygmy Wether .......................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Pygmy Wether ......................................... Rosette

Special Awards

Champion Pygmy Goat Wether Miller Ranch, Bryant & Patty Miller, Wellington Champion Junior Pygmy Goat Doe Diana Dye Memorial – Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Champion Senior Pygmy Goat Doe Bob & Pam Marshall, Wellington Supreme Champion Pygmy Goat Doe Robert & Debra Dehn Family, Loveland Supreme Reserve Champion Pygmy Goat Doe

Larimer County 4-H Junior Leader Club, Rachel Masters, President, Fort Collins

Pygmy Goat Royalty Pam Konishi Harrold, Fort Collins Pygmy Goat Royalty Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins

Herdsmanship Pygmy Goat Department


Special Award Overall Champion Pygmy Goat Herdsmanship Poudre Valley Coop, Gordon Ledall, Fort Collins

Preliminary Pygmy Goat Showmanship Prior Entry is Encouraged. See Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for rules. If numbers warrant, classes will be divided by age at the discretion of the Superintendents. Must show your own animal. 210. ........................ Pygmy Goat Showmanship, Junior, Ages 8 to 10 220. ............ Pygmy Goat Showmanship, Intermediate, Ages 11 to 13 230. ......................Pygmy Goat Showmanship, Senior, Ages 14 to 18

Special Awards

The following awards will be presented during the Goat Showmanship preliminary classes:

Champion Junior Pygmy Goat Showman Diana Dye Memorial – Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Junior Pygmy Goat Showman Gaffield Woodworks, Mike & Val Gaffield, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Pygmy Goat Showman Dan & Susan Hutchens Family, Livermore Reserve Champion Intermediate Pygmy Goat Showman Tom & Marilyn Lasich & Becca Imgarten, Fort Collins Champion Senior Pygmy Goat Showman Bob & Pam Marshall, Wellington Reserve Champion Senior Pygmy Goat Showman Buckeye Buck ‘N Ears 4-H Club, Ellie Jones, Wellington

- 24 -

Department C Costume Classes

Prior Entry is Required

Best Goat and Exhibitor in Costume 1. Open to Dairy, Pygmy, and Meat Goats. 2. Classes will be judged as follows: Animal Costume.............................................................................50% Showman Costume ........................................................................25% Originality .....................................................................................25% 3. Adult assistance is permissible. Class 110. ................................................................... Goat Costume, Junior 120. ......................................................... Goat Costume, Intermediate 130. ................................................................... Goat Costume, Senior

Obstacle Course Prior Entry is Required

1. Open to Dairy, Pygmy, and Meat Goats. 2. Classes may be divided at discretion of Superintendents Class 110. ................................................................... Goat Obstacle, Junior 120. ......................................................... Goat Obstacle, Intermediate 130. ................................................................... Goat Obstacle, Senior

Special Awards

1st Place – Junior – Karen Sellins & Craig Hartsough, Fort Collins 1st Place – Intermediate – Karen Sellins & Craig Hartsough, Fort

Collins 1st Place – Senior – Stutz Family, LaPorte

- 25 -

Department C Meat Goats - All Breeds

Premier Exhibitor

Breeding Meat & Market Goat The purpose of this contest is to recognize exhibitors that excel in the areas of care, knowledge and presentation of their livestock projects.


real-life scenario relating to the Goat Project. This scenario can be hands on or in question/answer format. The point of this portion of the Premier Exhibitor contest will be to test the knowledge of the exhibitor in a hands on format.







4. Tie breakers will be based on the test score, followed by the ID score. 5. Award winners will be announced after the Round Robin Awards presentation. 6. If you are 13 and younger, and you are the Premier Exhibitor winner, you are not eligible for the 13 & younger awards. Class 210. ........................................................ Premier Meat Goat Exhibitor

Special Awards Premier Meat Goat Exhibitor Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins 2nd Place Premier Exhibitor Marge Knievel Memorial, Ken & Karen Knievel, Severance Premier Meat Goat Exhibitor – 13 years of age and younger Delmore Family, Wellington

Breeding Meat Goats

1. Open to females only. 2. To satisfy the flock ID (Scrapie ID) tag requirement, refer to General Goat Rule #3. 3. Animals are not required to be dehorned. 4. Breeding Does Check-out one hour after completion of the Show. Class 110. ................................................... Junior Does - 0 to 6 months old 120. ....................................... Intermediate Does - 7 to 11 months old 130. ........................................... Yearling Does – 12 to 24 months old (To enter Meat Goat Showmanship – see page 27) Champion Breeding Meat Goat Doe .......................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Breeding Meat Goat Doe ............ Trophy/Rosette

Special Awards

Champion Breeding Meat Goat Doe Dyecrest Dairy, Terence & Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Breeding Meat Goat Doe

R & C Wild Game & Custom Processing, Russell & Cheryl Spence, Fort Collins

- 26 -

Market Goats 1. All Market Goats (wethers and does) must be owned, weighed and ear tagged at the April 29 weigh day in order to be eligible to show in the Market Goat classes at the Fair. 2. A $2.00 per head entry fee will be charged at the time of submitting entry forms. The fee will be used for Rate of Gain Contest awards. 3. Limit of 3 entries per exhibitor. Must be entered by ear tag number. 4. To satisfy the flock ID (Scrapie ID) tag requirement, refer to General Goat Rule #3, 5. Goats must weigh 60 pounds or more to show in market class and to be eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. One re-weigh will be allowed for animals that are 2 percent or less under or over weight. The re-weigh will be done during the last 30 minutes of weigh-in time. Animals weighing 1 pound under the minimum weight will be allowed to show since the scale read-out doesn’t show tenths of a pound. Underweight goats will be shown in feeder class and are not eligible for Junior Livestock Sale. An official picture must be taken to participate in Junior Livestock Sale. 6. Horns to be tipped not to exceed 4 inches in length and no sharp points. 7. Must be born after December 1, 2018. 8. Animals will be shown for structural correctness and quality conformation as well as meatiness throughout with no excess fat. 9. Drenching with drench guns is allowed. The drench must be a liquid substance for use in livestock and deemed legal and humane. No pumping will be allowed. 10. Overall Grand Champion and Overall Reserve Grand Champion must sell in Junior Livestock Sale. Sale animals must remain on grounds until Junior Livestock Sale on Wednesday, August 7 and must follow all Sale Rules and Regulations. 11. USDA Wholesome Meat Act & COOL – In order for Larimer County Fair exhibitors to comply with the USDA/FDA requirements, all Junior Market Goat animals will be required to have a "Certification and Statement of Disclosure" form (purple form) and a COOL Affidavit signed by the Junior Exhibitor, and Parent or Guardian. These forms must be turned in to the Superintendent upon arrival or weigh in. These forms will be kept on file and will follow the animal(s) through slaughter. (See Junior Livestock Division Rules #4 and #5). 12. For Market Goats Only: Market Goats can be released only at the designation of the Market Goat Superintendent. The extra pen space is needed during the rest of the Fair. 13. Please review important rules regarding Premises ID, Retinal Imaging, and the Fitting & Grooming Policy on pages 3, 4 & 5 of the Fair Book. Class 140. ................................................................................. Market Goat (Enter all market goats in class 140, Superintendent will classify into classes by weight.) (To enter Meat Goat Showmanship – see page 27)

Overall Grand Champions Overall Grand Champion Market Goat ...................... Trophy/Rosette Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Goat........... Trophy/Rosette Overall Grand Champion Market Goat ................. Belt Buckle/Banner Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Goat.... Belt Buckle/Banner 3rd Place Overall Market Goat ................................................... Banner 4th Place Overall Market Goat ................................................... Banner

Special Awards

Overall Grand Champion Market Goat Brett & Shannon Shreve Family, Carr Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Goat Cinch ‘Em Up 4-H Club, Teresa Wilcox, Wellington Overall Grand Champion Market Goat – Belt Buckle


Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Goat – Belt Buckle Morrison Trucking, LLC, Bart & Stephanie Morrison, Greeley Overall Grand Champion Market Goat – Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Goat The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton 3rd Place Overall Market Goat – Banner Amanda Dye, Fort Collins 4th Place Overall Market Goat - Banner Dyecrest Dairy High Gaining Market Goat Diana Dye Memorial – Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Market Goat Royalty Pam Konishi Harrold, Fort Collins Market Goat Royalty Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins

Carcass Contest

Prior Entry is Required by July 15 on Fair Entry Form. All Market Goats, regardless of nomination for the Jr. Livestock Sale, are eligible to compete in the carcass contest. Exhibitors may choose to enter up to three (3) market goats in the carcass contest. By entering the carcass contest, exhibitors are obligated to make their animal available for ultrasound (during the market goat check-in/weigh-in time). This is an optional contest, which will cost $6/animal to enter (in addition to traditional fair entry fees) and must be paid at time of carcass contest entry. Must specify tag # on entry form. Class 150. ..................................................... Carcass Contest- Market Goat

Special Awards

Grand Champion Goat Carcass – Belt Buckle Wagon Wheel 4-H Club, Shannon Shreve, Carr Reserve Grand Champion Goat Carcass – Belt Buckle Frontier Machining, Gary & Jannette Davies, Greeley Grand Champion Goat Carcass Morrison Trucking, LLC, Bart & Stephanie Morrison, Greeley Reserve Grand Champion Goat Carcass


Grand Champion Goat Carcass Anonymous Donor Reserve Grand Champion Goat Carcass Anonymous Donor

- 27 -

Rate of Gain Contest (Prior Entry Not Required) Daily gains will be computed for all market goats weighed and identified at the April 29 weigh day provided the animal is entered in the County Fair classes. Premiums for the Rate of Gain Division will be: 1st - $50; 2nd - $40; 3rd - $30; 4th - $20; 5th - 10th - $10

Herdsmanship

Meat Goat Department Herdsmanship – (keeping pens or stall and animals clean) will be emphasized in the livestock area. Awards will be presented to the individual or family or club who does the best job during County Fair. Members found to be doing a great job during the Fair will be given “Caught Being Good” coupons to use at the 4-H Dairy Bar.

Special Award Overall Champion Meat Goat Herdsmanship Jon & Biz Bopp, Loveland

Preliminary Meat Goat Showmanship Prior Entry is Encouraged. See Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for rules. If numbers warrant, classes will be divided by age at the discretion of the Superintendents. Must show same animal in each round you advance through in showmanship, including Round Robin. Class 180. ........................... Meat Goat Showmanship, Junior (Ages 8 - 10) 190. ............... Meat Goat Showmanship, Intermediate (Ages 11 - 13) 200. ......................... Meat Goat Showmanship, Senior (Ages 14 - 18)

Fitting Contest

Meat Goat Department

1. Teams may sign up for the contest through 8:45 a.m., Tuesday, August 6. 2. Team must consist of (2) two members, at least one Senior, and at least one Junior/Intermediate. 3. One team member must wear a show harness with the team number exhibited. The team number will be provided at the time of the contest. 4. Contestants must provide the animal to fit in the contest. Animal provided must be clean and dry. 5. Contestants must bring all supplies needed to the contest. (Fitting stand, blowers, clippers, adhesives, etc.) 6. Time limit is 45 minutes. 7. Clippers may be used at the discretion of team members. 8. After fitting time, each goat will be presented to the judge. The goat will be held by one of the fitters. Judges have the opportunity to ask questions to team members at this time. 9. Teams will be placed on both fitting techniques during the contest and final results. 10. Adults and leaders many not help or touch the animal or assist members from the sidelines.

- 28 -

Department C1 Alpacas/Llamas

Co-Superintendents – Debra Taylor & Shawn Leland Extension Contact – 4-H Agent

1. Alpaca/Llamas must have proof of current vaccinations (CD&T, AD&E, dewormer) and a negative PCR BVD (Bovine Venereal Disease) test result to check-in at County Fair. It is recommended that exhibitors have a veterinarian. 2. A companion animal of like species is required if only exhibiting one alpaca/llama. 3. Classes and age groups will be assigned by the Superintendent depending on the number of entries. There will be at least one Junior, Intermediate and Senior Showmanship Class and at least one Junior, Intermediate and Senior Performance Class. 4. 4-H members will be expected to participate in all the classes they are eligible for to qualify for any Championship awards. 5. Alpaca/Llama Show Association rules found at alsashow.org Points awarded on class placement according to ALSA guidelines, with Champions the result of highest 2 combined scores for Obstacle and Public Relations courses. In the event of a tie, placement order in Showmanship class dictates Champion over Reserve. 6. Ages for Costume, Showmanship and Performance classes are: Junior (8 -10), Intermediate (11-13) and Senior (14-18), as of December 31, 2018. 7. All Alpaca/Llama exhibitors are required to present to their Superintendents their up-to-date record book at the time their project is entered at the fair. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair. 8. Alpaca/Llama Schedule Wednesday, July 31 6 p.m. – 8 p.m. Check-in Alpaca/Llama Thursday, August 1 8 a.m. Alpaca/Llama Show Showmanship followed by Obstacle

followed by Public Relations followed by Costume

9. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book. Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th - 10th – Ribbons Obstacle Class 110. ........................................................................................... Junior 120. ................................................................................. Intermediate 130. ........................................................................................... Senior

Costume Class 140. ........................................................................................... Junior 150. ................................................................................. Intermediate 160. ........................................................................................... Senior Entrants are required to actively participate in the construction of a costume for themselves and their alpaca entry. Judging will be based on originality and complexity of costume, ability of handler and alpaca to show as a team (does alpaca handle challenges of the costume, such as dangling parts, legging, etc). Public Relations Class 170. ............................................................................................ Junior 180. .................................................................................. Intermediate 190. ............................................................................................ Senior Showmanship Class 200. ..................................................................... Junior, Ages 8 to 10 210. ......................................................... Intermediate, Ages 11 to 13 220. ................................................................... Senior, Ages 14 to 18

Special Awards Overall Grand Champion Alpaca/Llama – Belt Buckle Red Granite Ranch, Ltd., Marc & Sharon Milligan, Livermore Overall Reserve Grand Champion Alpaca/Llama – Belt Buckle Red Granite Ranch, Ltd., Marc & Sharon Milligan, Livermore Champion Junior Obstacle Exhibitor Willow Creek Fiber Mill, Kat Ludlam, Estes Park Champion Intermediate Obstacle Exhibitor Poudre River Vet, Dr. Richard Wheeler, Fort Collins Champion Senior Obstacle Exhibitor

R-N-R Supply, Inc., Doug Curtis, Fort Collins Champion Junior Costume Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Champion Intermediate Costume

R-N-R Supply, Inc., Doug Curtis, Fort Collins Champion Senior Costume Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Champion Junior Public Relations Rawhiders 2 4-H Club, Stephanie Morrison, Greeley Champion Intermediate Public Relations Rawhiders 2 4-H Club, Stephanie Morrison, Greeley Champion Senior Public Relations Rawhiders 2 4-H Club, Stephanie Morrison, Greeley Champion Junior Alpaca/Llama Showman

High Altitude 4-H Club, Don Brehm, Loveland, & Kassi Kilker, Berthoud

Reserve Champion Junior Alpaca/Llama Showman High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Anita Ballinger, Loveland & Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

Champion Intermediate Alpaca/Llama Showman Poudre River Vet, Dr. Richard Wheeler, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Intermediate Alpaca/Llama Showman Willow Creek Fiber Mill, Kat Ludlam, Estes Park Champion Senior Alpaca/Llama Showman


Reserve Champion Senior Alpaca/Llama Showman Laffey’s Irish Animals LLC, Steve & Kelly Laffey, Fort Collins


- 29 -

Herdsmanship Alpaca/Llama Department


Special Award Overall Champion Alpaca/Llama Herdsmanship Hall’s Haven Farm, Adam & Dani Hall, Wellington

- 30 -

Department D Horses

Superintendent - Jodie Martin-Witt Extension Contact – Diane Kern

Horse Show Rules

1. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book.

2. Prior entry is required for all classes. No late entries will be taken for Horse after 5:00 p.m. on July 19.

3. Horse leaders are to supply the Extension office with their stalling requirements by July 15.

4. Vets will be present at check-in; health certificates are not required at the time of this printing but may be requested if recommended by Colorado State University. During vet check, all leg wraps and blankets must be removed.

5. The 2018 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book (LA 1500J - 2018) will be used as the guideline for all judging. The Horse Department Superintendent(s) reserve(s) the right to amend or change rules, classes, patterns, and times of scheduled classes at any time prior to the judging. Due notice will be given to exhibitors of any such change. Judge’s comments on classes will not be posted.

6. No dogs, bikes or skateboards allowed in the barns or arena.

7. All stalls and alley ways are to be kept clean and swept. Remember, your club is being judged on this. Individuals are expected to clean the wash rack after use.

8. Classes will be broken out by ages and levels. Please check all schedules closely.

• Junior - Ages 8 to 10 years of age, as of December 31,2018 - Walk/Trot, Level 1, Level 2

• Intermediate - Ages 11 to 13 years of age, as of December 31, 2018 - Walk/Trot, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3

• Senior - Ages 14 to 18 years of age, as of December 31, 2018 - Walk/Trot, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, Level 4 Levels 3 and 4 will be shown together.

9. The exception to the above is the Ranch Horse classes. Please see details on pages 32 & 33 of this Premium Book.

10. Written Test questions will be taken from 4-H Horse project and related materials. "Readers" will be available for those exhibitors needing help. (Check with Superintendent prior to the Written Test.) Parents may not serve as readers for their own children. Any members communicating in any way during written test will receive a “0” score and will be disqualified from the All Around competition.

11. No spectators are allowed in the staging areas. These are the areas

located at the end and next to the arena entrances. This area is for contestants preparing to enter their class. This is for the safety of everyone and in compliance with insurance requirements and will be enforced.

12. All class times are approximate and are subject to change.

Exhibitor Rules

1. No exhibitor may compete in more than 5 classes per division, with 1 class being the written test. If not competing for All-Around, and not taking the written test, an exhibitor may compete in no more than 4 classes. Any exhibitor that enters more than 5 classes (4 if not competing for All Around) will automatically be dropped from English Controlled Riding and/or Western Reining.

2. An exhibitor may show only one horse in each performance class, and a horse may only be shown once in each performance class within an age division. If more than one horse has been identified, exhibitor must specify on the entry blank which horse is to be shown in each class.

3. All 4-H Horse exhibitors are required to present their up-to-date record book to their Superintendents at check-in time. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at the following website: www.larimer.extension.colostate.edu Click on 4-H, then Horse. Please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair.

4. ASTM/SEI approved helmets must be worn and correctly fastened, by exhibitors at all times while mounted. This includes warm-up, riding to and from arenas, during all competitions and all other occasions. Failure to comply with this policy will result in a warning. A second failure to comply will result in dismissal from the 4-H Horse Show.

5. Riding Safety Rules • No riding on pavement. • Only 4-H members allowed on horses. • No riding double. • Must have one hand on the reins at all times. • Must have one leg on either side of the horse at all times. • No cell phone use during testing or while riding.

6. All contestants will be required to wear their exhibitor's number on

their back, saddle pad or blanket, visible to the Judge, while the animal is being shown, and to have their exhibitor number with them during the Written Test. Numbers must be worn at all times when mounted.

7. All exhibitors will receive copies of patterns for all classes. These will be sent to all exhibitors by email prior to the horse show. Patterns will also be posted near the show office. Additional copies may be purchased for the fee of $5.00. Please have your record book and riding levels card with you when you pick up your patterns.

8. The selected individuals (1st, 2nd or alternates determined and notified) must represent the horse division in the Overall Round Robin held on Wednesday morning, August 7 at 9:00 a.m.

9. Dropping classes or any change in horse must be done in the Horse Show Office.

10. Once a show order is drawn and the exhibitor's number is called, the exhibitor must appear in this order. The exhibitor will be given two minutes in which to appear at the in-gate. Failure to do so will disqualify the exhibitor from that class. The gateman will line the class up in individual order three deep: up, on deck, and in-the-hole. Observe ring courtesy and check-in with the ring clerk prior to each

http://www.larimer.extension.colostate.edu/

- 31 -

class to indicate "scratch" or "present" for the class. If you have a conflict with another class, contact Horse Superintendent(s).

11. To be eligible for the All Around Horseman award and Super Team award, you must enter this on your entry form.

Horse Rules

1. All classes are open to registered, grade, or crossbred horses.

2. Any and all horse exhibits that meet the requirements of a bonafide 4-H project may be shown only if the horse ID certificate is in the 4honline system by May 1. If two 4-H members plan to use the same horse, both members must have ID the horse in the system.

3. There will be no age limit on horses to be shown.

4. No stallions may be shown in any horse class.

5. Horses will be stalled at the Larimer County 4-H Horse Coordinator’s discretion - one horse per stall. All stalls will be assigned individually. Clubs will be stalled together and assigned tack stalls.

6. Absolutely no horses other than those entered, checked in, and vet checked will be allowed to be stalled on the fairgrounds during the 4-H Horse Show.

7. All horses must be in show shape to enter Fairgrounds. This must be enforced at the club level or the Extension Staff or Superintendent will be required to dismiss the entry. It is recommended that all horses entered at the Fair have the Eastern and Western Encephalomyelitis, West Nile Virus, and Tetanus vaccinations.

8. Any horse, regardless of their age, that is shown by a W/T or Level 1 rider may be ridden with one hand and a standard western bit as approved by the 4-H western equipment rules or with two hands and a snaffle bit or bosal as described under 4-H equipment rules. Two hands may not be used with a curb bit or any shanked bit regardless of where the reins are attached.

9. Any horse deemed to be uncontrollable, unsound, or distressed will be excused from competition by Judges or Superintendents.

10. Any horse found in neglect of feed, water, and/or care will be dismissed from the grounds, and the exhibitor will be scratched in all classes entered with all premiums and awards forfeited.

11. Horse check out. English horses may check-out on Sunday, July 28, 6:00 p.m. - 8:00 p.m. Western horses may check-out on Tuesday, July 30, 2:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. All stalls are to be vacated as soon as possible on July 31. All stalls must be stripped clean of manure and shavings and checked by a Club Leader to receive a release form. All horses must have a release form to leave the grounds. A special arrangement for other dismissal of horses is to be made with the Larimer County 4-H Program Coordinator.

12. At no time is anyone, except the youth, or another 4-H member, allowed to ride or exercise a horse. Family members, leaders, or other Larimer County 4-H members (no trainers or others) may offer reasonable assistance to an exhibitor as long as the contestant is actively involved along with the adult. Any exception must be approved by the Superintendents or Program Coordinator in advance.

13. Gymkhana horses: Wednesday, July 31 check in between 6:30 and 7:30 a.m. Horses coming in on this day will not be assigned stalls, may not be placed in any stalls or stalling area and will not be vet

checked unless conditions warrant. Horses may be kept at trailers inside the fenced area.

All Around Horseman

The aim of this section is to promote interest in all areas of the horse project and program and to make the horse and individual work together as a team toward better horsemanship.

1. An exhibitor must properly enter and show in the required classes in order to be eligible.

2. Members who have won an All Around Award at a specific level and age division, are not eligible for the All Around again at the same level and age division (Jr., Int., Sr.). Exhibitors who show up a level without holding that level card will not be eligible for the All Around award for that level. (Example: a level 2 rider showing at level 3 will not be eligible for level 3 All Around.)

3. The following classes are required to be eligible for All Around Western: Written Test (tie breaker), Western Showmanship, Western Horsemanship, All Around and no more than two optional classes. The optional classes are: Western Riding, Reining, and Trail. (No Reining or Western Riding for Walk/Trot.)

4. All Around English: Written Test (tie breaker), English Showmanship, English Equitation, All Around and no more than two optional classes. The optional classes are: Hunter Hack, Show Hack, or English Controlled Riding. (No Hunter Hack or English Controlled Riding for Walk/Trot.)

5. All Around Gymkhana: Written Test (tie breaker), Barrels, Poles, Poled Key Hole, Flags and All Around. (No Flags for Walk/Trot.)

6. All Around Ranch Horse: Written Test (tie breaker), Ranch Horsemanship and All Around are required. Then choose up to three of the optional classes, no more than five total classes. The optional classes are: Ranch Trail, Ranch Cattle Sorting, Boxing or Boxing/Fencing and Ranch Riding. See page 34 for your level options. (No Walk/Trot offered.)

7. Scores will be ranked on placing and competitors may only use one horse per division. No premiums given. Scoring for All Around will be based on the total points earned in all classes. If an exhibitor rides in two Option classes, both scores will be included in the total for All Around awards.

Super Team Belt Buckle Award

Super Team is a Belt Buckle award for the best rider and one horse combination. Points will be calculated on all ages and levels during the show. One prize will be awarded to whoever receives the most total points. To be eligible you must enter three of the four following divisions; you may enter all four: English, Western, Gymkhana, and Ranch Horse. Musical Freestyle does not count toward this award. Rider must use the same horse for all classes entered to be considered for this award. If a tie-breaker is necessary, the following criteria will be used: 1. Showmanship score. 2. Fastest total gymkhana time. 3. Highest points awarded in cattle sorting. 4. You can only win this award one time.

- 32 -

2019 4-H Horse Show Schedule

Each arena will follow its own schedule for classes. A show bill will be provided in the check-in packet. Friday, July 26 6:00 p.m. - 8:00 p.m. ................ Set up time for stalls and tack rooms No horses to come in this day. All stalls must be prepared before horse check-in. Tack stalls may be locked and each club is responsible for their own locks. Saturday, July 27 4:00 p.m. – 6:00 p.m.……...Check-in/Vet Check of all 4-H Horses Horse may only be checked in by a 4-H member and they must have a hard copy of their up-to-date e-record. 5:00 p.m. – 8:30 p.m. ....................... Indoor and Outdoor arenas open 9:00 p.m. ......................................................................... Barn Closed Sunday, July 28 English Classes 6:00 a.m. ...................................................... Barn Open for feeding 7:30 a.m. – 9:00 a.m. ................. Indoor and Outdoor arenas open 10:00 a.m. .................................................................... Written Test Mac Equipment Indoor Arena bleachers 11:30 a.m. .................................................... English Showmanship Mac Equipment Indoor Arena: Levels Walk/Trot and I; Junior, Intermediate and Senior Budweiser Events Center Arena: Levels II, III and IV; Junior, Intermediate and Senior 1:30 p.m. ............................................................ English Equitation Mac Equipment Indoor Arena: Levels Walk/Trot and I; Junior, Intermediate and Senior Budweiser Events Center Arena: Levels II, III and IV; Junior, Intermediate and Senior Show Hack will follow the completion of English Equitation Classes Mac Equipment Indoor Arena: Levels Walk/Trot, I, II, III and IV; Junior, Intermediate and Senior English Controlled Riding will follow the completion of English Equitation Classes Budweiser Events Center Arena: Levels I, II, III and IV; Junior, Intermediate and Senior Hunter Hack (Level Walk/Trot card required) will follow the completion of Show Hack Classes Mac Equipment Indoor Arena, Levels I, II, III and IV Junior, Intermediate and Senior These classes involve 2 fences set at heights appropriate to the levels competing and work on the rail. English Horses may check-out between 6:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. All horses must have a release form to leave the grounds. 9:00 p.m. ......................................................................... Barn Closed Monday, July 29 Western Classes 6:00 a.m. ......................................................... Barns open for feeding 6:00 a.m. - 7:00 a.m. ...................... Indoor and Outdoor Arenas Open 8:00 a.m. ...................................................................... Written Test Mac Equipment Indoor Arena bleachers 9:30 a.m. ....................................................... Western Showmanship Mac Equipment Indoor Arena, Levels Walk/Trot and I, Junior, Intermediates and Senior Budweiser Events Center Arena: Levels II, III and IV, Junior, Intermediate and Senior. Round Robin Selection immediately following the completion of Western Showmanship in the Mac Equipment Indoor Arena. Two exhibitors will be chosen from the English and Western Junior, Intermediate & Senior Showmanship divisions to

compete for Master Showman of the Fair. Members who qualify in English Showmanship must show in English attire. Members who qualify in Western must show in Western attire. Those who qualify in both may choose. Please read rule #8 under Exhibitor Rules in Department D and Livestock Showmanship Round Robin, Department G. After Lunch Break .......................................... Western Horsemanship Mac Equipment Indoor Arena, Levels Walk/Trot and I, Junior, Intermediate and Senior Budweiser Events Center Arena, Levels II, III and IV, Junior, Intermediate and Senior 4:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. ............................. Musical Freestyle Warm Up Mac Equipment Indoor Arena 6:00 p.m. ............................................... 4-H Musical Freestyle Class Mac Equipment Indoor Arena This class will be shown by age and levels and all riders must hold a Level I or above card. Junior, Intermediate, and Senior Contestants may show in English and Western tack. See complete rules and scoring posted on the Larimer County Extension web site: www.larimer.extension.colostate.edu No horses to check-out of the barn on Monday evening, unless prior arrangements have been made with 4-H Horse Program Coordinator. 9:00 p.m. ....................................................................... Barn Closed Tuesday, July 30 Western Classes 6:00 a.m. .......................................................... Barn open for feeding 6:00 a.m. – 7:00 a.m. ..................... Indoor and Outdoor Arenas Open 7:30 a.m. .....................................................Walk Through Tail Course 8:00 a.m. .................................................................... Reining Classes Reining: Mac Equipment Indoor Arena, All levels, Junior, Intermediate, and Senior 8:00 a.m. – 11:30 a.m. ........................................ Western Trail Class Budweiser Events Center Arena. Must sign in with ring steward by 11:00 a.m. and show at will. 9:30 a.m. ..................................................................... Riding Classes Western Riding: Round Up Outdoor Arena, All levels, Senior, Intermediate, and Junior Ranch Horse Classes All competitors in these classes must hold a Ranch Horse card with a rating of Level I or higher. Following Lunch Break. ...................... Ranch Horse Written Test Mac Equipment Indoor Arena bleachers immediately followed by exhibitor meeting Following Written Test ............................. Ranch Horse Trail Class Budweiser Events Center Arena, ridden in order of go, NOT at will. Competitors are to check in at the gate by 2:00 p.m. Ranch Horse Cattle Sorting will follow Ranch Horse Trail in the Mac Equipment Indoor Arena Ranch Horsemanship will follow Cattle Sorting in the Mac Equipment Indoor Arena Ranch Riding will follow Ranch Horsemanship in the Mac Equipment Indoor Arena Boxing and Boxing/Fencing will follow Ranch Riding in the Mac Equipment Indoor Arena Horse check-out will be from 2:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m. for horses not competing in Ranch Horse or Gymkhana. All horses must have a release form to leave the grounds. 9:00 p.m. ......................................................................... Barn Closed


- 33 -

Wednesday, July 31 Gymkhana Classes 8:00 a.m. ............................................ Gymkhana Orientation Meeting 8:00 a.m. ....................................................... Gymkhana Written Test Mac Equipment Indoor arena bleachers 8:30 a.m. ............................................ Gymkhana Classes, All Levels Mac-Equipment Indoor Arena & Round Up Outdoor Arena 3:30 p.m. .................................................. Horse Awards Ceremony Small Indoor Arena bleachers All horses to vacate barns at completion of awards ceremony. Tuesday, August 6 Round Robin Clinic 4:00 p.m. .......................................................... Round Robin Clinic Mac Equipment Indoor Arena, Animals Provided – Opportunity to learn how to show other species that will be shown in the Round Robin on Wednesday morning.

Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th - 10th – Ribbons

Walk-Trot Classes for All English and Western Performance Classes

Walk-Trot classes are for exhibitors who have passed the Walk-Trot levels test, and who have not passed Level 1. Exhibitors may not participate in Walk-Trot classes after they have won two blue ribbons at the Walk-Trot Level.

English Division Written and Performance Classes by Age & Level

Juniors W

alk/

Tro

t

Lev

el 1

Lev

el 2

Lev

el 3

Lev

el 4

English Written Test 110 140 170 English Showmanship 111 141 171 English Equitation 112 142 172 Show Hack 113 143 173 English Controlled Riding 144 174 Hunter Hack 115 145 175 All Around 116 146 176

Intermediates English Written Test 120 150 180 200 English Showmanship 121 151 181 201 English Equitation 122 152 182 202 Show Hack 123 153 183 203 English Controlled Riding 154 184 204 Hunter Hack 125 155 185 205 All Around 126 156 186 206 Seniors English Written Test 130 160 190 210 220 English Showmanship 131 161 191 211 221 English Equitation 132 162 192 212 222 Show Hack 133 163 193 213 223 English Controlled Riding 164 194 214 224 Hunter Hack 135 165 195 215 225 All Around 136 166 196 216 226

Western Division Written and Performance Classes by Age & Level

Juniors Wal

k/T

rot

Lev

el 1

Lev

el 2

Lev

el 3

Lev

el 4

Western Written Test 310 340 370 Western Showmanship 311 341 371 Western Horsemanship 312 342 372 Western Riding 343 373 Western Reining 344 374 Trail 315 345 375 All Around 316 346 376 Intermediates Western Written Test 320 350 380 400 Western Showmanship 321 351 381 401 Western Horsemanship 322 352 382 402 Western Riding 353 383 403 Western Reining 354 384 404 Trail 325 355 385 405 All Around 326 356 386 406 Seniors Western Written Test 330 360 390 410 420 Western Showmanship 331 361 391 411 421 Western Horsemanship 332 362 392 412 422 Western Riding 363 393 413 423 Western Reining 364 394 414 424 Trail 335 365 395 415 425 All Around 336 366 396 416 426

Ranch Horse

Classes by Age and Levels Classes will be divided by age groups of Juniors 8-13 and Seniors 14-18, and also by level. All exhibitors must hold a Ranch Horse Levels I card or higher. 1. There will be a onetime $30 cattle fee, per competitor, for these classes. There will be a space on your entry form for this fee. 2. Ranch Horsemanship: for description, see page 91 of the 2018 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book. The pattern will be in your fair pattern book and posted on July 28. All judging forms are located on the CSU Equine site under 4-H Youth and Ranch Horse. 3. Ranch Trail: for description, see page 108 of the 2018 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book. 4. Ranch Cattle Sorting: for description, see page 104 of the 2018 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book. Level 1 riders will enter herd, track a calf for 15 seconds, go back, identify another calf, and track for 15 seconds. Excessive speed will be penalized. Contestants will sort up to three head of cattle with a 2 minute time limit. Level 2 riders will follow class guidelines in the Rule Book. 5. Boxing: for description, see page 111 of the 2018 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book, listed under Individual Cow Work. Boxing is not available for Level 1 riders. Level 2 riders will box for 50

- 34 -

seconds. (See #339-C) Level 3 & 4 riders will box, fence and circle or rope. (See #339-D) 6. Ranch Riding: for description see page 118 of the 2018 Colorado 4-H Horse Show Rule Book.

Working Ranch Horse Classes

Juniors L

evel

1

L

evel

2

Lev

el 3

Lev

el 4

Written Test 500 520 540 Ranch Horsemanship 501 521 541 Ranch Trail 502 522 542 Ranch Cattle Sorting 503 523 543 Boxing 524 Boxing/Fencing 544 Ranch Riding 505 525 545 All Around 506 526 546 Seniors Written Test 510 530 550 560 Ranch Horsemanship 511 531 551 561 Ranch Trail 512 532 552 562 Ranch Cattle Sorting 513 533 553 563 Boxing 534 Boxing/Fencing 554 564 Ranch Riding 515 535 555 565 All Around 516 536 556 566

Gymkhana

The horse to be used for these events must be an exhibitor’s project horse. Gymkhana rules from the 2018 Colorado 4-H Horse Rule Book will be followed.

Gymkhana Written and Performance

Classes by Age & Level Juniors W

alk/

Tro

t

Lev

el 1

L

evel

2

Lev

el 3

Lev

el 4

Written Test 600 630 660 Barrels 601 631 661 Poles 602 632 662 Poled Key Hole 603 633 663 Flags 634 664 All Around 605 635 665 Intermediates Written Test 610 640 670 690 710 Barrels 611 641 671 691 711 Poles 612 642 672 692 712 Poled Key Hole 613 643 673 693 713 Flags 644 674 694 714 All Around 615 645 675 695 715

Seniors Written Test 620 650 680 700 720 Barrels 621 651 681 701 721 Poles 622 652 682 702 722 Poled Key Hole 623 653 683 703 723 Flags 654 684 704 724 All Around 625 655 685 705 725

Musical Freestyle

1. Length of performance is to be between 2 and 2 ½ minutes. This is an individual competition. Any animal or human “props” should not distract from the main competitor. 2. This is a costume and music class. It is an individual demonstration of the rider’s ability with their horse. Each horse and rider will enter the arena and perform a pattern that they have created to the music of their choice. This is not categorized as a reining or dressage event, but is open to the rider’s imagination. This class will combine the elegance and beauty as well as the power and strength of the horse, along with the stirring impact of music. 3. All Horse Show, Exhibitor and Horse rules apply. 4. All contestants must supply their own CD for music. The music and riding pattern is to be submitted to the Fair Extension Office by 6:00 p.m. on Monday, July 15. Please have your CD clearly marked with your name, the name of your music and number of music selection.

Musical Freestyle Classes by Age & Levels

Juniors L

evel

1

L

evel

2

Lev

el 3

Lev

el 4

Musical Freestyle 800 810 Intermediates

Musical Freestyle 801 811 820 Seniors Musical Freestyle 802 812 821 830

Super Team Class 840. ........................................................................ Super Team

- 35 -

Awards Club Image Award

1. A special banner will be presented at the Awards program to the club who best represents the true essence of 4-H. This banner is to be hung the following year in the club's barn area at the Fair. 2. The club will be selected by a committee of adults. 3. Safety, cleanliness of stall areas, friendliness to visitors, good sportsmanship, and helpfulness to other 4-H members will be the prime emphasis for this award. The committee realizes parents need to help, but at a minimal level. Preference will be given to those clubs whose members either do things themselves or seek help from another 4-H member, rather than a parent or other adult.

Spirit of 4-H Award 1. A special award will be given in the Horse Department to an individual exhibitor who best represents the true spirit of 4-H. 2. Criteria for selection: Individual's display of safety, friendliness, good sportsmanship and helpfulness to other 4-H members. 3. Selection of the winner will be made by a committee, based on votes cast by parents, leaders, spectators and 4-H members. Cast ballots on official ballots. List reason why nominee should receive this special award. It is recommended that you nominate individuals in a 4-H club other than your own club. Spirit of 4-H Award Jason & Cheri Kraft, Fort Collins

Special Awards

All Around English Horseman Awards Junior – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud Junior - Level 1 William & Jane Lentz, Fort Collins Junior - Level 2 June Baker, Fort Collins Intermediate – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud Intermediate - Level 1 Patti Phillips of The Group, Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Intermediate - Level 2 Patti Phillips of The Group, Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Senior – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud Senior - Level 1

Owl Canyon Vaqueros 4-H Club, Jennifer Wolf, LaPorte Senior - Level 2 Laffey’s Irish Animals LLC, Steve & Kelly Laffey, Fort Collins Senior - Level 3 Spring View 4-H Club, Fort Collins Senior – Level 4 Loveland Ready Mix Concrete, Inc., Fancher Family, Loveland

All Around Western Horseman Awards

Junior – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud

Junior - Level 1 Sweetheart Riders 4-H Club, Doug Shirack, Loveland Junior - Level 2 Sweetheart Riders 4-H Club, Doug Shirack, Loveland

Intermediate – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud Intermediate - Level 1 Royal Vista Equine, Inc., Jill Cook, Fort Collins Intermediate - Level 2 Janet Parfet & Larry Potter, Loveland Intermediate - Level 3 Carol Fulkrod, Fort Collins Senior – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud Senior - Level 1

Eclipse Ranch Performance Horses, Loveland Senior - Level 2 Halls Out West, Grant & Joyce Hall, Fort Collins Senior - Level 3 Parker Family, Loveland Senior Level 4 Robert & Debra Dehn Family, Loveland All Around Ranch Horseman Awards Junior – Level 1

Dr. Melissa King, Fort Collins Senior – Level 1 Barnyard Vet Supply, Loveland Junior – Level 2 All Animal Feed & Supply, Jessica Neeley-Huwa, Loveland Senior – Level 2 Poudre Valley Coop, Gordon Ledall, Fort Collins Senior – Level 3 Cinch ‘Em Up 4-H Club, Teresa Wilcox, Wellington

All Around Gymkhana Horseman Awards Junior – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud Junior - Level 1 Robert & Debra Dehn Family, Loveland Junior - Level 2 Desperados 4-H Club, Jay Crouse, Fort Collins Intermediate – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud Intermediate - Level 1 Robert & Debra Dehn Family, Loveland Intermediate - Level 2 Sheila Roth Family, Fort Collins Intermediate - Level 3 Patti Phillips of The Group, Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Intermediate – Level 4 Mountain Trails 4-H Club, Dee Dee Farago, Loveland Senior – Walk/Trot Leslie Weibel Duke, Berthoud Senior - Level 1 Robert & Debra Dehn Family, Loveland Senior - Level 2 Desperados 4-H Club, Jay Crouse, Fort Collins Senior - Level 3 Patti Phillips of The Group, Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Senior – Level 4 Crowned Creations, Laurel Lalicker, Wellington Super Team Award

Marv and Jodie Witt, Mead Robert & Debra Dehn, Loveland

- 36 -

Department E Sheep

Co-Superintendents – Dale Brown & Smokey Crego Extension Contact – 4-H Agent

1. All sheep members must have attended a Meat Quality Assurance training as a Junior Member (ages 8 - 13 years old) and as a Senior Member (14 - 18 years old) to show at the Larimer County Fair. 2. Members may bring show equipment and feed to the Sheep Barn between 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. on Thursday, August 1. 3. Sheep will be weighed upon arrival at Fairgrounds. Check-in time will be between 7:00 and 9:00 a.m. Friday, August 2. 4. Only State Fair Market Sheep will be released 1 hour after sale pictures are complete. Animals must be released by the Head Superintendent only. No other Market Sheep will be released until Wednesday morning during check out time. Superintendent will have a list of nominated Market Sheep. Refer to General Livestock Rule #13. 5. Prior Entry is Encouraged for the Sheep Showmanship Preliminaries. Check Livestock Showmanship Department for rules and regulations. 6. The USDA’s Scrapie Eradication Program will be enforced at the 2019 Larimer County Fair. This regulation requires sheep to have Scrapie ID (flock ID) ear tags that list their flock of origin. Animals required to have Scrapie tags are: All breeding sheep regardless of age, all wethers and all ewes shown as market lambs. 7. Market lamb exhibitors may use meshed or plastic muzzles at the Larimer County Fair. The muzzle style must allow the lamb to drink water. 8. Sheep must have water in their pens at all times. Electrolytes can be added to the water. The Head Sheep Superintendent and 4-H Staff reserve the right to give water to any animals to prevent dehydration. 9. Drenching with drench guns is allowed. The drench must be a liquid substance for use in livestock and deemed legal and humane. No pumping will be allowed. 10. Shearing will be allowed until 2:00 p.m. on Friday, August 2 in the sheep barn only. You must clean up after yourself. 11. NO DISASSEMBLY OF PENS IS PERMITTED. DO NOT REMOVE CENTER PANEL. 12. All Sheep 4-H exhibitors are required to present their up-to-date record book to their Superintendents at the time their project is entered in the Fair. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal cannot be shown at the 2019 Fair.

13. Sheep Schedule Thursday, July 25 4 p.m. Premier Exhibitor Testing McKee 4-H Building Friday, August 2 7 a.m. – 9 a.m. Check-in/Weigh-in/Carcass

Ultrasound Market Lambs – Check-in Breeding Sheep

5 p.m. Sheep Showmanship; followed by

Breeding Sheep Show Saturday, August 3 9 a.m. Peewee Sheep Showmanship;

followed by Market Lamb Show; followed by Feeder Class Judging

14. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book. Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th - 10th – Ribbons (unless listed otherwise)

Herdsmanship

Sheep Department Herdsmanship – (keeping pens or stall and animals clean) will be emphasized in the livestock area. Awards will be presented to the individual or family or club who does the best job during County Fair. Members found to be doing a great job during the Fair will be given “Caught Being Good” coupons to use at the 4-H Dairy Bar.

Special Award Overall Champion Sheep Herdsmanship Jon & Biz Bopp, Loveland


- 37 -

Premier Exhibitor Breeding & Market Sheep



real-life scenario relating to the Sheep Project. This scenario can be hands on or in question/answer format. The point of this portion of the Premier Exhibitor contest will be to test the knowledge of the exhibitor in a hands on format.







4. Tie breakers will be based on the test score, followed by the ID score. 5. Award winners will be announced after the Round Robin Awards presentation. 6. If you are 13 and younger, and you are the Premier Exhibitor winner, you are not eligible for the 13 & younger awards. Class 200... .............................................................. Premier Sheep Exhibitor

Special Awards Premier Sheep Exhibitor

American AgCredit, Catharine Soukup, Greeley 2nd Place Premier Sheep Exhibitor Marge Knievel Memorial, Ken & Karen Knievel, Severance Premier Sheep Exhibitor – 13 years of age and younger Delmore Family, Wellington

Breeding Sheep 1. Open to purebred or high grade females. Enter Crossbred ewes in Other Meat Breeds classes. Be sure to indicate that it is a Crossbred ewe on the entry form. Blackface Breeds include: Hampshire, Suffolk and Shropshire. Other Meat Breeds include: Dorset, Southdown and Hair Sheep. 2. Classes may be added, deleted or combined at the discretion of the Judge and/or the Superintendents. 3. Only Champions are eligible to show for Supreme Champion Ewe.

Breeding Sheep Class B

lack

face

B

reed

s

Woo

l Bre

eds

Oth

er M

eat

Bre

eds

Ewe (born between Jan 1, 2018 and Dec 15, 2018)

110

120

130

Ewe Lamb (born between Dec. 15, 2018 and Feb. 1, 2019)

111

121

131

Ewe Lamb (born after Feb. 1, 2019) 112 122 132 Champions (Each Category) ................................................... Rosette Reserve Champions (Each Category) ..................................... Rosette Supreme Champions ............................. Cash Award/Trophy/Rosette

Special Awards

Supreme Champion Ewe Shefferd Family, Dave & Debbie Shefferd, Fort Collins Supreme Champion Ewe Long View Farm, Ralph & Sharon Johnson, Stevensville, MT

- 38 -

Market Lambs 1. All Market Lambs must be owned, weighed and ear tagged at the April 29 weigh day in order to be eligible to show in the Market Lamb classes at the Fair. On Fair Entry form, Market Lambs must be entered by ear tag number. 2. USDA Wholesome Meat Act & COOL – In order for Larimer County Fair exhibitors to comply with the USDA/FDA requirements, all Junior Market Lamb animals are required to have a "Certification and Statement of Disclosure" form (purple form) and a COOL Affidavit signed by the Junior Exhibitor, and Parent or Guardian. These forms must be turned in to the Superintendent upon arrival or weigh in. These forms will be kept on file and will follow the animal(s) through slaughter. (See Junior Livestock Division Rules #4 and #5). 3. Sale pictures must be taken after the selection of the Grand Champion, immediately after the show to be eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. 4. To satisfy the flock ID (Scrapie ID) tag requirement, refer to General Sheep Rule #6. 5. Exhibitors may show no more than three market lambs. 6. Ewe lambs shown in breeding classes cannot compete in market classes or vice versa. 7. Lambs will be weighed and divided into equal weight classes by breed. Classes will be broken by weight with 10 to 15 lambs per class. 8. Lambs must weigh at least 105 pounds, NO EXCEPTIONS. One re-weigh will be allowed for animals that are 2 percent or less underweight. The re-weigh will be done during the last 30 minutes of weigh-in time. Animals weighing 1 pound under the minimum weight will be allowed to show since the scale read-out doesn’t show tenths of a pound. Superintendents will have full authority over weigh-in. 9. All blankets will be removed prior to crossing the scales. 10. Underweight animals will show in special classes for ribbons only. These animals are not eligible for the market lamb championship or to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. 11. Market lambs having one or more testicles retained in the body cavity are not eligible for these classes. 12. All market lambs must be uniformly slick shorn (less than a ¼” of wool) above the hocks and knees prior to weigh-in. We will not weigh in unshorn lambs or those lambs with greater than ¼” of wool above the hocks and knees. 13. Only those market ready animals eligible from market classes will be able to sell in the Junior Livestock Sale. All lambs consigned to the Junior Livestock Sale must be sold and will go to slaughter. 14. Overall Grand and Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Lambs must sell in the Junior Livestock Sale. 15. A $2.00 per head entry fee will be charged at the time of submitting entry blanks. This fee will be used for rate of gain contest awards.

16. Please review important rules regarding Premises ID, Retinal Imaging, and the Fitting & Grooming Policy on pages 3, 4 & 5 of the Fair Book. Class 110. .............................................................................. Market Lambs (Enter all market lambs in Class 110; Superintendents will classify into classes by breed.)

Junior Market Lamb Champions Divisions may be combined at the discretion of the Superintendent. A Champion and Reserve Champion will be selected in the four breed classifications: Other Meat Breeds (Dorset, Southdown, Hair Sheep); Speckled Face; Wool Breeds (Columbia, Corriedale, Rambouillet, Targhee and crosses between these breeds); Blackface Breeds (Hampshire; Suffolk; Shropshire; Crossbreds);. First and Second place animals in each class will compete for breed championships. Breed Division Champions will compete for the Overall Grand Champion and Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Lamb awards.

Breed Division Champions

Other Meat Breeds Champion ................................................ Rosette Other Meat Breeds Reserve Champion .................................. Rosette Speckled Face Champion ....................................................... Rosette Speckled Face Reserve Champion ......................................... Rosette Wool Breeds Champion ......................................................... Rosette Wool Breeds Reserve Champion ............................................ Rosette Blackface Breeds Champion .................................................. Rosette Blackface Breeds Reserve Champion ..................................... Rosette

Overall Grand Champions

Overall Grand Champion Market Lamb ..................... Trophy/Rosette Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Lamb ....... Trophy/Rosette Overall Grand Champion Market Lamb ................ Belt Buckle/Banner Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Lamb .. Belt Buckle/Banner 3rd Place Overall Market Lamb ................................................. Banner 4th Place Overall Market Lamb ................................................. Banner

Special Awards Overall Grand Champion Market Lamb Gary Cramer, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Lamb Mike & Brooke Flores, Wellington Overall Grand Champion Market Lamb- Belt Buckle Danny & Kathie Sexton, LaPorte Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Lamb – Belt Buckle Dave & Cathy Sewald, Fort Collins Overall Grand Champion Market Lamb - Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Lamb - Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton 3rd Place Overall Market Lamb - Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton 4th Place Overall Market Lamb - Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton Sheep Royalty Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins

- 39 -

Carcass Contest Prior Entry is Required by July 15 on Fair Entry Form. All Market Lambs, regardless of nomination for the Jr. Livestock Sale, are eligible to compete in the carcass contest. Exhibitors may choose to enter up to three (3) market lambs in the carcass contest. By entering the carcass contest, exhibitors are obligated to make their animal available for ultrasound (during the market lamb check-in/weigh-in time). This is an optional contest, which will cost $6/animal to enter (in addition to traditional fair entry fees) and must be paid at time of carcass contest entry. Must specify tag # on entry form. Class 140. ................................................. Carcass Contest - Market Lambs

Special Awards Grand Champion Sheep Carcass – Belt Buckle Valley Nissan and Subaru, Leslie Weibel Duke, Longmont Reserve Grand Champion Sheep Carcass DeLucero Livestock, Kyle & Jill DeLucero, Fort Collins Grand Champion Sheep Carcass Gary Cramer, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Reserve Grand Champion Sheep Carcass Gary Cramer, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Grand Champion Sheep Carcass Anonymous Donor Reserve Grand Champion Sheep Carcass Anonymous Donor

Market Lamb Rate of Gain Contest

(Prior Entry Not Required) Daily gains will be computed for all market lambs weighed and identified at the April 29 weigh day provided the animal is entered in the County Fair classes. The final weight will be taken at the Fair as the animals are unloaded upon arrival at the Fairgrounds. Awards will be presented in the arena following the selection of the Junior Champion Live Market Lamb. The top ten gaining animals will be presented. Premiums for the Rate of Gain Division will be: 1st - $50; 2nd - $40; 3rd - $30; 4th - $20; 5th - 10th - $10

Special Award High Gaining Market Lamb Buckeye Buck’ n Ears 4-H Club, Ellie Jones, Wellington

Preliminary Sheep Showmanship Prior Entry is Encouraged. See Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for rules. If numbers warrant, classes will be divided by age at the discretion of the Superintendents. Must show same animal in each round you advance through in showmanship, including Round Robin. Class 150. ......................................................... Sheep, Junior, Ages 8 to 10 160. ............................................. Sheep, Intermediate, Ages 11 to 13 170. ....................................................... Sheep, Senior, Ages 14 to 18

- 40 -

Department F Swine

Co-Superintendents – Donald McGregor & Stephanie Morrison Extension Contact – 4-H Agent

General Rules

1. All swine members must have attended a Meat Quality Assurance training as a Junior Member (ages 8 - 13 years old) and as a Senior Member (14 - 18 years old) and have met the PQA requirements to show at the Larimer County Fair. 2. Members may bring show equipment and feed to the Beef Barn between 5:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. on Wednesday, July 31. No animals. 3. Check-in time will be between 6:00 and 9:00 p.m., Thursday, August 1. Swine will be weighed on arrival. 4. Prior Entry is Required for Swine Showmanship Preliminaries. Check Livestock Showmanship Department for class rules. 5. All Swine 4-H exhibitors are required to present their up-to-date record book to their Superintendent at the time their project is entered at the fair. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair. 6. Care should be taken to quarantine swine once reintroduced to the home herd to limit potential disease problems. 7. Swine Schedule Thursday, July 25 4 p.m. Premier Exhibitor Testing McKee 4-H Building Thursday, August 1 6 – 9 p.m. Check-in/Weigh in/Carcass

Ultrasound Market Swine including Record Book check and turn in all required paperwork

Saturday, August 3 4 p.m. Swine Showmanship Sunday, August 4 9 a.m. Market Swine Show; followed by

Feeder Class and Over Weight Class Judging; followed by Club Pen of Three Market Swine Judging

8. Clipping of pigs is allowed on the fairgrounds. However, absolutely no snaring or restraining will be tolerated. 9. NO DISASSEMBLY OF PENS IS PERMITTED. DO NOT REMOVE CENTER PANEL. 10. Only State Fair Market Swine will be released 1 hour after sale pictures are complete. Animals must be released by the Head Superintendent only. No other Market Swine will be released until Wednesday morning during check out time. Superintendent will have a list of nominated Market Swine. Refer to General Livestock Rule #13.

11. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book. Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th – 10th – Ribbons (unless listed otherwise)

Herdsmanship Swine Department


Special Award Overall Champion Swine Herdsmanship Jon & Biz Bopp, Loveland

(We will not be having a Breeding Swine Show)


- 41 -

Premier Exhibitor Breeding & Market Swine



real-life scenario relating to the Swine Project. This scenario can be hands on or in question/answer format. The point of this portion of the Premier Exhibitor contest will be to test the knowledge of the exhibitor in a hands on format.







4. Tie breakers will be based on the test score, followed by the ID score. 5. Award winners will be announced after the Round Robin Awards presentation. 6. If you are 13 and younger, and you are the Premier Exhibitor winner, you are not eligible for the 13 & younger awards. Class 220... .............................................................. Premier Swine Exhibitor

Special Awards Premier Swine Exhibitor Association Online, Mike Schwab, Fort Collins 2nd Place Premier Swine Exhibitor Marge Knievel Memorial, Ken & Karen Knievel, Severance Premier Swine Exhibitor – 13 years of age and younger Delmore Family, Wellington

- 42 -

Market Swine

1. All market swine must be owned, ear tagged and ear notched prior to May 1, and be on file in the Extension Office in order to be eligible to show in the Market Swine Classes at the Fair. 2. USDA Wholesome Meat Act, & Swine Affidavit – In order for Larimer County Fair exhibitors to comply with the USDA/FDA and commercial packer requirements, all Junior Market Swine animals will be required to have a "Certification and Statement of Disclosure" form (purple form), and the Swine Affidavit signed by the Junior Exhibitor, and Parent or Guardian. These forms must be turned in to the Superintendent upon arrival or weigh in. These forms will be kept on file and will follow the animal(s) through slaughter. (See Junior Livestock Division Rules #4 and #5). 3. Exhibitors may show no more than three market swine. 4. A market swine may be either a gilt or barrow. 5. All market swine will be weighed and placed in their correct classes by the Superintendent. 6. Market swine must weigh at least 225 lbs., but not more than 285 lbs. One re-weigh will be allowed for animals that are 2 percent or less under or over weight. The re-weigh will be done during the last 30 minutes of weigh-in time. Animals weighing 1 pound under the minimum weight or 1 pound over the maximum will be allowed to show since the scale read-out doesn’t show tenths of a pound. Superintendents will have full authority over weigh in. 7. Over and underweight animals will show in special classes for ribbons only. These animals are not eligible for the market swine championship or to participate in the Junior Livestock Sale. 8. Market Swine must be entered by ear tag number and ear notches. 9. All market swine to be farrowed on or after January 1, 2019. 10. Only those animals eligible from market classes will be able to sell in the Junior Livestock Sale. All swine consigned to the Junior Livestock Sale must be sold and will go to slaughter. 11. Overall Grand Champion and Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine are required to sell in the Jr. Livestock Sale. 12. A $2.00 per head entry fee will be charged at the time of submitting entry blanks. 13. Sale pictures must be taken after the selection of the Overall Grand Champion to be eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. 14. It is recommended by commercial packers that all market swine be clipped, not shorter than ½”. 15. Please review important rules regarding Premises ID and the Fitting & Grooming Policy on pages 3, 4 & 5 of the Fair Book. Class 110. ............................................................................... Market Swine (Enter all market swine in Class 110; Superintendents will classify into classes by weight.)

Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th - 10th – Ribbons (unless listed otherwise)

Junior Market Swine Champions

First and second place animals in each market swine class will compete for weight division championship. A Champion and Reserve Champion will be selected in the four weight divisions: (Light, Medium, Medium-Heavy, and Heavy Weight). Weight Division Champions and Catch-it-Pig Champions will compete for the Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine.

Weight Division Champions

Light Weight Champion ......................................................... Rosette Light Weight Reserve Champion ........................................... Rosette Medium Weight Champion .................................................... Rosette Medium Weight Reserve Champion ...................................... Rosette Medium-Heavy Weight Champion ........................................ Rosette Medium-Heavy Weight Reserve Champion ........................... Rosette Heavy Weight Champion ....................................................... Rosette Heavy Weight Reserve Champion ......................................... Rosette

Overall Grand Champions Overall Grand Champion Market Swine ..................... Trophy/Rosette Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine ...... Trophy/Rosette Overall Grand Champion Market Swine ............... Belt Buckle/Banner Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine . Belt Buckle/Banner 3rd Place Overall Market Swine ................................................. Banner 4th Place Overall Market Swine ................................................. Banner

Special Awards Overall Grand Champion Market Swine Colorado Pork Producers Council, Joyce Kelly, Lucerne Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine Colorado Pork Producers Council, Joyce Kelly, Lucerne Overall Grand Champion Market Swine – Belt Buckle Denny & Debi Hodgson Family, Fort Collins Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine – Belt Buckle Agfinity, Inc., Ashley Wilcox, Loveland Overall Grand Champion Market Swine – Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton Overall Reserve Grand Champion Market Swine – Banner The Showtimes Magazine, Brian, Laurie & Lisa Reid, Brighton 3rd Place Overall Market Swine - Banner

High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Anita Ballinger, Loveland and Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

4th Place Overall Market Swine - Banner Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins Light Weight Champion

Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Bill & Dixie Gibbens, Fort Collins

Medium Weight Champion Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Bill & Dixie Gibbens, Fort Collins

Medium Heavy Weight Champion Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Bill & Dixie Gibbens, Fort Collins

Heavy Weight Champion Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Bill & Dixie Gibbens, Fort Collins

Swine Royalty Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins

- 43 -

Carcass Contest Prior Entry is Required by July 15 on Fair Entry Form. All Market Swine, regardless of nomination for the Jr. Livestock Sale, are eligible to compete in the carcass contest. Exhibitors may choose to enter up to three (3) market swine in the carcass contest. By entering the carcass contest, exhibitors are obligated to make their animal available for ultrasound (during the market swine check-in/weigh-in time). This is an optional contest, which will cost $6/animal to enter (in addition to traditional fair entry fees) and must be paid at time of carcass contest entry. Must specify tag # on entry form. Class 150. .................................................. Carcass Contest - Market Swine

Special Awards Grand Champion Swine Carcass – Belt Buckle Morrison Trucking, LLC, Bart & Stephanie Morrison, Greeley Reserve Grand Champion Swine Carcass – Belt Buckle Altitude Livestock, Hagen Gardner, LaPorte Grand Champion Swine Carcass John & Anne Pierick Family, Timnath Reserve Grand Champion Swine Carcass

Twin Mounds 4-H Club, Paige Taylor, Loveland Grand Champion Swine Carcass Anonymous Donor Reserve Grand Champion Swine Carcass Anonymous Donor

Club Pen of Three Market Swine Must be from one 4-H club (or one independent family club) and include at least two different exhibitors. The class will be judged on quality and uniformity. Limited to no more than one group entry per club. Enter by club. Prior entry is not required but must be entered by show time the day of the show. Class 170. ............................................ Club Group of Three Market Swine Premiums will be: 1st – $15; 2nd – $12; 3rd – $10; 4th – $8; 5th – $6

Preliminary Swine Showmanship Prior Entry is Required. See Livestock Showmanship Round Robin Department for rules. If numbers warrant, classes will be divided by age at the discretion of the Superintendents. Must show same animal in each round you advance through in showmanship, including Round Robin. Class 190. ......................................................... Swine, Junior, Ages 8 to 10 200. .............................................. Swine, Intermediate, Ages 11to 13 210. ....................................................... Swine, Senior, Ages 14 to 18

- 44 -

Department G Livestock Showmanship

Round Robin Superintendent – Jodie Martin-Witt

Extension Contact – 4-H Agent

1. Prior Entry in the Respective Species Department Showmanship Class is Encouraged See the Departments for class numbers. 2. 4-H exhibitors must be selected during the respective species department showmanship classes to represent that species department in the Round Robin. Selection of the Junior, Intermediate and Senior Champions from each species department will be left to the discretion of each department Superintendent. 3. All species must provide two quality showmen for each division (Junior, Intermediate, Senior) for that species to be eligible for Round Robin competition. (Beef, Dairy, Meat Goat, Dairy Goat, Horse, Sheep and Swine) 4. At this year's County Fair, a contestant may enter and win showmanship in as many species departments as they desire. However, for the Round Robin, he/she must represent the first species they received Champion or Reserve Champion in. 5. The Round Robins for Junior, Intermediate and Senior will begin at 9:00 a.m., Wednesday, August 7. 6. Two Beef, Dairy, Meat Goat, Dairy Goat, Sheep, Swine, and Horse Showmen (selected during respective species showmanship preliminaries; see Rule # 2 above) will compete in a rotation contest for the Master Showman awards. Special back numbers will be provided for Round Robin participants. 7. Contestants must be enrolled in the project represented by the entry and must own, fit, and show his/her own project animal in this contest. 8. All animals used in showmanship must have been previously shown in at least one class at this year's Fair. 9. Scoring will be done according to the score card in the 4-H showmanship manual. Tie Breaker – 1st-Total score on qualifying (entered) species; 2nd-Showmanship score on qualifying (entered) species. Scores turned in by Judge(s) after each switch for tabulation are final. 10. The class breakdown for showmanship classes will be as follows and may be broken and fielded in any order at Superintendent's discretion: Juniors - 8 - 10 (as of December 31, 2018) Intermediates – 11 - 13 (as of December 31, 2018) Seniors – 14 - 18 (as of December 31, 2018) 11. In the event a contestant is unable to participate in the Round Robin competition, an alternate will be selected by the Superintendent(s) of that Department. 12. Master Showman winners from previous years are eligible to enter and win showmanship in as many species departments as they desire this year. However, they cannot qualify for Round Robin in the same species for which they qualified for the Round Robin the year they won Master Showman. This rule only applies within the same

age group (Junior, Intermediate, Senior) (i.e. if a 4-H youth won Master Showman as a Junior, they can qualify for Round Robin in any species once they become an Intermediate, etc.). 13. Round Robin Clinic, Tuesday, August 6, 4:00 p.m., Mac Equipment Indoor Arena. Opportunity to learn how to show the other species that will be in the Round Robin. Animals will be provided. 14. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book.

Special Awards Junior Round Robin

Junior Master Livestock Showman Philip, Jerald & Ronald L. Rodenberger Memorial – Kathy Rodenberger- Hogue, Grand Junction

Reserve Junior Master Livestock Showman Brad & Davon Cook, Berthoud Junior Master Livestock Showman – Belt Buckle Marv & Jodie Witt, Mead Reserve Junior Master Livestock Showman – Belt Buckle

Animal Medical Services of the Rockies, Karen Riedlinger, DVM, Wellington

Champion Junior Beef Showman M & M Farms, Bill & Elizabeth Markham, Berthoud Reserve Champion Junior Beef Showman Mountain Vet Supply, Bill, DeMoss, Fort Collins Champion Junior Dairy Showman

Reuben Dreith Memorial – Marty & Sue Dreith, Milliken Reserve Champion Junior Dairy Showman A. James & Barbara Parfet, Fort Collins Champion Junior Sheep Showman Patti Phillips, The Group Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Junior Sheep Showman Kevin & Bonnie Garrett, Fort Collins Champion Junior Swine Showman Shelia Roth Family, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Junior Swine Showman Poudre Valley Coop, Gordon Ledall, Fort Collins Champion Junior Horse Showman

Grassland Nutrition Consulting, Dr. Kelcey Swyers, Wellington

Reserve Champion Junior Horse Showman Parker Family, Loveland Champion Junior Meat Goat Showman Sagebrush Riders 4-H Club, Kelly Fischer, Berthoud Reserve Champion Junior Meat Goat Showman

Stephanie & Emily Baker and Ginny Martens, Loveland Champion Junior Dairy Goat Showman

Dan & Susan Hutchens, Livermore Reserve Champion Junior Dairy Goat Showman Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

- 45 -

Intermediate Round Robin Intermediate Master Livestock Showman

Tom & Peggy Brown Memorial - Fred McClanahan, Jr., Fort Collins

Reserve Intermediate Master Livestock Showman High Altitude 4-H Club, Don Brehm, Loveland & Kassi Kilker, Berthoud

Intermediate Master Livestock Showman – Belt Buckle Berthoud Highlanders 4-H Club, Suzanne Cavey, Berthoud Reserve Intermediate Master Livestock Showman – Belt Buckle Delmore Family, Wellington Champion Intermediate Beef Showman

Kevin Rubenthaler, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Intermediate Beef Showman Land Marine Applications, Calum & Lisa Maclean, Loveland Champion Intermediate Dairy Showman Mike Heeney, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Intermediate Dairy Showman Greg Heeney, Severance Champion Intermediate Sheep Showman Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Reserve Champion Intermediate Sheep Showman Mark & Kim Fajt Family, Windsor Champion Intermediate Swine Showman Marc & Barb Newman Family, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Intermediate Swine Showman Russell & Teresa Wilcox Family, Wellington Champion Intermediate Horse Showman Kitty Peterson, Pierce Reserve Champion Intermediate Horse Showman Patti Phillips of The Group Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Meat Goat Showman Diana Dye Memorial – Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Intermediate Meat Goat Showman Diana Dye Memorial - Amanda Dye, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Dairy Goat Showman

Nam Milliken Memorial - Colland Clovers 4-H Club, Kristin Stephens, Fort Collins

Reserve Champion Intermediate Dairy Goat Showman Sas Dairy/Taft Hill Dairy, Lugene & Karen Sas, Fort Collins

Senior Round Robin Senior Master Livestock Showman

Fred & Dorothy McClanahan Memorial - Fred McClanahan, Jr., Fort Collins

Reserve Senior Master Livestock Showman Rod & Beth Johnson Family, Loveland Senior Master Livestock Showman – Belt Buckle Mc C Ranch, Jerry Clausen Family, Loveland Reserve Master Senior Livestock Showman – Belt Buckle Agfinity, Inc., Ashley Wilcox, Loveland Champion Senior Beef Showman

John Worthington Memorial Award - Larimer County Stockgrowers Association, Ryan Rhoades, Fort Collins

Reserve Champion Senior Beef Showman Mountain Vet Supply, Bill DeMoss, Fort Collins Champion Senior Dairy Showman

Reuben Dreith Memorial – Marty & Sue Dreith, Milliken Reserve Champion Senior Dairy Showman

A. James & Barbara Parfet, Fort Collins Champion Senior Sheep Showman Patti Phillips, The Group Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Senior Sheep Showman Mike & Brooke Flores, Wellington Champion Senior Swine Showman Poudre Valley Coop, Gordon Ledall, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Senior Swine Showman Cinch ‘Em Up 4-H Club, Teresa Wilcox, Wellington Champion Senior Horse Showman

Grassland Nutrition Consulting, Dr. Kelcey Swyers, Wellington

Reserve Champion Senior Horse Showman Patti Phillips, The Group Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Champion Senior Meat Goat Showman Sagebrush Riders 4-H Club, Kelly Fischer, Berthoud Reserve Champion Senior Meat Goat Showman Poudre Valley Coop, Gordon Ledall, Fort Collins Champion Senior Dairy Goat Showman Michael & Laurie Stutz Family, LaPorte Reserve Champion Senior Dairy Goat Showman Sweetheart Riders 4-H Club, Doug Shirack, Loveland

- 46 -

Department H Poultry

Co-Superintendents - Marilyn Lasich, Cathy Simon, Russell Spence, Mary Kirsten Wolf, Lacy Michall


1. Poultry Showmanship – Prior Entry is Required. It will be held on Saturday, August 3, 8:30 a.m. – 3:30 p.m. and Sunday, August 4, 1:00 p.m. – 3:30 p.m. (Page 50) 2. All poultry members must have attended a Meat Quality Assurance training as a Junior Member (ages 8 - 13 years old) and as a Senior Member (14 - 18 years old) to show at the Larimer County Fair. 3. All poultry exhibits must have been raised and owned by the exhibitor on or before May 31, 2019. Exceptions: Meat chickens shown in the meat pen class may have been hatched after May 31, 2019. 4. All poultry (including doves) must have a numbered leg band for identification purposes. Pigeons must have a seamless band (no split or improper size bands allowed). Bands are available at cost during check-in day. Pigeons with split bands or improper size bands will be judged as old birds. 5. Birds entered as singles will not be allowed to compete in trios or pairs classes. 6. When making entries, a "cock," "hen," or "old bird," are old birds hatched prior to January 1, 2019. A "cockerel," "pullet," or "young bird" are young birds hatched after January 1, 2019. Use one line per entry on entry form. List breed, color and variety on Fair entry form. 7. IMPORTANT! If you lose a bird(s) before Fair, changes may be made to your entries until July 24. After July 24, you may only substitute a bird in the same class until check-in at Fair (i.e., American class for American class, etc.) 8. All birds will be inspected upon arrival at check-in day. (See Health Rules) Sick birds and parasite infested birds will be disqualified at the discretion of the Superintendent and/or the veterinarian. All sick birds must be removed from the show. Please dust your chickens and turkeys for lice prior to Fair. 9. Only poultry that has been entered in the Fair and passed health exam will be allowed in the Show. Any extra birds found in cages or the barn will automatically be donated to the Silent Auction. No one is allowed to bring in extra birds in case their bird dies. 10. Exhibitors can show no more than 10 entries per species with a maximum of 20 entries for the entire department. Pigeons are not included in this count. See Pigeon section for guidelines. Species are defined as "ducks", "geese", "turkeys", "chickens", or "pigeons." An entry may consist of an individual, pair, or trio. 11. Exhibitors are limited to no more than 2 entries per variety per class, including market entries. Example: In the "American Pullet Class" an exhibitor could enter 2 White Rock Pullets, 2 Partridge Rock Pullets, and 2 Rhode Island Red Pullets. Egg Production classes are limited to 2 entries per egg color. (Brown Egg includes all other colors of eggs.) 12. All poultry exhibitors are required to present to the Superintendent and staff their up-to-date record book at check-in time. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are

available at the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair. 13. USDA Wholesome Meat Act & COOL– In order for Larimer County Fair exhibitors to comply with the USDA/FDA requirements, all Junior Market Poultry animals who qualify for the Junior Livestock Sale will be required to have a "Certification and Statement of Disclosure" form (purple form), and a COOL Affidavit signed by the Junior Exhibitor, and Parent or Guardian. These forms must be turned in to the Superintendent at the time that the poultry meat entry is consigned to the Junior Livestock Sale. These forms will be kept on file and will follow the animal(s) through slaughter. (See Junior Livestock Division Rules #4 and #5). All meat pen exhibitors must comply with Meat Quality Assurance Program and meet all Wholesome Meat Requirements to be eligible for sale. Please review the Premises ID policy on page 3 of the Fair Book. Market Poultry entries (meat pens/birds) are required to have a registered Premises ID at Fair Entry time.

Check-In and Check-Out 14. Poultry will be checked in from 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Friday, August 2, 2019. All exhibitors need to have all their birds bedded, fed & watered by 7:00 p.m. Barn will close at 7:00 p.m. Plan to arrive for check-in no later than 5:00 p.m. 15. If pens aren’t cleaned every day, including check-out, you may forfeit ribbons and money. 16. Poultry will be checked out and the cages cleaned following the awards ceremony on Tuesday. No birds will be removed from the Poultry Barn without being checked out by the Superintendent. At check-out time, exhibitors are responsible for total cleaning of their coops and area. This includes taking out waters and feeders. 17. If at all possible, exhibitors should help with general barn clean-up Tuesday evening. Housing 18. Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own birds. 19. Exhibitors must provide feeding and watering equipment. No Styrofoam or paper cups will be allowed. Turkeys, ducks, geese, and meat chickens should be provided with large secured food and water containers that hold at least a ½ gallon. (No milk jugs). 20. Exhibitors must provide their own shavings. No Cedar shavings allowed. They are toxic to poultry. All cages are expected to have bedding for the comfort of your birds. 21. Coops must be cleaned, with fresh shavings once daily. Poultry must be fed and watered twice daily. Cleaning and a.m. feeding of birds must be completed by 9:00 a.m. Judging of Poultry 22. Classes may be added or deleted at the discretion of the Superintendents and/or Judge. 23. Meat Production Trio Chickens will be weighed on Saturday August 3 at 10:00 a.m.


- 47 -

24. This is not an American Poultry Association (APA) sanctioned show; however, APA standards, as defined in the Poultry Standard of Perfection, are used by the Judge and will be followed as closely as possible. All birds must be purebred with exceptions for Meat Pens and Egg Production Classes, which can be pure or mix breeds and are judged by market condition and finish, or condition of lay. (The Standard Book is available from the Extension Office or from the Superintendents.) 25. The decision of the Judge is final. 26. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book.

Schedule Thursday, August 1, 4:00 p.m. until dark Poultry Barn Set-Up (help is appreciated) Friday, August 2, 3:00 p.m. - 6:00 p.m. Check-In of Poultry, Record Book Inspected Poultry Barn Closed, 7:00 p.m. Saturday, August 3, 8:30 a.m. – 3:30 p.m. Poultry Showmanship – Prior Entry Required Saturday, August 3, 10:00 a.m. Weighing Meat Production Trio Chickens Sunday, August 4, 9:00 a.m. Judging all Pigeons, Turkeys, Ducks, Geese, and Meat Chickens Sunday, August 4, 1:00 p.m. – 3:30 p.m. Poultry Showmanship – Prior Entry Required Monday, August 5, 9:00 a.m. Judging all Chickens (except Meat Chickens) Tuesday, August 6, 5:00 p.m.

Awards Night and Private Treaty Sale/Poultry Sale Night, following awards (Exhibitors need to be present to sell)

Poultry Check-out and Barn Clean-up following awards Wednesday, August 7 4:30 p.m. Junior Livestock Sale Night

Poultry for Sale 27. Poultry entered in the Fair can be posted "For Sale" after 4:00 p.m. on Tuesday, August 6. 28. Poultry available at private treaty – Tuesday, August 6, following awards, has been set as the designated time for exhibitors to sell excess show birds. A parent or exhibitor needs to be present with their birds at this time. Birds must be checked out with the Superintendent before leaving the Poultry Barn. No pre-sales allowed. 29. "For Sale" cards are available from the Superintendents on Tuesday morning, August 6 and can’t be posted until after 4:00 p.m. Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th - 10th – Ribbons

Chickens

1. A trio consists of one cock and two hens (old trio) OR one cockerel and two pullets (young trio) of the same breed and variety. 2. An egg production trio shall consist of three hens OR three pullets, any variety or hybrid. 3. A meat production trio may be any combination of pullets and/or cockerels. Judges generally prefer birds to be all of one sex. A. Three Broilers, 2-1/2 to 5 pounds–Light Weight

B. Three Roasters, 5 pounds and over – Heavy Weight. Birds will be weighed on Saturday, August 3 at 10:00 a.m. Each bird must come within the specified weight limits. All breeds will compete against each other. 4. The Overall Grand Champion exhibit will be determined from the champions of each category. The Judge will consider these entries on their number and quality. The decision of the Judge is final. 5. The Judge or Superintendent may combine or add classes at their discretion.

Categories - Standard American Class – Buckeye, Chantecler, Delaware, Dominiques, Frizzle, Holland, Javas, Jersey Giant, Lamona, New Hampshire, Plymouth Rock, Rhode Island Red, Rhode Island White, Wyandottes Asiatic Class – Brahma, Cochin, Langshan English Class – Australorp, Cornish, Cream Legbar, Dorking, Orpington, Redcap, Sussex Mediterranean Class – Ancona, Andalusian, Catalana, Leghorn, Minorca, Sicilian Buttercup, Spanish Continental Class – Barnevelders, Campine, Crevecoeur, Faverolle, Hamburg, Houdan, Lakenvelder, La Fleche, Marans, Polish, Welsumers All Other Standard Breeds Class – Ameraucana, Araucana, Aseels, Cubalaya, Games, Malay, Modern-Old English, Naked Neck (Turken), Phoenix, Shamo, Sultan, Sumatra, Yokohama

Categories - Bantams Game Bantams – American, Moderns, Old English (all colors) Single Comb, Clean Legged – Anconas, Andalusians, Austrolorps, Campines, Catalanas, Delawares, Dorkings, Dutch, Frizzles, Hollands, Japanese, Javas, Jersey Giants, Lakenvelders, Lamonas, Leghorns, Minorcas, Naked Necks, Nankins, New Hampshires, Orpingtons, Phoenix, Plymouth Rocks, Rhode Island Reds, Spanish, Sussex, Welsumer, Seramas Rose Comb, Clean Legged – Anconas, Antwerp Belgians, Belgian Bearded d’Anvers, Dominiques, Dorkings, Hamburgs, Leghorn, Minonca, Nankins, Redcaps, Rhode Island Red, Rhode Island Whites, Rosecombs, Sebrights, Wyandottes All Other Combs, Clean Legged – Ameraucana, Araucanas, Buckeyes, Chanteclers, Cornish, Crevecoeurs, Cubulayas, Houdans, KO Shamo, La Fleche, Malays, Polish, Shamo, Sicilian Buttercups, Sumatras, Yokohamas Feather Legged – Belgian Bearded d’Uccle, Booted, Brahamas, Cochins, Faverolles, Frizzles, Langshans, Mille Fleur, Porcelain, Silkies (Bearded & Non-Bearded), Sultans

- 48 -

Breeding Chickens Class C

ock

Coc

kere

l

Hen

Pulle

t

Old

Tri

o

You

ng T

rio

Standard Chickens American Class 110 115 120 125 130 135 Asiatic 140 145 150 155 160 165 English 170 175 180 185 190 195 Mediterranean 200 205 210 215 220 225 Continental 230 235 240 245 250 255 All Other Std. Breeds 260 265 270 275 280 285 Bantam Chickens Game Bantams 290 295 300 305 310 315 Single Comb, Clean Legged Bantam

320

325

330

335

340

345

Rose Comb, Clean Legged Bantam

350

355

360

365

370

375

Other Comb, Clean Legged Bantam

380

385

390

395

400

405

Feather Legged Bantam 410 415 420 425 430 435 Production Classes

Production Egg Class –White Egg

440

445

450

455

Production Egg Class –Brown/Colored Egg

460

465

470

475

(See Market Classes on page 49) Champion Breeding Chicken Exhibit .......................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Breeding Chicken Exhibit ........................ Rosette

Turkeys

1. Turkeys hatched before January 1, 2019 are called "Old." Turkeys hatched after January 1, 2019 are called "Young." 2. Breeder classes will be judged according to the Poultry Standard of Perfection. Breeder turkeys are not eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. 3. A breeder pair shall consist of one tom and one hen of like variety.

Breeding Turkeys Class O

ld T

om

Old

Hen

You

ng

Tom

You

ng

Hen

Old

Pai

r

You

ng P

air

Any Variety, Breeder 480

485

490

495

500

505

(See Market Classes on page 49) Champion Breeder Turkey Exhibit ............................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Breeder Turkey Exhibit ........................... Rosette

Ducks 1. Ducks hatched before January 1, 2019 are called "Old." Ducks hatched after January 1, 2019 are called "Young." 2. Breeder classes will be judged according to the Poultry Standard of Perfection. Breeder ducks are not eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. Wild ducks are ineligible to show. Any Other Variety (A.O.V.) must be pure breeds. 3. A breeder pair shall consist of one drake and one hen of like variety.

Breeding Ducks Class O

ld D

rake

You

ng D

rake

Old

Hen

You

ng

Hen

Old

Pai

r

You

ng P

air

Heavy Weight (Pekin, Aylesbury, Rouen, Muscovy) 510 515 520 525 530 535 Medium Weight (Cayuga, Crested, Swedish, Buff) 540 545 550 555 560 565 Light Weight (Runner, Campbell, Magpie, Welsh Harlequin) 570 575 580 585 590 595 Bantam/Call Duck (Bantams - East Indie, Other Bantam Varieties)

600

605

610

615

620

625 (See Market Classes on page 49) Champion Breeding Duck Exhibit ............................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Breeding Duck Exhibit ............................. Rosette

Geese 1. Geese hatched before January 1, 2019 are called "Old." Geese hatched after January 1, 2019 are called "Young." 2. Breeder classes will be judged according to the Poultry Standard of Perfection. Breeder geese are not eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. Wild geese are ineligible to show. 3. A breeder pair shall consist of one gander and one goose of like variety.

Breeding Geese Class O

ld

Gan

der

You

ng

Gan

der

Old

Goo

se

You

ng

Goo

se

Old

Pai

r

You

ng P

air

Any Variety, Breeder

630

635

640

645

650

655

(See Market Classes on page 49) Champion Breeder Goose Exhibit .............................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Breeder Goose Exhibit ............................ Rosette

- 49 -

Market Poultry Market Chickens

1. Meat chickens will be judged on market condition and quality the day of the show. 2. Meat chickens may be of any breed, variety, or hybrid. 3. Minimum of six pens of meat production trio exhibits, as determined by the Judge, are eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. (See Junior Livestock Sale Section for rules.)

Market Chickens Class Y

oung

Tri

o

Meat Production Trio - 2 1/2 to 5 pounds - Chickens 660 Meat Production Trio - 5 pounds and over Chickens 665

Champion Meat Chicken Exhibit ............................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Meat Chicken Exhibit ................. Trophy/Rosette

Market Turkeys

1. Meat turkeys must have been hatched after January 1, 2019 to be eligible for Show. 2. Meat classes will be judged on market condition and quality the day of show. 3. Meat turkeys may be of any breed, variety or hybrid. 4. Minimum of six meat turkeys, as determined by the Judge, are eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. (See Junior Livestock Sale Section for rules.)

Market Turkeys Class Y

oung

T

om

You

ng

Hen

Any Variety, Meat

670

675

Champion Meat Turkey Exhibit ................................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Meat Turkey Exhibit .................. Trophy/Rosette

Market Ducks 1. Meat ducks must have been hatched after January 1, 2019 to be eligible for Show. 2. Meat classes will be judged on market condition and quality the day of show. 3. Meat ducks may be of any breed, variety or hybrid. 4. Minimum of six meat ducks, as determined by the Judge, are eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. (See Junior Livestock Sale Section for rules.)

Market Ducks Class Y

oung

Dra

ke

You

ng

Hen

Any Variety, Meat

680

685

Champion Meat Duck Exhibit ..................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Meat Duck Exhibit ....................... Trophy/Rosette

Market Geese 1. Meat geese must have been hatched after January 1, 2019 to be eligible for Show. 2. Meat classes will be judged on market condition and quality the day of show. 3. Meat geese may be of any breed, variety or hybrid. 4. Minimum of six meat geese, as determined by the Judge, are eligible for the Junior Livestock Sale. (See Junior Livestock Sale Section for rules.)

Market Geese Class Y

oung

G

ande

r

You

ng

Goo

se

Any Variety , Meat

690

695

Champion Meat Goose Exhibit .................................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Meat Goose Exhibit .................... Trophy/Rosette

- 50 -

Pigeons/Doves 1. Pigeon/Dove entries are limited to 10 entries per person. 2. All pigeons must be banded with a seamless leg band (birds with split bands or improper size bands will be judged as old birds). Doves must have a numbered leg band for identification. 3. List breed, sex and year of hatch on entry blank. Please enter under old or young category. Breed classes will be established after entries are received. 4. No wild pigeons or doves are allowed to show. 5. Check rules about feed and water under Poultry (Rules 14 & 19). 6. Pigeons are judged using the National Pigeon Association (NPA) standards. 7. If 5 or more birds in a breed are shown, classes will be formed and a Champion and Reserve Champion breed bird will be selected.

Pigeons/Doves Class O

ld C

ock

You

ng

Coc

k

Old

Hen

You

ng H

en

Pigeons 700 705 710 715 Doves 720 725 730 735

Champion Pigeon/Dove Exhibit ................................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Pigeon/Dove Exhibit .................. Trophy/Rosette

Poultry Showmanship

Prior entry is Required. The purpose of 4-H poultry showmanship is to teach 4-H members courtesy, good grooming, poise, confidence, a better knowledge of poultry, and how to fit and handle their birds. Each poultry exhibitor will be entered in a showmanship contest according to his/her age. Ages figured as of December 31, 2018. The classes will be judged by a personal interview.

Showmanship Schedule

Saturday, August 3, 8:30 a.m. – 3:30 p.m. Poultry Showmanship – Prior Entry Required Sunday, August 4, 1:00 p.m. – 3:30 p.m. Poultry Showmanship – Prior Entry Required Class 740. .......................................... Poultry Showmanship, Junior, 8 to 10 745. ............................. Poultry Showmanship, Intermediate, 11 to 13 750. ....................................... Poultry Showmanship, Senior, 14 to 18 Champion Showman .................................................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Showman .................................... Trophy/Rosette

Special Awards

Chickens Champion American Class Exhibit Amber Spence, Fort Collins Champion Asiatic Class Exhibit

Patti Phillips of The Group, Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Champion English Class Exhibit

William & Irene Dieter Memorial - Heather Bartmann, Fort Collins

Champion Mediterranean Class Exhibit Coulson Excavating, Loveland Champion Continental Class Exhibit Wilson Landscaping, Tom Wilson, Fort Collins Champion All Other Standard Breeds Exhibit Robert Reichert Family, Loveland Champion Game Bantam Exhibit Jansma Brothers Excavating, Loveland Champion Single Comb, Clean Legged Bantam Exhibit Robert Reichert Family, Loveland Champion Rose Comb, Clean Legged Bantam Exhibit Cathy Simon, Berthoud Champion All Other Combs, Clean Legged Bantam Exhibit

Northern Colorado Feeders Supply, Danielle Nater, Fort Collins

Champion Feathered Legged Bantam Exhibit Ken’s Muffler Shop, Scott Melbye, Fort Collins Champion Meat Pen Rod & Sheryl Crego, Wellington Reserve Champion Meat Pen


Turkeys

Champion Breeder Turkey Exhibit Michall Feed & Supply, Lacy Michall, Johnstown Champion Meat Turkey Exhibit


Reserve Champion Meat Turkey Exhibit Loveland Youth Clinic, Dr. Michael Quintana, Loveland

Ducks Champion Heavy Weight Duck Exhibit

Gibbens Hay & Cattle Company, Bill & Dixie Gibbens, Fort Collins

Champion Medium Weight Duck Exhibit Frontier Machining, Gary & Jannette Davies, Greeley Champion Light Weight Duck Exhibit Coulson Excavating, Loveland Champion Bantam/Call Duck Exhibit

Josh Lasich Memorial – Leininger Family, Dana Leininger, Lewistown, MT

Champion Meat Duck Exhibit Coulson Excavating, Loveland Reserve Champion Meat Duck Exhibit Bruce & Debbi Miskulin Family, Fort Collins

Geese Champion Breeder Goose Exhibit Amber Spence, Fort Collins Champion Meat Goose Exhibit

Chad Campion Memorial - Charles, LaJean & Craig Campion, Loveland

Reserve Champion Meat Goose Exhibit R & C Wild Game & Custom Processing, Russell & Cheryl Spence, Fort Collins

Pigeons/Doves

Champion Pigeon/Dove Exhibit Frontier Machining, Gary & Jannette Davies, Greeley Reserve Champion Pigeon/Dove Exhibit Frontier Machining, Gary & Jannette Davies, Greeley

- 51 -

Overall Poultry Awards Overall Champion Standard Breeds Chicken Frontier Machining, Gary & Jannette Davies, Greeley Overall Reserve Champion Standard Breeds Chicken Buckeye Buck ‘n Ears 4-H Club, Ellie Jones, Wellington Overall Champion Bantam Breeds Chicken Mark Simon Memorial – Cathy Simon, Berthoud Overall Reserve Champion Bantam Breeds Chicken Buckeye Buck ‘n Ears 4-H Club, Ellie Jones, Wellington Overall Champion Waterfowl Exhibit Scott & Julie Melbye, Loveland Overall Reserve Champion Waterfowl Exhibit Gregg & Kim Melick, Wellington Overall Grand Champion Poultry Exhibit Frontier Machining, Gary & Jannette Davies, Greeley Overall Reserve Grand Champion Poultry Exhibit


Overall Champion Egg Production Exhibit Robert Reichert Family, Loveland Overall Reserve Champion Egg Production Exhibit Northern Colorado Feeders Supply, Danielle Nater, Fort

Collins

Showmanship Awards Overall Champion Poultry Showman Brian’s Electric, Cathy Howard, Fort Collins Overall Reserve Champion Poultry Showman Coulson Excavating, Loveland Champion Junior Poultry Showman

Northern Colorado Feeders Supply, Danielle Nater, Fort Collins

Reserve Champion Junior Poultry Showman Jennifer Wildman, Got Pictures Web Design Studio, Windsor Champion Intermediate Poultry Showman Hall’s Haven Farm, Adam & Dani Hall, Wellington Reserve Champion Intermediate Poultry Showman Jennifer Wildman, Got Pictures Web Design Studio, Windsor Champion Senior Poultry Showman Hall’s Haven Farm, Adam & Dani Hall, Wellington Reserve Champion Senior Poultry Showman Jennifer Wildman, Got Pictures Web Design Studio, Windsor

Poultry Sportsmanship Awards Award winners will be chosen by the Poultry Superintendents for outstanding sportsmanship, contributing to the quality of the show and exemplifying honesty, fair play, and courtesy to visitors of the poultry barn. Outstanding Poultry Exhibitor

Glenn Hays Memorial - Poultry Sportsmanship – High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Anita Ballinger, Loveland & Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

Outstanding Poultry Exhibitor Josh Lasich Memorial - Poultry Sportsmanship – Tom & Marilyn Lasich and Becca Imgarten, Fort Collins

- 52 -

Department J Rabbits

Co-Superintendents – Linda Bothe, Sherri Jernigan & Dee Dee Farago

Extension Contact – 4-H Agent 1. All rabbit members must have attended a Meat Quality Assurance training once as a Junior Member (ages 8 - 13 years old) and once as a Senior Member (14 - 18 years old) to show at the Larimer County Fair. 2. Rabbits must be owned by the exhibitor on or before May 31, 2019. Exceptions: Meat rabbits shown in the meat pen class may have been born after May 31, 2019. All breeding rabbits (except pet class & market rabbits) at check-in, must present a pedigree. All market rabbits must meet standard of perfection. 3. All rabbits must meet minimum junior weight requirement of the breed standard to show at Fair. 4. With the exception of pet class entries, all rabbits (including meat pens) must have a permanent, legible ear tattoo in the left ear. Record the ear mark on entry form. Animals without tattoos will be sent home and will not be eligible for judging. 5. We reserve the right to limit the number of rabbits to five (5) per exhibitor. 6. On the entry form, specify the age/sex class title under the "Description of Item or Animal" column. Specify breed and variety under the "Breed" column. 7. Meat Pen: To consist of three rabbits of the same breed and variety. All breeds may compete. Age Limit - 10 weeks (70 days). Minimum weight per rabbit – 3½ pounds; maximum weight per rabbit – 5½ pounds. Meat pen does not necessarily have to come from the same litter. Meat pen must be bred and raised from exhibitor's own breeding doe(s), which must be owned by exhibitor at breeding time. The Champion and Reserve Champion and the two highest placing (non Champion) meat pens may sell in the Junior Livestock Sale. The Champion and Reserve Champion pens must sell. If the owners of two high placing pens choose not to sell, qualified substitutes will be selected according to placings. 8. Single Fryers – Not over 10 weeks of age. Minimum weight of 3½ pounds. Maximum weight of 5½ pounds. Fryers are to possess the same qualities as described in the meat pen section, rule #7, but judged as a single rabbit on its own merit. 9. Roaster Class –All rabbits entered in this class must be under 6 months of age. Minimum weight over 5½ pounds. Maximum weight 9 pounds. 10. Stewer Class – All rabbits entered in this class must be 6 months of age and over. Minimum weight over 8 pounds. 11. USDA Wholesome Meat Act & COOL – In order for Larimer County Fair exhibitors to comply with the USDA/FDA requirements, all Junior Market Rabbit animals who qualify for the Junior Livestock Sale will be required to have a "Certificate and Statement of Disclosure" form (purple form) and a COOL Affidavit signed by the Junior Exhibitor, and Parent or Guardian. These forms must be turned into the Superintendent at the time the Meat Pen is checked in. This form will follow the animal(s) through slaughter. (See Junior Livestock Division Rule #4 & 5).

All meat pen exhibitors must comply with the Meat Quality Assurance Program and meet all Wholesome Meat requirements to be eligible for sale. 12. Please review the Premises ID policy on page 3 of the Fair Book. Market Rabbit entries (meat pens/rabbits) are required to have a registered Premises ID at Fair Entry time. 13. No crossbred rabbits will be allowed to show in regular classes (must be purebred or pedigreed). If rabbit has no pedigree, it must be entered in the Companion Class. 14. All rabbit exhibitors are required to present to the Superintendent their up-to-date record book at check-in time. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available by going to the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Breeding and Market Rabbit members will fill out the Livestock Record Book. Companion Rabbit members will fill out the Companion Record Book. Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair.

Check-In and Check-Out 15. All rabbits must check-in Friday, August 2, from 6 - 9 p.m. All rabbits must have pedigree to check-in, except companion & market rabbit classes. 16. Spayed or neutered rabbits must be shown in the pet class. 17. All rabbits are subject to health inspection upon arrival. (See Health Rules). Sick rabbits will be disqualified at the discretion of the Superintendent. All sick rabbits will be removed from the Show. 18. Substitutions will be allowed only in the same class, breed, and sex. Limit – 2 substitutions per exhibitor. 19. Best of Show, Reserve Best of Show, Best of Breed, Best Opposite Sex, Champion and Reserve Champion Meat Pen and Junior Livestock Sale Meat Pens must remain on exhibit until checkout. Showmanship rabbits must be left for exhibit after Breed Shows in order to be eligible for Showmanship classes on Sunday. 20. Rabbits may be released ½ hour after the end of the show if they are not listed in #18. No other rabbits will be allowed to check out until after the Awards presentation on Monday, August 5. It will begin ½ hour after the presentation until 10:00 p .m. 21. Checkout of all other rabbits, with the exception of meat pens going through the Junior Livestock Sale, will begin ½ hour after the rabbit awards on Monday evening and continue until 10:00 p.m. Monday. Remaining rabbits will be checked out and the barn cleaned and equipment stored away by 10:00 a.m. on Tuesday, August 6.

Housing

22. Exhibitors are responsible for the care of their own rabbits if left on display. Rabbits with leashes may be exercised on tables only. No rabbits allowed outside the building after being entered at Fair. 23. Exhibitors must provide their own feed and water containers. These should be metal, hard plastic, ceramic or glass and large enough to provide adequate feed and water for a full day. No Styrofoam or paper cups will be allowed.


- 53 -

24. Exhibitors must provide their own shavings. No Cedar Shavings; they are toxic to rabbits. 25. Cages must be cleaned, fresh shavings placed, and rabbits fed and watered by 9:00 a.m. each day. 26. At check-out time, exhibitors are responsible for total cleaning and tear-down of their cages and area. If at all possible, they should stay to help with general barn clean-up. Anything left (animals and belongings) after 10:00 a.m., Tuesday, August 6, will be removed.

Judging of Rabbits

27. Judging Schedule: Saturday, August 3, 10:00 a.m. ...................................... Rabbit Show Sunday, August 4, 10:00 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. .................. Showmanship Sunday, August 4, 4:00 p.m. .......................... Dress-a-Bunny Contest Monday, August 5, 6:00 p.m. .............................. Awards Presentation 28. Rabbits will be shown in the breed, sex and age classes recorded by exhibitor on entry forms. Class numbers must match description, age and sex listed by exhibitor on entry form. If rabbits are entered in wrong class number on entry form, no changes will be made at the show table. It is the exhibitor's responsibility to make sure all information on the entry form is correct. 29. Classes may be added, deleted, or combined at the discretion of the Superintendent. If 5 or more rabbits in a particular breed are entered, new classes will be formed to accommodate them. 30. This is not an A.R.B.A. sanctioned show; however, A.R.B.A. standards are used by the Judge and will be followed as closely as possible.

Awards 31. There must be 5 or more rabbits shown in a particular breed for a Champion Special Award (trophy) to be given. Champion (Best of Breed) and Reserve Champion (Best Opposite Sex of Breed) rosettes will be given in all breeds judged to be worthy of these awards. 32. Awards presentation will be Monday, August 5 at 6:00 p.m.

Rabbits for Sale

33. Exhibited rabbits can be posted "For Sale" after judging is complete. Leave exhibitor contact information with the Superintendents. Please do not put exhibitor’s phone number on sale cards.

Exhibit and Livestock Rules 34. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book. Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00; 4th - 10th – Ribbons

Holland Lop

(Broken & Solid Included) Class 110. ................ Junior Doe, under 6 months of age, min. weight 2 lbs. 120. .............. Junior Buck, under 6 months of age, min. weight 2 lbs. 130. ............................ Senior Doe, over 6 months of age, up to 4 lbs. 140. .......................... Senior Buck, over 6 months of age, up to 4 lbs.

Note: No animal may be shown in a higher or lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, Holland Lop ........................................ Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, Holland Lop ........................................ Rosette

Lionhead Class 150. ........... Junior Doe, under 6 months of age, min. weight 1 5/8 lbs. 160. ......... Junior Buck, under 6 months of age, min. weight 1/5/8 lbs. 170. ..........................Senior Doe, over 6 months of age, up to 3 ¾ lbs. 180. ........................ Senior Buck, over 6 months of age, up to 3 ¾ lbs. Note: No animal may be shown in a higher or lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, Lionhead ............................................... Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, Lionhead ............................................... Rosette

Mini Rex Class 190. ........................... Junior Doe, under 6 months, min. weight 2 lbs. 200. ......................... Junior Buck, under 6 months, min. weight 2 lbs. 210. ...................... Senior Doe, 6 months and over, 3-1/4 to 4-1/2 lbs. 220. .......................... Senior Buck, 6 months and over, 3 to 4-1/4 lbs. Note: No animal may be shown in a higher or lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, Mini Rex ............................................. Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, Mini Rex ............................................. Rosette

Mini Lop Class 230. ........................... Junior Doe, under 6 months, min. weight 3 lbs. 240. ......................... Junior Buck, under 6 months, min. weight 3 lbs. 250. ...................... Senior Doe, 6 months and over, 4-1/2 to 6-1/2 lbs. 260. .................... Senior Buck, 6 months and over, 4-1/2 to 6-1/2 lbs. Note: Juniors exceeding maximum weight limits may be shown in higher age classifications. No animal may be shown in a lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, Mini Lop ............................................. Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, Mini Lop ............................................. Rosette

Rex Class 270. ................ Junior Doe, under 6 months of age, min. weight 4 lbs. 280. .............. Junior Buck, under 6 months of age, min. weight 4 lbs. 290. ...................... Senior Doe, over 6 months of age, 8 to 10-1/2 lbs. 300. …………...Senior Buck, over 6 months of age, 7-1/2 to 9-1/2 lbs. Note: Juniors exceeding maximum weight limits may be shown in higher age classifications. No animal may be shown in a lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, Rex ..................................................... Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, Rex ...................................................... Rosette

All Other Breeds, 4 Class 4-Class breeds include: American Fuzzy Lop ............................................. min. weight 1¾ lbs. American Sable ........................................................ min. weight 4 lbs. Belgian Hare ........................................................... min. weight 3 lbs. Britannia Petite ..................................................... min. weight 1½ lbs. Dutch .................................................................... min. weight 1¾ lbs. Dwarf Hotot ......................................................... min. weight 1¼ lbs. English Angora...................................................... min. weight 2¾ lbs. English Spot ............................................................ min. weight 3 lbs. Florida White ........................................................ min. weight 2¼ lbs. French Angora ....................................................... min. weight 3¾ lbs.

- 54 -

Harlequin .............................................................. min. weight 3¾ lbs. Havana .................................................................. min. weight 2½ lbs. Himalayan ............................................................ min. weight 1¼ lbs. Jersey Wooly ........................................................ min. weight 1½ lbs. Lilac ......................................................................... min. weight 3 lbs. Mini Satin ................................................................ min. weight 2 lbs. Netherland Dwarf .................................................... min. weight 1 lbs. Polish .................................................................... min. weight 1¼ lbs. Rhinelander .......................................................... min. weight 3¼ lbs. Satin Angora ......................................................... min. weight 3¼ lbs. Silver ................................................................... min. weight 2 ½ lbs. Silver Marten ........................................................ min. weight 3¼ lbs. Standard Chinchilla .............................................. min. weight 2¾ lbs. Tan ........................................................................... min. weight 2 lbs. Thrianta ................................................................ min. weight 2½ lbs. See A.R.B.A. Standards (There is a copy at the Extension Office.) Class 310. .............................................. Junior Doe, under 6 months of age 320. ............................................ Junior Buck, under 6 months of age 330. ................................................ Senior Doe, over 6 months of age 340. .............................................. Senior Buck, over 6 months of age Note: No animal may be shown in a higher or lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, All other Breeds, 4-Class......................Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, All other Breeds, 4-Class.......................Rosette

French Lop Class 350. ....................... Junior Doe, under 6 months, min. weight 5 ¼ lbs. 360. ..................... Junior Buck, under 6 months, min. weight 5 ¼ lbs. 370. ....................... Intermediate Doe, 6 to 8 months, not over 12 lbs. 380. .................. Intermediate Buck, 6 to 8 months, not over 11 ½ lbs. 390. ............................... Senior Doe, over 8 months, 11 lbs. and over 400. ............................. Senior Buck, over 8 months, 10½ lbs. & over Note: Junior and Intermediates which exceed maximum weight limits may be shown in higher age classifications. No animal may be shown in a lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, Satin ................................................... Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, Satin .................................................... Rosette

Palomino

Class 410. ................ Junior Doe, under 6 months of age, min. weight 4 lbs. 420. .............. Junior Buck, under 6 months of age, min. weight 4 lbs. 430. ...................... Intermediate Doe, 6 to 8 months of age, 9 1/2 lbs. 440. ............. Intermediate Buck, 6 to 8 months of age, not over 9 lbs. 450. ................................ Senior Doe, over 8 months of age, 9-11 lbs. 460. .............................. Senior Buck, over 8 months of age, 8-10 lbs. Note: No animal may be shown in a higher or lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, Palomino ............................................ Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, Palomino ............................................. Rosette

All Other Breeds, 6-Class 6-Class breeds include: American .............................................................. min. weight 4½ lbs. American Chinchilla ............................................. min. weight 4½ lbs. Beveren .................................................................... min. weight 4 lbs. Californian ............................................................. min. weight 5 1lbs. Champagne D'Argent ........................................... min. weight 4½ lbs. Checkered Giant ...................................................... min. weight 6 lbs. Cinnamon ............................................................. min. weight 4½ lbs. Creme D'Argent .................................................... min. weight 3¾ lbs.

English Lop ........................................................... min. weight 4½ lbs. Flemish Giant ........................................................ min. weight 6½ lbs. Giant Angora ......................................................... min. weight 4¾ lbs. Giant Chinchilla ....................................................... min. weight 6 lbs. Hotot ........................................................................ min. weight 4 lbs. New Zealand ........................................................ min. weight 4 ½ lbs. Silver Fox .............................................................. min. weight 4½ lbs. See A.R.B.A. Standards (There is a copy at the Extension Office.) Class 470. .................................................................................... Junior Doe 480. .................................................................................. Junior Buck 490. .......................................................................... Intermediate Doe 500. ........................................................................ Intermediate Buck 510. ................................................................................... Senior Doe 520. .................................................................................. Senior Buck Note: Junior and Intermediates which exceed maximum weight limits may be shown in higher age classifications. No animal may be shown in a lower age classification than its true age. Best of Breed, All Other Breeds, 6 Class ................... Trophy/Rosette Best of Opposite Sex, All Other Breeds, 6 Class .................... Rosette

Companion Rabbit Class (Show on Saturday, August 3)

(Ribbons for 1st to 10th Place; no Champion selected) Class 530. ............................................................... Non-Purebred Pet Class

Special Awards

Best of Show Rabbit David & Rebecca Lyle, Fort Collins Reserve Best of Show Rabbit

Lew Spence Memorial – R & C Wild Game & Custom Processing, Russ & Cheryl Spence, Fort Collins

Best of Breed - Holland Lop Rabbit Linda & Barbara Kohoutek, Loveland Best of Breed – Lionhead Rabbit


Best of Breed - Mini Rex Rabbit Northern Colorado Feeder Supply, Dennis Nater, Fort Collins Best of Breed - Mini-Lop Rabbit

Hecker Sports & Regenerative Medicine, Dr. Thomas & Lisa Hecker Fort Collins

Best of Breed, All Other Breeds, 4 Class Rabbit Michall Feed & Supply, Lacy Michall, Johnstown Best of Breed – French Lop Rabbit Tom & Marilyn Lasich & Becca Imgarten, Fort Collins Best of Breed – Palomino Rabbit


Best of Breed, All Other Breeds, 6 Class Rabbit Hall’s Haven Farm, Adam & Dani Hall, Wellington Best of Breed – Rex Rabbit Ash Tree Rabbitry, Matt & Lanna Kroger, Loveland Rabbit Royalty

Chad Campion Memorial – Charles, LaJean & Craig Campion, Loveland

Rabbit Royalty Stan & Pam Heeney, Fort Collins

- 55 -

Meat Pen Class 540. ........................................................................... Rabbit Meat Pen To consist of 3 rabbits; all the same breed and variety. Meat pen does not necessarily have to come from the same litter. Age limit – 10 weeks (70 days). Minimum weight per rabbit – 3½ pounds; maximum weight per rabbit – 5½ pounds. (See Rule #7 for this department.) Champion Rabbit Meat Pen..........................................Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rabbit Meat Pen............................Trophy/Rosette

Fryer Class Class 550. .................................................................................. Fryer Class Single Fryers – Not over 10 weeks of age. Minimum weight of 3½ pounds. Maximum weight of 5½ pounds. Fryers are to possess the same qualities as described in the meat pen section, rule #7, but judged as a single rabbit on its own merit. Champion Fryer .................................................................... Rosette Reserve Champion Fryer ...................................................... Rosette

Roaster Class Class 560. .................................................................................. Fryer Class Roaster Class – All rabbits entered in this class must be under 6 months of age. Minimum weight over 5½ pounds. Maximum weight 9 pounds. Roasters are to possess the same qualities as described in the meat pen section, rule #7, but judged as a single rabbit on its own merit. Champion Roaster ................................................................. Rosette Reserve Champion Roaster .................................................. Rosette

Stewer Class

Class 570. ................................................................................ Stewer Class Stewer Class – All rabbits entered in this class must be 6 months of age and over. Minimum weight over 8 pounds. Champion Stewer .................................................................. Rosette Reserve Champion Stewer .................................................... Rosette

Special Awards Overall Grand Champion Rabbit Meat Pen

Owl Canyon Critters, 4-H Club, Sherri Jernigan, Wellington & Amber Spence Fort Collins

Overall Reserve Grand Champion Rabbit Meat Pen Russell & Teresa Wilcox Family, Wellington Overall Grand Champion Rabbit Meat Pen – Belt Buckle


Overall Reserve Grand Champion Rabbit Meat Pen – Belt Buckle Sherri Jernigan, Wellington Champion Fryer Rabbit


Champion Roaster Rabbit Owl Canyon Critters, 4-H Club, Sherri Jernigan, Wellington & Amber Spence Fort Collins

Champion Stewer Rabbit T & T Ok Tire, Inc., Loveland

Rabbit Showmanship 1. The purpose of Rabbit Showmanship is to teach young people courtesy, good grooming, poise, confidence, a better understanding of rabbits, and how to fit and handle them. 2. A clean long sleeved shirt, long pants and closed toe shoes are required for Rabbit Showmanship. 3. Prior entry is not required. Contestants may sign up until 9:30 a.m. on the day of Showmanship. 4. The contestant must be enrolled in the rabbit project and must own, fit, and show his/her rabbit used in showmanship. 5. All rabbits used in showmanship must be entered for show in a breed class at this year's Fair and on exhibit. 6. Each contestant will be entered in a showmanship class according to 4-H age, figured as of December 31, 2018. . 7. The contest will begin promptly in the following order: Juniors, Intermediates, and Seniors, placing up to 10 places in each class, with an Overall Grand Champion and Overall Reserve Grand Champion. 8. Specific times will not be assigned for showmanship. Time will be on a first come, first served basis. We will do our best to accommodate kids that are showing elsewhere, but, showmanship will end when all exhibitors in the barn have done showmanship. If at all possible showmanship participants should remain in the barn until they have completed showmanship. 9. The Showmanship Contest will be judged as follows: Carrying the rabbit ............................................................... 10 points Handling the rabbit ............................................................... 60 points Condition of the rabbit ......................................................... 10 points Appearance and actions of the showman .............................. 20 points Total ................................................................................... 100 points 10. There will be no written test. Ties will be broken by additional showing and/or verbal testing, at the discretion of the Judge. Class 580. ........................................... Rabbit Showmanship, Junior, 8 to 10 590. .............................. Rabbit Showmanship, Intermediate, 11 to 13 600. ......................................... Rabbit Showmanship, Senior, 14 to 18 Champion Rabbit Showman ....................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rabbit Showman ......................... Trophy/Rosette

Special Awards

Overall Champion Rabbit Showman Robert & Kamron Atkinson Family, Fort Collins Overall Champion Rabbit Showman Marlene & Maddie Burbach, Loveland Overall Reserve Champion Rabbit Showman


Overall Reserve Champion Rabbit Showman Marlene & Maddie Burbach, Loveland Third Place Overall Rabbit Showman Marlene & Maddie Burbach, Loveland

- 56 -

Dress a Bunny Contest Prior Entry Not Required

Class 610. ...................................................... Dress a Bunny, Junior, 8 to 10 620. .......................................... Dress a Bunny, Intermediate, 11 to 13 630. ................................................... Dress a Bunny, Senior, 14 to 18

Special Award Overall Best Dressed Rabbit Morrison Trucking, LLC, Bart & Stephanie Morrison, Greeley

Poster Contest 1. Size of poster not to exceed standard poster board size of 22" x 28" or foam core board size 22" x 30". 2. Poster is to be educational in nature and deal with any subject about rabbits. 3. Prior entry not required. Posters will be checked in Friday, August 2. Class 640. ...................................................... Poster Contest, Junior, 8 to 10 650. ........................................... Poster Contest, Intermediate, 11 to13 660. .................................................... Poster Contest, Senior, 14 to 18

- 57 -

Department K Dogs

Superintendent – Amanda Kendrot Extension Contact – Diane Kern

Show Schedule

Friday, July 19 ................................................ 1:00 p.m. – 4:00 p.m. Dog Show Set Up Friday, July 19 ................................................................... 5:00 p.m. Dress-A-Pup Saturday, July 20 ............................................. 1:00 p.m. –2:00 p.m. Vet Check, Record Book Check, Showmanship/Rally Check-In Saturday, July 20 ............................................................... 2:30 p.m. Dog Showmanship & Advanced Rally Show Sunday, July 21 ................................................ 8:00 a.m. –9:30 a.m. Vet Check, Record Book Check, Obedience/Rally Check-In Sunday, July 21 ............................................................... 10:00 a.m. Obedience & Novice & Intermediate Rally Show Wednesday, July 31 ........................................ 4:00 p.m. – 5:00 p.m. Vet Check, Record Book Check, Dog Agility Check-In Wednesday, July 31 .......................................................... 5:00 p.m. Dog Agility Show

Requirements 1. Members must be enrolled in the 4-H Dog Project. Dogs entered must have been a part of the project since March 1, 2019, or earlier. The member must own or lease his/her dog individually or in partnership with parent or guardian during the complete duration of the project. An exhibitor may show only one dog per class in Obedience & Showmanship. No leased dogs will be allowed to show at State Fair. 2. All Dog 4-H exhibitors are required to have a Dog Identification Certificate in the 4honline system for each dog they plan to show at the 2019 Larimer County Fair by May 1. Exhibitors are not required to show all dogs that they ID. 3. Prior Entry is required for all classes, including obedience and showmanship. A copy of the dog's current (through September 1, 2019) rabies vaccination information SHOULD be on file with each Dog ID. Vaccination certificates should accompany dog at check in at County Fair Dog Show. All dogs must be vaccinated for Rabies, Canine Distemper and Parvovirus to show at the County Fair and the Colorado State Fair. 4. Proof of Rabies vaccination must come from a licensed veterinarian or the dog is not legally considered vaccinated. If the member’s dog receives Rabies immunizations which are given by anyone who is not a Colorado State licensed veterinarian, these immunizations will not be recognized by law should the dog bite someone. 5. All Dog 4-H exhibitors are required to present their up-to-date record book at Fair check-in time or they will not be allowed to show. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Click on 4-H, then Companion Animal. Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair. 6. All dogs must be on a 6’ or less, non-retractable leash when on the Fairgrounds except during judging.

7. All exhibitors will be responsible for clean-up after their dogs. Failure to do so can be a basis for dismissal from the County Fair Dog Show and/or forfeiture of any placing. 8. No bitch in heat, obviously pregnant or lactating bitches will be allowed to compete in any classes at the County Fair. 9. It will be the Judge’s responsibility to determine if a dog is unsound. A lame dog may be asked to leave the ring. 10. Any negative behavior on the part of the exhibitor, family members or leaders will result in disqualification and awards forfeited. If there is a question as to the rules or the judging of a class, adult family members or leaders must approach the Superintendent and not the judge. The Superintendent will then take the question to the judge if warranted. 11. Dogs which are deemed to be a danger to people or other dogs can and will be removed from the show and all classes forfeited. This will be determined by the Superintendent. 12 Judging will be held Saturday, July 20 & Sunday July 21. Check-in, including a Vet Check will be from 1:00 – 2:00 p.m. on Saturday in the South Exhibition Hall, First National Bank Building on the Fairgrounds. Showmanship and Advanced Rally starts at 2:30 p.m. on Saturday, July 20. Check-in, including a Vet Check (all dogs) will be from 8:00 a.m. – 9:30 a.m. on Sunday in the South Exhibition Hall, First National Bank Building on the Fairgrounds. Obedience and Rally starts at 10:00 a.m. on Sunday, July 21. 13. Larimer County Dog Show Dress Code - This dress code is to be followed by all Junior, Intermediate and Senior 4-H members, as well as adult leaders. Deviations from the dress code will result in a request to change. This dress code is not subject to personal interpretation. Appropriate dress consists of:

• Clothes are clean in good repair, free of holes, tears, or slashes.

• Clothes are free from violent or drug related material, or anything that alludes to violations of the 4-H Code of Conduct.

• Shorts must be mid-thigh length. No cut-off shorts allowed. • All items designated as underwear are kept under cover. • No halter-tops, tube tops, or top that expose undergarments. • No pants or shorts that expose undergarments. • No spaghetti straps on shirts or dresses, with the exception

of formal attire, or when under suit jackets. If the suit jacket is removed, the shirt must be covered by another means.

• No see-through garments or muscle shirts. • Shoes must be worn at all times. Proper foot attire for dog

showing are shoes which are closed-toed. No flip flops, sandals, or other open-toed shoes will be allowed in the show ring for any class.

• No pajamas during the show. • Appropriate clothing must be worn in all dog show classes,

including Obedience and Rally. • The members will be given 5 minutes to change into an

appropriate outfit if the Judge or Superintendent deems their clothing inappropriate.

• If the clothing has been deemed inappropriate by a Judge or Superintendent, the member can be denied the opportunity to show their dog until the clothing has been changed.


- 58 -

• It is always a good idea to have another person observe you before you go into the ring making sure that the clothing you are wearing is appropriate when bending, stooping or kneeling while showing your dog. If it is not, it is advisable to change clothes.

14. Exhibitors will be assigned armband numbers that can be picked up the day of the show. Armband numbers will be the same for Saturday and Sunday events. 15. No set up will be allowed anywhere near the show rings. Spectators must stay at least ten feet from the ring. 16. If a dog has failed an exercise, it will not ordinarily be re-judged unless the judge feels the dog’s performance was prejudiced by peculiar and unusual conditions. In such a case, the judge may wish to re-judge the dog only on the portion of the exercise in which the unusual condition occurred. 17. Any dog that has been shown (by another handler) in obedience (4-H or other) is ineligible for the Beginner Novice A Class, even if the current exhibitor is a first year member. The progress the dog has made determines the class in which it should be entered. 18. AKC Obedience regulations will apply where possible. AKC registration of dogs is not required. AKC Obedience Regulations are available from: AKC Order Desk, 5580 Centerview Drive, Raleigh NC 27606-3390 (first copy free) or online at www.AKC.org 19. Awards: A. All Awards for Saturday and Sunday will be presented at the end of the show on Sunday. B. Points will be totaled on the following basis for determining placing awards, plus the Champion and Reserve awards. (1) Class Obedience Score .......................................... Maximum 200 (2) Showmanship Score ............................................... Maximum 200 C. Criteria for Ribbon Awards Obedience – Ribbons will be awarded to each exhibitor in the Beginner Novice Class through the Utility Class on the following basis: (1) Blue: 170 or more points earned. The top five blue ribbon winners will be ranked. (2) Red: 140 to 169 points. No ranking of ribbon winners. (3) White: 139 or fewer points. No ranking of ribbon winners. Showmanship – Ribbons will be awarded to each exhibitor on the following basis: (1) Blue: 170 to 200 points (2) Red: 140 to 169 points (3) White: 139 or fewer points Rally – Ribbons will be awarded to each exhibitor on the following basis: (1) Blue – 70 to 100 points (2) Red – 60 to 69 points (3) White – 59 or fewer points Agility – Ribbons will be awarded to each exhibitor on the following basis: (1) Blue Award - 70 to 100 points (2) Red Award - 60 to 69 points (30 White Award – 59 or fewer points D. Champions will be selected from the Blue Ribbon group in each class.

E. Overall Champion and Reserve Champion - Selection will be determined by Showmanship and Obedience scores for a single dog/handler combination. F. Dog Super Team Award will be determined by total scores from Showmanship, Obedience, Rally and Agility for the same dog/handler team. G. Special Effort Total Dog award(s) will be given at the end of the show to deserving handler/dog team. Nominations will be accepted throughout the year and during the show. 20. Colorado State Fair Dog Show – Obedience Classes and Advanced Rally and Team Classes will be held on Saturday, August 24 at the Colorado State Fair Events Center, Pueblo, starting at 7:30 – 8:30 a.m. with check-in of exhibitors and their dogs. Judging will begin as soon as check-in is complete. Showmanship and Novice Rally Classes will be held on Sunday, August 25 at the Colorado State Fair Events Center, Pueblo, starting at 7:30 – 8:30 a.m., with check-in of exhibitors and their dogs. The Showmanship test on Sunday will start at 8:30 a.m. and run to 9:30 a.m. Judging will begin as soon as testing is completed. Exhibitors must enter State Fair in the same class in which they qualified at the county level. Qualifying scores are 170 and above in obedience and in showmanship. Eligible exhibitors will be notified at the Larimer County Dog Show. Eligible exhibitors must register and turn in entry fee for State Fair, to Extension Staff by the end of the Dog Trials on Sunday, July 21. 21. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book. Premiums will be: Blue – $2.00; Red – $1.50; White – $1.00

Dog Obedience

1. In all classes, 10 points will be deducted in the obedience classes for the following: strong correction, disciplining, fouling the ring, excessive barking, leaving the ring, rules violation or showing fear. 2. Handlers entered in B classes will be judged at a higher skill level (handler errors) than handlers entered in A classes. 3. Allowed collars in Obedience classes include: Flat or rolled leather with buckle or snap closure. Flat or rolled nylon collars with buckle or snap closure. Metal choke chain. No halties, gentle leaders, harnesses, pinch collars or prong collars will be allowed in the show ring. Collars and leads must be 2 separate pieces. Slip leads are not allowed. 4. The length of your obedience leash should be 6 feet for all Beginner Novice and Novice classes, but may be shorter for all other classes. No retractable leashes allowed. 5. No dog tags can be on the dog when showing in the ring. This includes name tags, rabies tags, or anything else that hangs from the dog’s collar. It is very important that your dog wear tags at all times, except when in the show ring.

http://www.akc.org/

- 59 -

Puppy Class Puppy classes will be for puppies which are not ready for regular obedience classes. Handlers are encouraged to use a reward system of food treats or toys in the ring to reward the puppy during and after each exercise. Double commands (or more) will be allowed. This will be a NO SCORE CLASS. The score sheet will consist of Excellent, Good or Needs Improvement. Class 509. Puppy Class A. Loose Lead Walking B. Sit for Exam C. Recall D. Down Stay E. Serpentine Walking Each Participant will receive a special ribbon.

Beginner Novice – A

This class is ONLY open to handlers and their dog in their first year of dog project work; Refer to General Dog Rule # 17. Performed on leash; 6-foot required. Members cannot show in Beginner Novice A for more than one year. Class 510. A dog entered in the Beginner Novice A class must perform on leash the following exercises: (6 foot lead required) A. Heel on Leash ................................................................. 40 points B. Figure 8 on Leash ............................................................ 40 points C. Sit for Exam on Leash ..................................................... 40 points D. Sit Stay on Leash ............................................................. 40 points E. Recall on Leash ................................................................ 40 points Total .................................................................................. 200 points Champion Beginner Novice A ................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Beginner Novice A .................................. Rosette

Beginner Novice – B This class is ONLY open to second year project members with the same dog, and must be the same youth and dog team that showed the previous year in Beginner-Novice A. 6-foot lead required. Members cannot show in Beginner Novice B for more than one year. Class 511. A dog entered in the Beginner-Novice-B class must perform on leash the following exercises: (6 foot lead required) A. Heel on Leash ................................................................. 40 points B. Figure 8 on Leash ............................................................ 40 points C. Sit for Exam on Leash ..................................................... 40 points D. Sit Stay on Leash ............................................................. 40 points E. Recall on Leash ................................................................ 40 points Total .................................................................................. 200 points Champion Beginner Novice B ................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Beginner Novice B ................................... Rosette

Beginner Novice – C – 1st Year This class is open to experienced handlers with a first year dog only or a dog with previous experience working with a new 4-H member. Performed on leash; 6-foot lead required. Class 512. A dog entered in the Sub-Novice-C class must perform on leash the following exercises: (6 foot lead required) A. Heel on Leash ................................................................. 40 points B. Figure 8 on Leash ............................................................ 40 points

C. Sit for Exam on Leash ..................................................... 40 points D. Sit Stay on Leash .............................................................. 40 points E. Recall on Leash ................................................................. 40 points Total ................................................................................. 200 points Champion Beginner Novice – C – 1st Year ................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Beginner Novice – C – 1st Year................ Rosette

Beginner Novice – C – 2nd Year This class is open to only those in the second year of Beginner Novice C training and must be the same youth and dog team that showed the previous year in Beginner Novice C. 6-foot lead required. Class 513. A dog entered in the Beginner Novice-C class must perform on leash the following exercises: (6 foot lead required) A. Heel on Leash .................................................................. 40 points B. Figure 8 on Leash ............................................................ 40 points C. Sit for Exam on Leash ..................................................... 40 points D. Sit Stay on Leash .............................................................. 40 points E. Recall on Leash ................................................................ 40 points Total ................................................................................. 200 points Champion Beginner Novice C – 2nd Year .................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Beginner Novice C – 2nd Year .................. Rosette

Novice – A

Open to members with no prior experience in Novice Dog Training. Members cannot show in Novice A for more than one year. Class 514. A dog entered in Novice–A class must perform the following exercises: A. Heel on Leash, then Figure 8 ........................................... 40 points B. Stand for Exam (off leash) ............................................... 30 points C. Heel free (figure 8 not included) ...................................... 40 points D. Recall (handler about 35 feet from dog) .......................... 30 points E. Sit Stay – Get Your Leash ............................................... 30 points F. Sit & Down Stay ............................................................... 30 points Total ................................................................................. 200 points Champion Novice A ................................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Novice A .................................................. Rosette

Novice – B Open to experienced members in their second year of Novice 4-H Dog Training OR experienced members with multiple years of Novice Dog Training, who have a new dog; Refer to General Dog Rule #17. Class 515. A dog entered in Novice–B class must perform the following exercises: A. Heel on Leash, then figure 8 ............................................ 40 points B. Stand for Exam (off leash) ............................................... 30 points C. Heel free (figure 8 not included) ...................................... 40 points D. Recall (handler about 35 feet from dog) .......................... 30 points E. Sit Stay – Get Your Leash ............................................... 30 points F. Sit & Down Stay ............................................................... 30 points Total ................................................................................. 200 points Champion Novice B ................................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Novice B .................................................. Rosette

- 60 -

Pre-Graduate Novice – A Open to members with no prior experience in Pre-Graduate Novice Dog Training. Class 516. A dog entered in the Pre-Graduate Novice - A class must perform the following exercises: A. Heel on Leash ................................................................. 40 points B. Moving Stand and Exam (off leash) ............................... 30 points C. Heel Free and Figure 8 (off leash) .................................. 40 points D. Moving Drop on Recall .................................................. 30 points E. Recall Over Broad jump .................................................. 30 points F. Down Stay ....................................................................... 30 points (3 minutes) Total ................................................................................... 200 points Champion Pre-Graduate Novice A ............................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Pre-Graduate Novice A ............................ Rosette

Pre-Graduate Novice – B

Open to experienced members in their second year or above of Pre-Graduate Novice Dog Training. Class 517. A dog entered in the Pre-Graduate Novice - B class must perform the following exercises: A. Heel on Leash ................................................................. 40 points B. Moving stand and Exam (off leash) ................................ 30 points C. Heel Free and Figure 8 (off leash) .................................. 40 points D. Moving Drop on Recall .................................................. 30 points E. Recall Over Broad Jump ................................................. 30 points F. Down Stay ...................................................................... 30 points (3 minutes; handler out of sight of dog) Total .................................................................................. 200 points Champion Pre-Graduate Novice B ............................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Pre-Graduate Novice B ............................. Rosette

Graduate Novice - A Open to members in their first year of Graduate Novice training. Members cannot show in Graduate Novice A for more than one year. Class 518. All exercises in accordance to AKC specifications, except registration of dog is not required. A. Heel on Leash and Figure 8 off leash .............................. 40 points B. Drop on Recall ................................................................ 40 points C. Dumbbell Recall .............................................................. 30 points D. Recall Over High Jump ................................................... 30 points E. Recall Over Broad Jump ................................................. 30 points F. Stand-Stay, Get Your Leash .......................................... 30 points Total .................................................................................. 200 points Champion Graduate Novice A ................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Graduate Novice A .................................. Rosette

Graduate Novice – B Open to members in their second or higher year of Graduate Novice training. Class 519. All exercises in accordance to AKC specifications, except registration of dog is not required. A. Heel on Leash and Figure 8 off Leash .............................. 40 points B. Drop on Recall ................................................................. 40 points C. Dumbbell Recall ............................................................... 30 points D. Recall Over High Jump ................................................... 30 points E. Recall Over Broad Jump .................................................. 30 points F. Stand-Stay, Get Your Leash ........................................... 30 points Total ................................................................................. 200 points Champion Graduate Novice B .................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Graduate Novice B .................................. Rosette

Open - A Open to members with dogs who have no prior experience in Open Handling. A dog cannot show in Open A for more than one year. Class 520. All exercises in accordance to AKC specifications, except registration of dog is not required. A. Heel Free and Figure 8 off Leash ..................................... 40 points B. Command Discrimination, Stand Down Sit ................. 30 points C. Drop on Recall ................................................................. 30 points D. Retrieve on Flat ............................................................... 20 points E. Retrieve Over High Jump ................................................ 30 points F. Broad Jump ...................................................................... 20 points G. Stand-Stay, Get Your Leash ......................................... 30 points Total ................................................................................. 200 points Champion Open A ...................................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Open A .................................................... Rosette

Open - B

Open to members with dogs who are experienced in Open Handling. Class 521. All exercises in accordance to AKC specifications, except registration of dog is not required. A. Heel Free and Figure 8 off Leash ..................................... 40 points B. Command Discrimination, Stand Down Sit ................. 30 points C. Drop on Recall ................................................................. 30 points D. Retrieve on Flat ............................................................... 20 points E. Retrieve Over High Jump ................................................ 30 points F. Broad Jump ...................................................................... 20 points G. Stand-Stay, Get Your Leash ......................................... 30 points Total ................................................................................. 200 points Champion Open B ...................................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Open B .................................................... Rosette

- 61 -

Graduate Open A Class 522. All exercises in accordance to AKC specifications, except registration of dog is not required. A. Signal Exercises ............................................................... 40 points B. Scent Discrimination ........................................................ 30 points C. Directed Retrieve ............................................................ 30 points D. Moving Stand and Exam.................................................. 30 points E. Go Out .............................................................................. 30 points F. Directed Jumping .............................................................. 40 points Total .................................................................................. 200 points Champion Open B ..................................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Open B ..................................................... Rosette

Graduate Open B

Class 523. All exercises in accordance to AKC specifications, except registration of do is not required. A. Signal Exercises ............................................................... 40 points B. Scent Discrimination ........................................................ 30 points C. Directed Retrieve ............................................................ 30 points D. Moving Stand and Exam.................................................. 30 points E. Go Out .............................................................................. 30 points F. Directed Jumping .............................................................. 40 points Total .................................................................................. 200 points Champion Open B ..................................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Open B .................................................... Rosette

Utility - A Open to members with dogs who have no prior experience in Utility Handling. A dog cannot show in Utility A for more than one year. Class 524. All exercises in accordance to AKC specifications, except registration of dog is not required. A. Signal Exercise ............................................................... 40 points B. Scent Discrimination-Leather ......................................... 30 points C. Scent Discrimination-Metal ............................................ 30 points D. Directed Retrieve of Glove ............................................. 30 points E. Moving Stand and Exam ................................................. 30 points F. Directed Jumping ............................................................ 40 points Total .................................................................................. 200 points Champion Utility A ................................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Utility A ................................................... Rosette

Utility - B Open to members with dogs who are experienced in Utility Handling. Class 525. All exercises in accordance to AKC specifications, except registration of dog is not required. A. Signal Exercise ............................................................... 40 points B. Scent Discrimination-Leather ......................................... 30 points C. Scent Discrimination-Metal ............................................ 30 points D. Directed Retrieve of Glove ............................................. 30 points E. Moving Stand and Exam ................................................. 30 points F. Directed Jumping ............................................................ 40 points Total .................................................................................. 200 points Champion Utility B ................................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Utility B ................................................... Rosette

Dog Showmanship 1. Prior Entry is Required. Ages figured as of December 31, 2018. 2. Showmanship is limited to one dog per exhibitor (may be different dog than obedience). Using a different dog for Showmanship & Obedience will affect your eligibility for Overall Champion & Overall Reserve Champion awards. 3. Small dogs may be examined on a table for showmanship at the discretion of the Judge. 4. The showmanship contest will be judged in the following manner: Dog Showmanship (Scoring) A. Appearance of Handler...................................................20 points Cleanliness and neatness of handler Appropriateness of apparel Conforms to Colorado 4-H Dress Code Dangling items interfering with showing B. Grooming of Dog..............................................................30 points General condition of Dog (age considered) Condition of coat (cleaned, groomed, not mats) Clean Ears Clean Teeth Toenails correct length C. Stacking............................................................................35 points Control of Dog’s head at all times Correct Position of front legs appropriate to breed (set judges side first) Correct width apart, parallel & facing forward Correct Position of rear legs appropriate to breed (set judges side first) Point of hock straight down pastern to floor Does not crowd others in line up Stacking produces correct topline for breed D. Examination.....................................................................35 points Stand properly during exam, does not sit or move away Does not growl or snap Dog tried to bite – dismissed from ring Complete control of head during exam E. Gaiting............................................................................. . 35 points Ability to follow patterns as directed by Judge Dog fully visible to Judge in gaiting position Proper gaiting in ring based on breed, age, conformation Smoothness in turns Correct hand switching F. Breed Presentation ......................................................... 35 points Dog is responsive to handler Dog & handler work as a team within group Dog is under control Dog is moved correctly to the best of its ability Dog’s main faults being minimized Dog is presented correctly for breed or most apparent breed G. Ability to answer verbal questions ................................ 10 points Total ................................................................................. 200 points Class 500. ........................... Junior Novice, 8 - 10 years (1st year of project) 501. ............................................................. Junior Open, 8 – 10 years Any Junior with previous experience in Showmanship. 502. ............... Intermediate Novice, 11 - 13 years (1st year of project) 503. ................................................. Intermediate Open, 11 - 13 years Any Intermediate with previous experience in Showmanship. 505. .................. Senior Novice, 14 years and over (1st year of project) 506. ........................................................... Senior Open, 14 - 18 years Any Senior with previous experience in Showmanship.

- 62 -

Champion Junior Novice Dog Showman ................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Junior Novice Dog Showman ..... Trophy/Rosette Champion Junior Open Dog Showman ..................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Junior Dog Showman ................. Trophy/Rosette Champion Intermediate Novice ................................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Intermediate Novice ................... Trophy/Rosette Champion Intermediate Open .................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Intermediate Open ...................... Trophy/Rosette Champion Senior Novice Dog Showman .................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Senior Novice Dog Showman .... Trophy/Rosette Champion Senior Open Dog Showman ..................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Senior Open Dog Showman ....... Trophy/Rosette

Rally

Please Note: The Colorado State/Larimer County 4-H Dog Program has adopted changes to the Division as were outlined by

the American Kennel Club in November 2017. To include re-numbered signs.

1. You may show in Rally Novice A one year and Rally Novice B one year, even if you didn’t go to State Fair. 2. All 4-H Rally classes will be patterned after the latest AKC obedience guidelines whenever possible, except that dog registry with AKC is not required. Some exercises and rules may have been adapted from AKC to better serve the youth of this program. 3. In all classes points will be deducted in the Rally classes for the following: strong correcting, disciplining, fouling the ring, excessive barking, leaving the ring, rules violation or showing fear. 4. Handlers entered in B classes will be judged at a higher skill (handler errors) than handlers entered in A classes. 5. Allowed collars in Rally classes include: flat or rolled leather with buckle or snap closure. Flat or rolled nylon collars with buckle or snap closure. Metal choke chain. No halties, gentle leaders, harnesses, or pinch collars will be allowed in the show ring. Collars and leads must be 2 separate pieces. Slip leads are not allowed. 6. All jump heights will conform with current AKC height and broad jump recommendations. 7. Walk-through will be announced. Youth will not be allowed to walk through the pattern at any time other than the official walk-through time. 8. No dog tags can be on the dog when showing in the ring. This includes name tags, rabies tags, or anything else that hangs from the dog’s collar. It is very important that your dog wear tags at all times, except when in the show ring.

Rally Novice A Class 532. ........................................................................... Rally Novice A This class is for members and their dogs in their first year of Rally training. You can only show in this class one year.

Rally Novice B Class 533. ........................................................................... Rally Novice B This class is for any member who is in their second year or above of Rally training with the same dog used in the Rally Novice A class or who is starting a dog that has never competed in Rally. Members are allowed to compete in this class until they have obtained a qualifying score at County Fair.

Rally Intermediate A Class 534. ................................................................ Rally Intermediate A This class is for members and their dogs in their first year of Intermediate Rally training. This class is done on lead and there are no jumps in the pattern.

Rally Intermediate B Class 535. ................................................................. Rally Intermediate B This class is for any dog and member team that is in their second or above year in Rally Intermediate training and has not received a qualifying score in Rally Intermediate at a previous County 4-H Dog Trial. This class is done on lead and there are no jumps in the pattern.

Rally Advanced A Class 536. ..................................................................... Rally Advanced A This class is for members in their first year of Rally Advanced training. Advanced Rally is to be done off lead and any of the three jumps may be used in the class.

Rally Advanced B Class 537. ...................................................................... Rally Advanced B This class is for any member who is in their second year or above of Rally Advanced training. Advanced Rally is to be done off lead and any of the three jumps may be used in the class.

Rally Excellent A Class 538. ....................................................................... Rally Excellent A This class is for members who are in their first year of Rally Excellent Training. You many only show in this class one year.

Rally Excellent B Class 539. ....................................................................... Rally Excellent B This class is for members who are in their second year or above of Rally Excellent training. Members are allowed to compete in this class until they obtained a qualifying score at the County Fair.

Rally Advanced/Excellent A Class 540. ..................................................... Rally Advanced/Excellent A This class is for members who have received a qualifying score in Rally Excellent at a previous County Fair. This class is for members who are in their first year of Advanced/Excellent training.

Rally Advanced/Excellent B

Class 541. ..................................................... Rally Advanced/Excellent B This class is for members who have received a qualifying score in Rally Excellent at a previous County Fair. This class is for members in their second year or above of Advanced/Excellent training.

- 63 -

Champion Rally Novice A .......................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Novice A ........................................ Rosette Champion Rally Novice B ......................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Novice B ......................................... Rosette Champion Rally Intermediate A ................................ Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Intermediate A ............................... Rosette Champion Rally Intermediate B ................................. Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Intermediate B ................................ Rosette Champion Rally Advanced A .................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Advanced A ................................... Rosette Champion Rally Advanced B .................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Advanced B ................................... Rosette Champion Rally Excellent A ...................................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Excellent B...................................... Rosette Champion Rally Advanced/Excellent A .................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Advanced/Excellent A ................... Rosette Champion Rally Advanced/Excellent B .................... Trophy/Rosette Reserve Champion Rally Advanced/Excellent B ................... Rosette

Dog Agility Show Show Schedule

Wednesday, July 31 .......................................... 4:00 p.m. – 5:00 p.m. Vet Check, Record Book Check, Dog Agility Check-In 5:00 p.m. ................................................................. Dog Agility Show 1. To be eligible for agility, the dog must have competed at County Fair for 2 years in Obedience & Showmanship or is currently competing in Obedience and Showmanship. 2. Dog must be 12 months old. 3. No dog with a physical or mental condition that would significantly impair their performance may participate. 4. No bitch in heat, obviously pregnant or lactating bitches will be allowed to compete in any classes at the County Fair. 5. Dogs that show signs of aggression toward humans or other dogs will not be permitted to participate. 6. All parents/guardians and members must sign the 4-H Dog Agility Release Form. 7. Collars must be a flat buckle or rolled leather collar, but, there shall be no tags hanging or otherwise allowed on the collar, except for a 4” – 6” tab (optional in Novice and Intermediate). Pinch/prong and electrical collars (dummy or not, head halters and special training collars are not allowed. 6’ or less lead allowed in Foundation & Novice. 8. Training aids and treats are not permitted on the course at a trail. 9. Handlers may not jump over the jumps with their dogs. 10. Handlers may not touch their dogs or an obstacle while running the course. Incidental contact that does not aid the dog on the course will not be penalized. 11. Poor sportsmanship will not be tolerated. Any handler exhibiting poor sportsmanship such as swearing, yelling at their dog, striking the dog, pulling on their dog’s fur or body parts, excessive corrections, loud complaints about other exhibitors or the judge, etc., will be eliminated.

12. The judge will penalize any handler receiving outside assistance. In severe cases, the handler will receive an elimination. 13. A dog unable to complete the course for any reason (including leaving the ring and not immediately returning in control of the handler, or ceasing to work for a significant period of time will receive an elimination. 14. Any dog refusing an obstacle for the third time will be asked by the judge to go on to the next obstacle. 15. Anyone not obeying the judge’s order will be asked to leave the ring, receiving an elimination. 16. Handlers may use voice commands, signals, or both. Handlers are encouraged to talk or cheer their dogs through the course. 17. Any dog fouling the ring during competition will be asked to leave the ring – receiving a disqualification. 18. A dog/handler team receiving a qualifying score at a County Agility Trial must advance to the next level the following year. 19. There will be a practice jump outside of the ring. 20. Measure the dog at the highest point of the withers. The dog must be set up standing squarely in natural positon on a flat surface. The dog’s head should be held in a comfortable and natural position, not dropped down or held up high by the collar. Have the dog stand on a level surface. 21. In agility, if you are showing a dog 7 years or older they may compete one level below their height. Also, if you are showing a large, heavy breed dog (examples: Saint Bernard, Great Pyrenees, Mastiffs, etc.) they may compete one level below their height. Level Scoring (1) Blue – 70 – 100 points (2) Red – 60 to 69 points (3) White – 59 or fewer points

Jump Heights

Dog’s Height Jump

Broad Jump

Width 7” or under at the

withers

4”

8” 11” or under at the

withers

8”


withers

12”


withers

16”


withers

20”

40” Over 22” at the

withers

24”

48”

- 64 -

Foundation Standard Class 110. ................................................ Foundation Standard – 7” Dog 120. .............................................. Foundation Standard – 11” Dog 130. .............................................. Foundation Standard – 14” Dog 140. .............................................. Foundation Standard – 18” Dog 150. .............................................. Foundation Standard – 22” Dog 160. .................................... Foundation Standard – Over 22” Dog This is an entry-level class with a simple “S”, or “U” (horseshoe) course and consists of 9 to 12 obstacles. - Open Tunnel (1 to 3) - 12’ Dog Walk (elevation of 24”) - Seesaw (12” high at pivot point) - Wingless Bar Jumps (3 to 5) - Single Wrap Pole Right - Double Wrap Pole/Figure 8 - Pause Table (allowed) There is no time limit provided the dog is willing and working. Time will be used to break ties for Champion and Reserve Champion awards. Handlers can compete with dogs on a leash no longer than 6 ft.; a shorter leash may be used if the handler chooses. Dogs may be shown off leash. The use of an approved collar and tab is mandatory.

Novice Standard Class 210. ........................................................ Novice Standard – 7” Dog 220. ...................................................... Novice Standard – 11” Dog 230. ...................................................... Novice Standard – 14” Dog 240. ...................................................... Novice Standard – 18” Dog 250. ...................................................... Novice Standard – 22” Dog 260. ............................................ Novice Standard – Over 22” Dog This course is slightly more challenging than the simple “S”, or “U” of the foundation class and consists of 10 to 14 obstacles. - A-Frame (9 foot, apex 5’6”) - 12’ Dog Walk (elevation of 24”) - Seesaw (24” high at pivot point) - Pause Table (allowed) - Open Tunnel (1 to 3) - Tire Jump - Broad Jump (allowed) - Wingless Bar Jumps (4 to 6) - Wing Jumps - Six Weave Poles Time will be used to break ties for Champion and Reserve Champion awards. Handlers can compete with dogs on a leash no longer than 6 ft.; a shorter leash may be used if the handler chooses. Dogs may be shown off leash. The use of an approved collar and tab is mandatory.

Intermediate Standard Class 310. ............................................. Intermediate Standard – 7” Dog 320. ........................................... Intermediate Standard – 11” Dog 330. ........................................... Intermediate Standard – 14” Dog 340. ........................................... Intermediate Standard – 18” Dog 350. ........................................... Intermediate Standard – 22” Dog 360. .................................. Intermediate Standard – Over 22” Dog Dogs will be run off leash. This course is slightly more challenging than a figure 8, similar to the AKC Novice class and consists of 14 to 17 obstacles.

- A-Frame (9 foot, apex 5’6”) - Pause Table (allowed) - Open Tunnel (1 to 3) - 12’ Dog Walk (elevation of 24”) - Tire Jump - Broad Jump (allowed) - Double Bar Jump (allowed) - Six Weave Poles - Seesaw (24” high at pivot point) - Wingless Bar Jump (2 to 8) or Wing Jumps Time will be used to break ties for Champion and Reserve Champion awards. All dogs must be shown off leash. The use of an approved collar is mandatory.

Advanced Standard Class 410. ................................................... Advanced Standard – 7” Dog 420. ................................................. Advanced Standard – 11” Dog 430. ................................................. Advanced Standard – 14” Dog 440. ................................................. Advanced Standard – 18” Dog 450. ................................................. Advanced Standard – 22” Dog 460. ....................................... Advanced Standard – Over 22” Dog The focus of the Advanced Agility Class is on enhanced obstacle performance with more handling required. The course will consist of 16 to 18 obstacles. - Dog Walk (elevation 24”) - A-Frame (9 foot, apex 5’6”) - Seesaw (24” high at pivot point) - Pause Table (allowed) - Weave Poles (1 set of 12 poles) - Open Tunnel (1 to 3) - Bar Jump (winged or wingless) - Double Bar Jump (maximum 2) - Tire Jump - Broad Jump (maximum 1) (allowed) - Triple Bar Jump (1) Time will be used to break ties for Champion and Reserve Champion awards. All dogs must be shown off leash. The use of an approved collar is mandatory.

Novice Jumpers without Weaves Class 510. ........................................................... Novice Jumper – 7” Dog 520. ......................................................... Novice Jumper – 11” Dog 530. ......................................................... Novice Jumper – 14” Dog 540. ......................................................... Novice Jumper – 18” Dog 550. ......................................................... Novice Jumper – 22” Dog 560. ............................................... Novice Jumper – Over 22” Dog This will be a simple course consisting of 10 to 12 obstacles. - Bar Jumps - Open Tunnel (1 to 3) - Broad Jump (1) Time will be used to break ties for Champion and Reserve Champion awards. All Dogs must be shown off leash. The use of an approved collar is mandatory.

- 65 -

Scoring Standard Faults – charged at 5 points:

- Knocking a bar off a hurdle - Touching the dog - Dog steps on or walks over the Broad Jump - Outside help or interference - Handler touching any obstacle - Handler jumps over the jump with the dog - Dog goes between the tire and the frame

- Anticipation of table county – Dog gets off before the judge finished saying the word “go”

Major Faults – charged at 10 points:

- Omitting any obstacle – includes being told by the judge to omit the obstacle

- Wrong course - Uncorrected improper entry to weave poles or failing to correct a

skipped weave pole (Incorrect performance of an obstacle) - Missed Contact Zone when exiting the equipment - Bailing off the seesaw – Before it tips down and touches the

ground - Bailing off the dog walk – Before beginning the descending

plank - Failure to correct on pause table – For any dog that jumps off

before the beginning of the word “go”

Elimination (incomplete): - Dog who stops working and fails to resume within a reasonable

time or leaves the ring without immediately returning under control

- Dog out of control - An extreme amount of outside help - An excessive amount of touching the obstacles or the dog - Fouling the course - Handler requests to leave the ring before completing run

Elimination: (these offenses shall be immediately reported to the Show Officials)

- Poor sportsmanship – including, but, not limited to… swearing, treating a dog harshly, complaining loudly about judges or other exhibitors, using treats in the ring, failure to omit and go on to the next obstacle when instructed to do so by the judge

- Abuse of dogs anywhere on the show grounds - A dog that attacks or threatens to attack a human or other dog

Time - Time is used as a tie-breaker

Special Awards

Obedience Champion Beginner Novice A Dan & Susan Hutchens, Livermore Champion Beginner Novice B


Champion Beginner Novice C – 1st Year Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Beginner Novice C – 2nd Year


Champion Novice A Worthington Animal Clinic, Jack Worthington, DVM, Loveland

Champion Novice B High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Anita Ballinger, Loveland & Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

Champion Pre-Graduate Novice A Dan & Susan Hutchens, Livermore Champion Pre-Graduate Novice B The Vets Animal Hospital, Leisa Carson, DVM, Windsor Champion Graduate Novice A


Champion Graduate Novice B Dan & Tracey Brien, Loveland Champion Open A Rocky Ridge 4-H Club, Justin & Stephanie Mick, Nunn Champion Open B Mike & Val Gaffield, Fort Collins Champion Utility B The Gathright Family, Fort Collins

Showmanship Champion Junior Novice Showman Loveland Veterinary Clinic, Matt Jones, DVM, Loveland Reserve Champion Junior Novice Showman

Big Thompson Animal Hospital, Mickey Wiltz, DVM, Loveland

Champion Junior Open Showman High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Anita Ballinger, Loveland & Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

Reserve Champion Junior Open Showman Vicki Myers, Surprise, AZ Champion Intermediate Novice Showman

Colorado Veterinary Care, LLC, Linda Workman Family, Masonville

Reserve Champion Intermediate Novice Showman Laffey’s Irish Animals, Steve & Kelly Laffey, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Open Show Showman

Colorado Veterinary Care, LLC, Linda Workman Family, Masonville

Reserve Champion Intermediate Open Showman Patti Phillips, The Group, Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Champion Senior Novice Showman Shawn & Amanda Kendrot Family, Windsor Reserve Champion Senior Novice Showman Jeff & Kate Pagliotti Family, Wellington Champion Senior Open Showman Anna Nelson Memorial Award, Gathright Family, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Senior Open Showman The Vets Animal Hospital, Dr. Leisa Carson, Windsor

- 66 -

Other Awards Overall Champion Dog Exhibitor


Overall Champion Dog Exhibitor Big Thompson Animal Hospital, Mickey Wiltz, DVM, Loveland, Loveland Veterinary Clinic, Matt Jones, DVM, Loveland, and Golden Endeavors, Sheryl Cammarata, Masonville

Overall Reserve Champion Dog Exhibitor Hilltop Labradoodles, Dan & Merritt Dupon, Carr Overall Reserve Champion Dog Exhibitor Hilltop Labradoodles, Dan & Merritt Dupon, Carr Dog Super Team Award


Rally

Champion Rally Novice A Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Rally Novice B Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Rally Intermediate A Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Rally Intermediate B Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Rally Advanced A Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Rally Advanced B Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Rally Excellent A Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Rally Excellent B Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Advanced/Excellent A Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins Champion Advanced/Excellent B Bits & Pieces 4-H Club, Leisa Carson, Fort Collins

Agility

Champion Foundation Standard Dog Agility Hecker Sports & Regenerative Medicine, Dr. Thomas & Lisa Hecker Fort Collins

Champion Foundation Standard Dog Agility Colorado Veterinary Care, LLC, Linda Workman, Masonville Champion Foundation Standard Dog Agility Jeff & Kate Pagliotti Family, Wellington Champion Foundation Standard Dog Agility Shawn & Amanda Kendrot Family, Windsor Champion Foundation Standard Dog Agility Jimmy’s Custom, Jim Poole, Wellington Champion Novice Standard Dog Agility Laffey’s Irish Animals, Steve & Kelly Laffey, Fort Collins Champion Novice Standard Dog Agility Colorado Veterinary Care, LLC, Linda Workman, Masonville Champion Novice Standard Dog Agility Kristen Rubenthaler, Fort Collins Champion Novice Standard Dog Agility Shelia Roth Family, Fort Collins Champion Novice Standard Dog Agility Ken’s Muffler Shop, Scott Melbye, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Standard Dog Agility


Champion Intermediate Standard Dog Agility North Forty 4-H Club, Judi Blum, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Standard Dog Agility Brenda Dyer, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Standard Dog Agility


Champion Intermediate Standard Dog Agility Livermore Wranglers 4-H Club, Casey Stayman, Livermore Champion Advanced Standard Dog Agility Jeff & Kate Pagliotti Family, Wellington Champion Advanced Standard Dog Agility Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Champion Advanced Standard Dog Agility Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Champion Advanced Standard Dog Agility Dwayne & Barbara Hummel, Berthoud Champion Advanced Standard Dog Agility EflyerMarketing, Codi McKee, Fort Collins Champion Novice Jumper Dog Agility Jimmy’s Custom, Jim Poole, Wellington Champion Novice Jumper Dog Agility Jimmy’s Custom, Jim Poole, Wellington

Special Effort Dog Award

Special Effort Dog Award – 2 Awards High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Anita Ballinger, Loveland & Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

- 67 -

Department K1 Cats

Superintendent – Mary Kirsten Wolf Extension Contact – 4-H Agent

Show Schedule

Thursday, July 18 ............................................ 5:00 p.m. – 6:30 p.m. Show hall set up, early cage set-up and check-in. *Do not bring cats Friday, July 19 ........................................................... 8:00 - 8:45 a.m. Vet Check, Check-in and cage set-up Knowledge Portion of Showmanship (written test) ............. 9:00 a.m. Show Begins ........................................................................ 9:30 a.m. Conformation followed by Showmanship Tuesday, July 30 .............................................. Cat Interview Judging Members wishing to qualify for the Cat Project at State Fair can participate in the Interview Judging with their display board and e-record book.

General Requirements 1. Members must be enrolled in the 4-H Cat Project as of March 1, 2019. 2. Cats entered must have been part of the project since May 1st or earlier. The member must own his/her cat individually or in partnership with parent or guardian during the complete duration of the project. 3. All 4-H Cat exhibitors are required to present their up-to-date record book at Fair check-in time or they will not be allowed to show. (Please bring a hard copy of your record book.) Books are available at the following website: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Also, please review the e-record link on the website for the specifics regarding what is considered up-to-date for Fair check-in purposes. If records are not up-to-date, the animal can’t be shown at the 2019 Fair. 4. Cats may be purebred or household pets. Cats do not need to be registered or pedigreed in order to enter the 4-H Cat Show. 5. Exhibitors are required to provide their cats with litter, litter box, bedding & water dish at minimum to compete at the show. 6. It is recommended that youth have their cat on a properly fitted harness and leash for the entire duration of the competition. Youth will not receive any deductions for having a harness & leash on during competition. 7. All cats must have the claws clipped for the safety of the 4-H’er and Judge. 8. Please read all the General Information and Rules, Exhibitor Rules and 4-H Livestock Division Rules starting on page 1 of the Fair Book.

Health 1. All 4-H Cats must have a valid certificate of rabies vaccination. The certification must be available and presented at check-in. Tags are NOT to be used as proof of rabies vaccination. Cats who are not up to date on rabies or do not show proof of rabies vaccination will not be allowed to show. NO EXCEPTIONS. FVRCP vaccination is also recommended, but, not required. 2. It is required that all cats enrolled in “Household Pet” Longhair, Shorthair & Senior classes be spayed or neutered. This must be stated

on the rabies certificate or additional proof will be required at time of check in. It is recommended all 4-H cats, other than pedigreed breeding animals, be spayed or neutered. 3. No pregnant & nursing cats or kittens under the age of 4 months old will be allowed to show. 4. Any cat or kitten with a poor body score or cats showing signs of illness will not be allowed in the show hall. Signs of illness include ear mites/infection, signs of upper respiratory infection, skin wounds, lesions and hair loss. 5. The Superintendent reserves the right to not allow cats to show that are believed to be a threat to other animals, are showing signs of illness or are unable to be handled.

Conformation 1. An exhibitor may show no more than two cats in a conformation class and it is strongly recommended that an exhibitor shows no more than two cats total during the Fair competition. 2. Each cat can only be entered into one conformation class.

Showmanship 1. Each exhibitor may only have one showmanship entry based on the member’s age as of December 31, 2018: a. Junior (8 – 10) b. Intermediate (11 – 13) c. Senior (14 – 18) 2. The knowledge portion of the showmanship competition will be administered through a written test. This written test will account for 25% of the overall score. No reference material may be used during this portion of the competition. 3. Cat body part questions for the written test activity and cat knowledge portion of the showmanship presentation will be taken from the following publications. Please see your Superintendent for copies of the books: Junior Ages 8 – 10 – Washington State Cate Project, Unit 1 Book, EM4809E Intermediate Ages 11 – 13 – Washington State Cat Project Unit 1 Book, EM4809E & Unit 2 Book, EM4900E Senior Ages 14 -1 8 – Washington State Cat Project Unit 1 Book, EM4809E, Unit 2 Book, EM4900E & Unit 3 Book, EM4289E 4. Exhibitors entering their first year of competition may use note cards during the oral presentation of showmanship without penalty. Exhibitors with prior experience showing in showmanship who choose to use note cards will receive an automatic 10-point deduction for the use of note cards.


- 68 -

Cage Presentation 1. Each exhibitor may only have one cage presentation entry based on the member’s age as of December 31, 2018: a. Junior (8 – 10) b. Intermediate (11 – 13) c. Senior (14 – 18) 2. Exhibitors will be provided one wire cage for the show. Standard dimensions will be 22”x22”x46”, however, cages may vary in size up to 24”x”24”x48”. Additional, non-competition cages will be provided as needed with prior notification to the head Superintendent.

Overall Cat Exhibitor

1. Overall Cat Exhibitor will be awarded to the highest total placing exhibitor who competes in Showmanship, Conformation and Cage Presentation. Youth who do not compete in all three (3) categories will be ineligible for this award. 2. If an exhibitor enters more than one cat in Conformation classes, then the highest of their scores will be counted towards the Overall Cat Exhibitor award. 3. In the case of a tie, the knowledge portion of the showmanship score will be used to determine the winner. If further tie break is needed, the highest placing youth will be asked knowledge questions until a winner is determined. Premiums will be: Blue - $2.00; Red - $1.50; White - $1.00 Class Showmanship 110. .............................................................. Junior Cat Showmanship 120. .................................................... Intermediate Cat Showmanship 130. .............................................................. Senior Cat Showmanship Kitten 210. ..................................... ... 4 months to 11.9 months old regardless of coat length Senior Cat 220. .................................... 8 years and older regardless of coat length Purebred Cat: (judged by breed standards) 230. ..................................... All ages, Cat may be unaltered or altered Household Pet (1 year to 7.9 years of age) 240. ..............................Long Hair, Required to be spayed or neutered 250. ............................. Short Hair, Required to be spayed or neutered Cage Presentation 310. ............................................................................................ Junior 320. .................................................................................. Intermediate 330. ............................................................................................Senior

Cloverbud Class Cloverbud 4-Her’s (ages 5 – 7) can participate in their own little “Stuffed Cat Show” at this year’s County Fair. Cloverbuds who want to participate should bring their stuffed cat(s) and décor to decorate their cage, and they will have the opportunity to participate in Showmanship and Confirmation. There will be a separate area designated for Cloverbuds, they are not allowed to handle live cats and they will receive participation ribbons only. All interested Cloverbuds should check-in the morning of the cat show during regular check-in time. View the County Fair Schedule for specific date/time information.

Special Awards Showmanship

Champion Junior Cat Showman Stonewall Creek Ranch, Larry & Anne Peterson, Livermore Reserve Champion Junior Cat Showman Blue Sky Animal Clinic, Stephanie Romm, DVM Champion Intermediate Cat Showman


Reserve Champion Intermediate Cat Showman Shaffer Custom Excavating, Loveland Champion Senior Cat Showman Blue Sky Animal Clinic, Stephanie Romm, DVM Reserve Champion Senior Cat Showman Mountain Trails 4-H Club, Dee Dee Farago, Loveland

Cage Presentation Champion Junior Cage Presentation Pamela Webber, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Cage Presentation


Champion Senior Cage Presentation Hecker Sports & Regenerative Medicine, Dr. Thomas & Lisa Hecker Fort Collins

Confirmation Awards

Champion Purebred Cat Loveland Veterinary Clinic, Matt Jones, DVM, Loveland Champion Long Hair Household Cat

Precious Memories Pet Cemetery & Crematory, Lisa Staggs, Fort Collins

Champion Short Hair Household Cat Precious Memories Pet Cemetery & Crematory, Lisa Staggs, Fort Collins

Champion Kitten Finish First Auto Appearance, Troy & Shelia Johnston, Fort Collins

Champion Senior Cat Poudre Pet & Feed Supply, Fort Collins

Other Awards Overall Champion Cat Exhibitor The Cat House, Mick Webster, Loveland Overall Reserve Champion Cat

Kinzli Team at REMAX Alliance, Kareen Kinzli Larsen, Wellington

- 69 -

4-H General Division (Static Projects)

Coordinating Superintendent – Cindy Buckardt Assistants – Brent Buckardt, Curtis Buckardt


Rules 1. Entries - Prior entry is required in all departments. An entry form must be submitted to the Larimer County Fair Office by July 15. Late entries – Entry forms received after July 15 are subject to a $25.00/class late charge. No late entries will be taken after 5:00 p. m. on Wednesday, July 24, for 4-H exhibits. 2. All project areas will be Judged: Every effort should be made to participate in the interview judging process, but it is not mandatory.

Interview Judging Procedures A. Scheduling for the interview judging will be on the internet. Log on to (https://apps.larimer.org/extensions/fourh/) and follow the directions to schedule an interview. All interview judging will be done on Tuesday, July 30 from 9:00 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. The internet site will be accessible July 24 – July 29, until 12:00 noon to schedule the July 30 interviews. If you do not have access to the internet, contact the Extension Office at 498-6000 to schedule your time. You will only be able to schedule times for classes you have entered. B. Exhibits will be checked in at time of the interview. C. Interviews will not be assigned for members who do not schedule a time. If an exhibitor is unable to participate in interview judging, the exhibit may be brought to the 4-H Building on Tuesday, July 30, between 8:30 a.m. – 10:00 a.m. and picked up between 7:00 a.m. – 10:00 a.m. on Wednesday, August 7. 3. Ages for the Junior and Senior classes are as follows: Junior – members ages 8 - 13, as of December 31, 2018. Senior – members 14 and over, as of December 31, 2018. When classes include Junior, Intermediate and Senior, class divisions are as follows: Junior - 8 to 10 years, as of December 31, 2018 Intermediate - 11 to 13 years, as of December 31, 2018 Senior - 14 years and over, as of December 31, 2018 4. Entry labels: Each exhibit item and sturdy binder (containing e-Record and other materials) is to have a label containing the following: county name (Larimer), county number (636), exhibitor name and age, department, division, and class. The label needs to be on the upper right hand front outside of the binder/notebook and on the exhibit, usually the back of the exhibit or on the flap. All exhibits must be accompanied by a completed label. For security reasons, do not list the member address on projects. 5. Exhibits will be released and must be removed between 7:00 a.m. – 10:00 a.m. on Wednesday, August 7. No exhibit will be released prior to that time. All articles MUST be checked out with the Superintendent(s) in charge. Superintendents and Extension Office are not responsible for exhibits after check-out time. Items not picked up will be taken to the Extension Office in Fort Collins. They will be kept for two weeks and then discarded. 6. Completed records must accompany all 4-H General projects. Members are to fill out an e-record and include the proper project information and present it in a sturdy binder/notebook. You may find

the e-record at https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu Click on 4-H, then General Projects. Select your project from the list and find your e-record or you can obtain one from the Extension Office. 7. Members enrolled in more than one unit of the same project may exhibit in both units. An exhibit made for more than one project cannot be entered in more than one department or class. The exhibitor must make the choice. Exhibitors must be enrolled in the project unit they are exhibiting in and must follow exhibit requirements. No live bees, live ammo, broad heads, knives, or functional firearms are allowed to be displayed in any project. 8. Projects will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in the manual and e-record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent). Ribbons will be awarded on the Danish system. A champion and/or reserve champion will be awarded in each class if there are entries of championship quality and will be selected from the blue award exhibits only, except where otherwise indicated. 9. Picking up Award Money: Please see the Exhibitors Rules section on page 7, #3 for the procedure. 10. The champion exhibit in each class will represent Larimer County at the State Fair, except where otherwise indicated. All exhibits qualifying for State Fair must be checked in by exhibitors and/or parents in the Fort Collins Room during check-out time. Exhibits will be taken to State Fair on Wednesday, August 14. Premium money will be: Blue – $2.00; Red – $1.50; White – $1.00

https://apps.larimer.org/extensions/fourh/


- 70 -

Displays for County Fair 4-H Exhibits Display boards are the only boards that can be used for 4-H projects. 1. Display boards are made of lightweight cardboard and are sturdy, attractive, inexpensive and available at most local stores. They come in several colors. When opened, the 1 foot wide winged sides provide a surface to help the exhibits stand alone on a table top. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used for 4-H projects. 2. No headers. No attachments are allowed on the display boards that would prevent the board from lying flat.

Tips 1. Boards must be easily read from a distance of 3-to-5 feet. Use large, bold letters (at least 3” high) for exhibit title or captions. 2. Design the exhibit, keeping in mind the size and shape of the open show board (three surfaces including the wings). 3. When mounting items on the display board, avoid things that are bulky or heavy which could cause the display board to collapse. Mount items securely so they won’t fall off. Tape will not work. 4. You have only 60 – 90 seconds for the message to be read; be concise. 5. Tell your story with visuals. 6. Avoid putting too much in the exhibit. It should never have a crowded look. 7. Dark lettering on a light background is most visible. 8. Do not use headers or attachments on your display board. Binder: (For e-Records, additional materials and manuals) 1. Use a sturdy binder to hold the e-Record, manuals, supplements and other materials securely. 2. Stacks easily and lies flat. 3. Do not use the slider-type binders as the e-Record, manuals, supplements and other materials will not stay secure in these types of binders. If using pocket folders, make sure that the contents are placed in the prongs, do not leave in the pockets.

- 71 -

Department L Animal Science

Veterinary Science

Exhibit Requirements All exhibits will consist of the following: A. A project manual and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook including these items: manual with appropriate sections completed, e-Record and other attachments related to activities in the manual. Do a minimum of seven activities, any combination of activities and booster shots. Note: List the day, month, and year for the date of completed activities/booster shots on page 4 of the manual.

B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board

Unit 1

From Airedales to Zebras Class 101. ................................... Unit 1- From Airedales to Zebras - Junior 102. ....................... Unit 1 – From Airedales to Zebras - Intermediate 103. ................................ Unit 1 – From Airedales to Zebras – Senior

Unit 2 All Systems Go

Class 104. ................................................. Unit 2 – All Systems Go - Junior 105. ....................................... Unit 2 – All Systems Go - Intermediate 106. ................................................ Unit 2 – All Systems Go – Senior

Unit 3 On the Cutting Edge

Class 107. ......................................... Unit 3 – On the Cutting Edge - Junior 108. ................................ Unit 3 – On the Cutting Edge - Intermediate 109. ......................................... Unit 3 – On the Cutting Edge - Senior Note: Turn in work from the above manuals. Do not fill out the Nebraska materials, (The Normal Animal, Animal Disease, and Animal Health). They are a resource only.

Special Awards

Overall Champion Veterinary Science Exhibit Big Thompson Animal Hospital, Mickey Wiltz, DVM, Loveland

Outstanding Unit 1 Veterinary Science Exhibit Anna Nelson Memorial Award, Gathright Family, Fort Collins

Outstanding Unit 2 Veterinary Science Exhibit Jeff & Amanda Johnston Family, Fort Collins Outstanding Unit 3 Veterinary Science Exhibit Mountain View Feeders, Chad & Nikki Uthmann, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Veterinary Science Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Veterinary Science Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Veterinary Science Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 72 -

Department L Horseless Horse

Superintendent – Jane Lentz

Exhibit Requirements All exhibits will consist of the following: A. The completed project manual and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Unit 1

Making Horse Sense Class 201. .......................................... Unit1 – Making Horse Sense - Junior 202. ............................... Unit 1 – Making Horse Sense - Intermediate 203. ........................................ Unit 1 – Making Horse Sense - Senior

Unit 2 Hooves, Health and Horsemanship

Class 204. ..................... Unit 2 – Hooves, Health & Horsemanship - Junior 205. ........... Unit 2 – Hooves, Health & Horsemanship - Intermediate 206. ..................... Unit 2 – Hooves, Health & Horsemanship - Senior

Unit 3 Breaking Ground

Class 207. .............................................. Unit 3 – Breaking Ground - Junior 208. .................................... Unit 3 – Breaking Ground – Intermediate 209. ................................... Unit 3 – Breaking Ground - Senior

Unit 4 Brushing Up On Horses

Class 210. .................................... Unit 4 – Brushing Up On Horses - Junior 211. .......................... Unit 4 – Brushing Up On Horses - Intermediate 212. ................................... Unit 4 – Brushing Up On Horses - Senior

Special Award Overall Champion Horseless Horse Exhibit

Animal Medical Services of the Rockies, Karen Riedlinger, DVM, Wellington

Outstanding Junior Horseless Horse Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Horseless Horse Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Horseless Horse Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 73 -

Department L Cats

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed Companion Animal e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included in front of display board.

Unit 1 Purr-Fect Pals

Class 301. ............................................................................... Cat 1 - Junior 302. ..................................................................... Cat 1 - Intermediate 303. .............................................................................. Cat 1 – Senior

Unit 2 Climbing Up

Class 304. ............................................................................... Cat 2 - Junior 305. ..................................................................... Cat 2 - Intermediate 306. ................................................................................ Cat 2 – Senior

Unit 3 Leaping Forward

Class 307. ............................................................................... Cat 3 - Junior 308. ...................................................................... Cat 3 - Intermediate 309. ............................................................................... Cat 3 - Senior

Special Award Overall Champion Cat Exhibit

Mountain Trails 4-H Club, Dee Dee Farago, Loveland Outstanding Junior Cat Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Cat Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Cat Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 74 -

Department M Biological Science

Gardening Co-Superintendents - David Rubenthaler & Kristen Rubenthaler

Exhibit Requirements

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. A project manual and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook including these items: manual with appropriate sections completed, (example – first year member will do activities 1a, 2a, 3a, 4a, 5a, 6a, then in the second year in the same manual the member will do 1b, 2b, 3b, 4b, 5b, 6b, etc.) e-Record and other drawings or attachments related to activities in the manual. B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Unit 1

See Them Sprout Class 401. ............................................... Unit 1 - See Them Sprout - Junior 402. .................................... Unit 1 – See Them Sprout - Intermediate 403. ............................................. Unit 1 – See Them Sprout – Senior

Unit 2

Let’s Get Growing Class 404. ........................................... Unit 2 – Let’s Get Growing – Junior 405. .................................. Unit 2 - Let’s Get Growing – Intermediate 406. ........................................... Unit 2 – Let’s Get Growing – Senior

Unit 3 Take Your Pick

Class 407. ................................................. Unit 3 – Take Your Pick - Junior 408. ....................................... Unit 3 – Take Your Pick - Intermediate 409. ................................................ Unit 3 – Take Your Pick - Senior

Unit 4 Growing Profits

Class 410. .............................. Unit 4 – Growing Profits – Senior Advanced

Special Award Overall Champion Garden Exhibit

Larimer County Master Gardeners, Alison O’Connor, Larimer County

Outstanding Junior Garden Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Garden Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Garden Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 75 -

Department O Mechanical Sciences

Computers 1. 4-H members may stay in a unit for more than one year. The exhibit has to be different each year. 2. Youth are only allowed to enter a display board exhibit or programming or a stand-alone exhibit, not all. All exhibits will consist of the following: A. One sturdy binder/notebook that contains the Discovering Computer Science & Programming Through Scratch manual for the Unit enrolled in and completed e-Record. B. A completed exhibit consists of ONE of the following:

1. A display board illustrating a topic learned as a part of the 4-H project. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

2. Programming Exhibit (a printed copy of a digital

presentation is required and placed in your e-record). Electronic equipment will only be used during judging time and will not remain on display during the Fair. Programs available online (such as Scratch) should include a link to the specific project you have created:

Beginning Programming – a simple program using Scratch (or other simple graphic programming language). The program should include 8 different commands including looping and getting input from the keyboard and mouse.

Intermediate Programming – a program using Scratch (or other simple graphic programming language) that you have downloaded from the internet and modified. Compare the two programs and demonstrate the changes you have made to the original program; OR create an animated storybook or video game using Scratch (or other simple programming language).

Advanced Programming – creating a program using a block for script within the very script that defines the block Or an original program using higher level programming language such as Python, Javascript, C++, etc. 3. A stand-alone exhibit demonstrating a skill learned or an

item developed. For example, a Makey Makey keyboard or a micro controller project.

Discovering Computer Science &

Programming Through Scratch – Level 1 Display Board Exhibits

Class 601. ........................................................... Computer Science – Junior 602. ................................................. Computer Science – Intermediate 603. .......................................................... Computer Science – Senior

Beginning Programming Class 604. ............................................. Beginning Programming – Junior 605. .................................. Beginning Programming – Intermediate 606. ............................................. Beginning Programming – Senior

Stand-Alone Exhibits Class 607. ........................................................... Computer Science – Junior 608. ................................................. Computer Science – Intermediate 609. ........................................................... Computer Science – Senior

Discovering Computer Science & Programming Through Scratch – Level 2

Display Board Exhibits Class 610. ............................................. Computer Science – Intermediate 611. ....................................................... Computer Science – Senior

Intermediate Programming Class 612. .............................. Intermediate Programming – Intermediate 613. ......................................... Intermediate Programming – Senior

Stand-Alone Exhibits Class 614. ............................................. Computer Science – Intermediate 615. ........................................................ Computer Science – Senior

Discovering Computer Science &

Programming Through Scratch – Level 3 Display Board Exhibits

Class 616. ............................................. Computer Science – Intermediate 617. ....................................................... Computer Science – Senior

Advanced Programming Class 618. ................................... Advanced Programming – Intermediate 619. .............................................. Advanced Programming – Senior

Stand-Alone Exhibits Class 620. ............................................. Computer Science – Intermediate 621. ........................................................ Computer Science – Senior

Computers in the 21st Century Display Board Exhibits

Class 622. ............................... Computers in the 21st Century – Intermediate 623. ........................................ Computers in the 21st Century – Senior

Stand-Alone Exhibits Class 624. ............................... Computers in the 21st Century – Intermediate 625. ........................................ Computers in the 21st Century – Senior

Special Award

Overall Champion Computer Exhibit All-In-One Computer, Jeff Bernhardt, Loveland

Outstanding Junior Computer Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Computer Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Computer Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 76 -

Department O Electrics

Unit 1

Magic of Electricity Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed project manual (at least three required activities completed; at least four Optional activities – Brain Boosters completed; at least two leadership activities completed); and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One article or display board (not both) that you have made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: homemade flashlight, simple switch, circuit with two batteries and one light bulb, compass, electromagnet, galvanometer, electric motor, etc.) The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Class 701. ........................................... Unit 1 - Magic of Electricity - Junior 702. ................................. Unit 1 - Magic of Electricity - Intermediate 703. .......................................... Unit 1 – Magic of Electricity - Senior

Unit 2 Investigating Electricity

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed project manual (at least three required activities completed; at least four Optional activities – Brain Boosters completed; at least two leadership activities completed); and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One article or display board (not both) that you have made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: circuit diagrams with explanation, series circuit, parallel circuit, momentary switch, three-way switch, soldered connection, rocket launcher, burglar alarm, etc.) The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Class 704. .................................... Unit 2 - Investigating Electricity - Junior 705. .......................... Unit 2 - Investigating Electricity - Intermediate 706. .................................... Unit 2 - Investigating Electricity - Senior

Unit 3

Wired for Power Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed project manual (at least three required activities completed; at least four Optional activities – Brain Boosters completed; at least two leadership activities completed); and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One article or display board (not both) which you have made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: electrical tool and supply kit, display of symbols on wires and cables and their meanings, display of light bulbs and the jobs they do best, display board on how to read an appliance name tag, chart showing the electrical usage of appliances, display board on how to replace a switch, etc.) The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Class 707. ................................................ Unit 3 - Wired for Power - Junior 708. ...................................... Unit 3 - Wired for Power - Intermediate 709. ................................................ Unit 3 - Wired for Power - Senior

Unit 4 Entering Electronics

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed project manual (at least three required activities completed; at least four Optional activities – Brain Boosters completed; at least two leadership activities completed); and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One article or display board (not both) which you made as a part of this unit of study. (Example: display of electronic parts, diode, transistor, light emitting diode (LED), LED flasher photocell alarm, light meter, silicon-controlled rectifier (SCR) intruder alarm, 6 - 8 watt amplifier with integrated circuit, etc.) The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Class 710. .......................................... Unit 4 - Entering Electronics - Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Electrics Exhibit


Outstanding Junior Electrics Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Electrics Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Electrics Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 77 -

Department O Model Rocketry

Model Rocketry (Exhibit) Superintendent – Russ Rhoads

Note to all units: 1. Rocket exhibits must relate to the skill level for the unit entered. Units 1 - 4 should include the color picture of the rocket and skill level title from the rocket-kit package as part of their record book. All project material must be organized and secured in a sturdy binder/notebook. Unit 6 must have a copy of plans or blueprints including instructions "step by step" to build the rocket. 2. Fins must be balsa wood (balsa and basswood) and finished with paint in classes indicated. No plastic fins for Unit 1 – 3. 3. Fins of plastic or other materials must be exhibited in Units 4 and 6. 4. Rockets are to be displayed and held vertically by a substantial rod or support no taller than the rocket on a stationary base appropriate to the size of the rocket not to exceed 12" x 12" x 1" thick. Only the rocket will be judged. Do not decorate the base. No triangular stands can be used for displaying the rockets. No launching pads should be used for displaying the rockets. 5. Do not include live or expended engines in the rocket exhibited. Note to all units: 6. If rocket is damaged in launching, it can still be judged for quality of construction, e-Record and pictures. Launching your rocket is not a requirement. It is a good idea, however, to make 2 rockets – one for exhibit and one to launch if possible. 7. Display rockets cannot be used for Rocket Fly Day competition. Note: Please read specific rules for your Unit.

Unit 1

Introduction to Rocketry (Must sign up for Model Rocketry Fly Day separately. See page 79.) Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information:

1. Model name; skill level; from a stock kit, modified kit or self-designed-and-built. 2. Power: single-stage, multi-stage, cluster 3. The fuselage: single-tube or glider rear-engine or glider front-engine or glider canard. 4. Engine information: engine code, label color, and type of recovery system.

C. If the rocket was launched provide the following information on the Model Rocketry page:

1. Number of times successfully launched; kind of launch pad used. 2. Kind of electrical system used. 3. Tracking method used.

4. Observer’s distance from rocket; angle achieved and altitude achieved; any special problems before, during and after launching. 5. What did you do to overcome the problems you encountered?

D. One rocket personally built or other display related to work done at Skill Level I. Balsa Fins Only Class 801. .................................... Unit 1 - Introduction to Rocketry - Junior 802. .......................... Unit 1 - Introduction to Rocketry - Intermediate 803. .................................... Unit 1 - Introduction to Rocketry - Senior

Unit 2 Basic Model Rocketry

(Must sign up for Model Rocketry Fly Day separately. See page 79.) Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information:



1. Number of times successfully launched; kind of launch pad used. 2. Kind of electrical system used. 3. Tracking method used. 4. Observer’s distance from rocket; angle achieved and altitude achieved; any special problems before, during and after launching. 5. What did you do to overcome the problems you encountered?

D. One rocket personally built or other display related to work done at Skill Level II. Balsa Fins Only Class 804. ....................................... Unit 2 - Basic Model Rocketry - Junior 805. ............................. Unit 2 - Basic Model Rocketry - Intermediate 806. ....................................... Unit 2 - Basic Model Rocketry - Senior

Unit 3 Intermediate Model Rocketry

(Must sign up for Model Rocketry Fly Day separately. See page 79.) Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record with completed questions in manual, pages 31 – 35, presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information:

- 78 -




D. One rocket personally built or other display related to work done at Skill Level III. Balsa Fins Only Class 807. ............................ Unit 3 - Intermediate Model Rocketry - Junior 808. .................. Unit 3 - Intermediate Model Rocketry - Intermediate 809. ........................... Unit 3 - Intermediate Model Rocketry - Senior

Unit 4 Advanced Model Rocketry

(Must sign up for Model Rocketry Fly Day separately. See page 79.) Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record with completed questions in manual, pages 14 – 18, presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. On the Model Rocketry page enter the rockets you built in this unit. Include the following information:




D. One rocket personally built or other display related to work done at Skill Level IV or Skill Level V.

Finished fins of any type Class 810. ................................ Unit 4 - Advanced Model Rocketry - Junior 811. ...................... Unit 4 - Advanced Model Rocketry - Intermediate 812. ................................ Unit 4 - Advanced Model Rocketry - Senior

Unit 6

Designer Model Rocketry (Must sign up for Model Rocketry Fly Day separately. See page 79.) Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Model Rocketry e-Record with design worksheets and completed questions in manual, pages 35 - 39, presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Must have a copy of the plans or blueprints on how to build the rocket. B. If the rocket was launched provide the following information on the Model Rocketry page:


D. One rocket personally designed, built (no kits) and used in unit or display related to work done.

Finished fins of any type Class 813. .................................. Unit 6 - Designer Model Rocketry - Junior 814. ........................ Unit 6 - Designer Model Rocketry - Intermediate 815. ................................. Unit 6 - Designer Model Rocketry - Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Model Rocketry Exhibit


Outstanding Junior Model Rocketry Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Model Rocketry Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Model Rocketry Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 79 -

Department O Model Rocketry Fly Day

Superintendent – Russ Rhoads

Sunday, July 28, 8:00 a.m. - The Ranch Prior Entry Required 1. All rockets must have a label specifying the rocket skill level and must be brought to Fly Day to compete. 2. Exhibitor must fly a rocket pertaining to the skill level in which they are entered. Your exhibit rocket cannot be used for Fly Day, and your Fly Day rocket cannot be used for exhibit. Member must fly in unit enrolled. 3. Units 1 - 4 must have a colored picture of their rocket from kit or catalog with proof of skill level and recommended first flight engine. Unit 6 must state the size of their first flight engine at check-in. 4. Rockets must be launched with first flight engines only and use a parachute recovery system. (Streamer and tumble recovery not allowed.) 5. Launching equipment will be set up. Members are to supply their own rocket, engines, parachutes and wading. A field box is advisable. 6. Each participant will launch their rockets twice, time, weather, and facilities permitting. Be prepared for a second launch. 7. Event to be judged on: range safety, construction, flight stability, chute deployment, altitude and landing. 8. Level 4 rocketeers may use level IV or V rockets. 9. Rockets entered in state fair judging may not be used for Rocket Fly Day competition. 10. If you would like your Fly Day Rocket displayed at Fair, bring your rocket and awards on Tuesday, July 30, between 9:00 a.m. & 5:00 p.m. to the McKee 4-H Building. Class 669. ............ Unit 1 - Level 1 - Rocket with Balsa Wood Fins - Junior 670. ........... Unit 1 - Level 1 - Rocket with Balsa Wood Fins - Senior 671. ............ Unit 2 - Level 2 - Rocket with Balsa Wood Fins - Junior 672. ........... Unit 2 - Level 2 - Rocket with Balsa Wood Fins - Senior (A member may exhibit in this unit more than one year.) For units 3-6 –finished fins of any type 673. .............................................................. Unit 3 - Level 3 - Junior 674. .............................................................. Unit 3 - Level 3 - Senior 675. .............................................................. Unit 4 - Level 4 - Junior 676. .............................................................. Unit 4 - Level 4 - Senior 677. .............................................................. Unit 6 - Level 6 - Junior 678. .............................................................. Unit 6 - Level 6 - Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Model Rocketry Fly Day Rocky Mountain Light 4-H Club, Merritt Dupon, Carr Champion Unit 1 Junior - Model Rocketry Fly Day Frank & Laurel Kubin, Windsor Champion Unit 1 Senior - Model Rocketry Fly Day Frank & Laurel Kubin, Windsor Champion Unit 2 Junior - Model Rocketry Fly Day Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Champion Unit 2 Senior - Model Rocketry Fly Day High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Champion Unit 3 Junior - Model Rocketry Fly Day Hearts and Hands 4-H Club, Stacy Farmer, Fort Collins Champion Unit 3 Senior - Model Rocketry Fly Day Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Champion Unit 4 Junior - Model Rocketry Fly Day Shaffer Custom Excavating, Mark & Mary Shaffer, Loveland Champion Unit 4 Senior - Model Rocketry Fly Day


Champion Unit 6 Junior – Model Rocketry Fly Day Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Champion Unit 6 Senior - Model Rocketry Fly Day Hall’s Haven Farm, Adam & Dani Hall, Wellington

- 80 -

Department O Robotics

1. In Junk Drawer Units (1 – 3), youth are only allowed to enter a display board exhibit or a stand-alone exhibit, not both. 2 Robotics Platforms is just a fancy way to say robotics kits or robotics materials. Some types of commercial kits or platform include Ardunio Kits, EV3, Brushbot, Make, Hexy, Pushbutton Programmable Robotic Kit, Sparky, Cubelets, Robotic Arm Edge, Sparkfun Red Bot, WeDo, Multiplo, NXT, TETRIX, CEENBot and VEX. 3. Youth working individually on a robotics platform should enroll in the Platform Units. Youth should advance between units 4 – 6 as they feel they are progressing in their project knowledge. 4. Youth working on a team on a robotics platform should enroll in the Team Robotics Unit. Despite being on a team, the Fair exhibit is meant to be completed and entered by an individual member.

Unit 1 Junk Drawer Robotics – Give Robotics A Hand

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. For Display Board Exhibits: One display board which you have made as part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. For Stand-Alone Exhibits: One article which you have made as part of this unit of study. (Example: marshmallow catapult, robotic arm, robotic gripper, et al.)

Display Board Exhibits

Class 901. .......................... Give Robotics A Hand – Display Board - Junior 902. ................ Give Robotics A Hand – Display Board - Intermediate 903. .......................... Give Robotics A Hand – Display Board– Senior

Stand-Alone Exhibits Class 904. ............................. Give Robotics A Hand – Stand-Alone - Junior 905. ................... Give Robotics A Hand – Stand-Alone - Intermediate 906. ............................ Give Robotics A Hand – Stand-Alone – Senior

Unit 2 Junk Drawer Robotics – Robots On The Move

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. For Display Board Exhibits: One display board which you have made as part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. For Stand-Alone Exhibits: One article which you have as a part of this unit of study. (Example: clipmobile, can-can robot, gear train, es-car-go, sea hunt, et al.)

Display Board Exhibits Class 907. ............................ Robots On The Move – Display Board - Junior 908. .................. Robots On The Move – Display Board - Intermediate 909. ........................... Robots On The Move – Display Board – Senior

Stand-Alone Exhibits Class 910. ............................... Robots On The Move – Stand-Alone - Junior 911. ..................... Robots On The Move – Stand-Alone - Intermediate 912. .............................. Robots On The Move – Stand-Alone – Senior

Unit 3 Junk Drawer Robotics – Mechatronics

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. For Display Board Exhibits: One display board which you have made as part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. For Stand-Alone Exhibits: One article which you have as a part of this unit of study. (Example: forward and reverse, wall follower, breadboard, say what? build your robot et al.)

Display Board Exhibits Class 913. ......................................... Mechatronics – Display Board - Junior 914. ............................... Mechatronics – Display Board - Intermediate 915. ........................................ Mechatronics – Display Board - Senior

Stand-Alone Exhibits

Class 916. ............................................ Mechatronics – Stand-Alone - Junior 917. ..................................Mechatronics – Stand-Alone - Intermediate 918. ........................................... Mechatronics – Stand-Alone - Senior

Unit 4

Robotics Platforms – Beginner Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One display board which you have made as part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used.

Class 919. ....................................................... Platforms – Beginner - Junior 920. ............................................. Platforms – Beginner - Intermediate 921. ....................................................... Platforms – Beginner - Senior

Unit 5

Robotics Platforms – Intermediate Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One display board which you have made as part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used.

Class 922. .................................................. Platforms – Intermediate - Junior 923. ........................................ Platforms – Intermediate - Intermediate 924. ................................................. Platforms – Intermediate - Senior

- 81 -

Unit 6 Robotics Platforms – Advanced

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One display board which you have made as part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used.

Class 925. ..................................................... Platforms – Advanced - Junior 926. .......................................... Platforms – Advanced - Intermediate 927. ..................................................... Platforms – Advanced - Senior

Unit 7 Team Robotics

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One display board which you have made as part of this unit of study. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used.

Class 928. ................................................................. Team Robotics - Junior 929. ....................................................... Team Robotics - Intermediate 930. ................................................................ Team Robotics - Senior

Special Award Overall Champion Robotics Exhibit


Outstanding Junior Robotics Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Robotics Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Robotics Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 82 -

Department O Small Engines

Unit 1

Crank It Up Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A Completed project manual (page 4, at least 7 activities completed) and e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook including appropriate sections in the manual completed and other items such as diagrams, drawings, photographs or attachments related to activities in the manual. B. Exhibit may be a display board on any topic from the Small Engines manual or a stand-alone item (but not both) such as: air and fuel systems, the electrical systems, a diagram of the engine block, etc. You may use diagrams, drawings and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Class 1001. .................................................................... Crank It Up - Junior 1002. ......................................................... Crank It Up - Intermediate 1003. ................................................................... Crank It Up - Senior

Unit 2 Warm It Up

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed project manual (page 4, at least 7 activities completed) and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook including appropriate sections in the manual completed and other items such as diagrams, drawings, photographs, or attachments related to activities in the manual. B. Exhibit may be a display on any topic from the Small Engines manual or a stand-alone item (but not both) such as: air and fuel systems, the electrical systems, a diagram of the engine block, etc. You may use diagrams, drawings and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Class 1004. .................................................................... Warm It Up - Junior 1005. ......................................................... Warm It Up - Intermediate 1006. ................................................................... Warm It Up - Senior

Unit 3 Tune It Up

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed project manual (page 4, at least 7 activities completed) and e-Record presented in a sturdy binder including appropriate sections in the manual completed and other items such as diagrams, drawings, photographs or attachments related to activities in the manual. B Exhibit may be a display board on any topic from the Small Engines manual or a stand-alone item (but not both) such as: air and fuel systems, the electrical systems, a diagram of the engine block, etc. You may use pictures or any records you kept to provide evidence of your accomplishments and what you have learned. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The

standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board

Class 1007. ...................................................................... Tune It Up - Junior 1008. ........................................................... Tune It Up - Intermediate 1009. ..................................................................... Tune It Up - Senior

Unit 4 Advanced Engines

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A completed Small Engine Unit 4 e-Record with emphasis on your accomplishments in your story presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. (Self-Determined) B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information Page in the e-Record: 1. Written description of your project: a. goals b. plans c. accomplishments d. evaluation C. Exhibit may be a display board on any topic related to Engines or a stand-alone item (but not both) such as: air and fuel systems, the electrical systems, a diagram of the engine block, etc. You may use diagrams, drawings, charts and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Class 1010. ............................................... Advanced Small Engines - Junior 1011. .................................... Advanced Small Engines - Intermediate 1012. .............................................. Advanced Small Engines - Senior Note: This unit can be used for any type of engines (tractor, car, etc.)

Special Awards Overall Champion Small Engines Exhibit Phil & Janet Hein, Johnstown Outstanding Junior Small Engines Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Small Engines Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Small Engines Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 83 -

Department P Natural Resources

Entomology Superintendent– Susan Epperson

Note: Entomology Workbook Required 1. Acceptable sizes of handmade Entomology Display Boxes taken from the manual and kit: 12"W x 16"L x 3" Deep 12"W x 18"L x 3 ½” Deep 18"W x 24"L x 3 ½” Deep 2. Glass tops on entomology display cases should slide to the top or side of the case to prevent them from slipping out and breaking when placed on display. 3. Commercially available display cases are acceptable. 4. Regular insect pins are required in all units. 5. On Units 2 through 7, records must include date and location where insects were collected. Place this information on labels attached to insect pins.

Unit 1 Let’s Learn About Insects

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Insect Collection: display no fewer than 10 and no more than 35 adult insects in at least 3 different correctly labeled orders. Boxes for display should be approximately 12” x 16” x 3”.

Class 1101. .............................................. Let’s Learn About Insects - Junior 1102. ................................... Let’s Learn About Insects - Intermediate 1103. ............................................. Let’s Learn About Insects - Senior

Unit 2 Learn More About Insects

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Insect collections: display no fewer than 25 and no more than 75 adult insects in at least 6 different orders. Records must include date and location where insects were collected. Place this information on labels attached to pins. Standard-sized display boxes with removable glass covers are required.

Class 1104. ............................................. Learn More About Insects - Junior 1105. .................................. Learn More About Insects - Intermediate 1106. ............................................. Learn More About Insects - Senior

Unit 3 Insect Habits and Controls

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Insect collection: display no fewer than 75 and no more than 150 insects including a representative from at least 9 different orders, correctly labeled (one order developed in water). Include a special collection of 8 different insects, as stated in Unit 3 Workbook. Records must include data and location where insects were collected. Place this information on labels attached to pins. Standard-sized display boxes with removable glass covers are required.

Class 1107. ............................................ Insect Habits and Controls - Junior 1108. .................................. Insect Habits and Controls - Intermediate 1109. ............................................. Insect Habits and Controls - Senior

Unit 4 Insect Identification and Community Projects

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a sturdy binder/notebook.

B. Insect collection: display no fewer than 100 and no more than 250 insects in 10 different, correctly labeled orders. Records must include date and location where insects were collected. Place this information on labels attached to pins. Standard-sized display boxes with removable glass covers are required.

Class 1110. ............... Insect Identification and Community Projects - Junior 1111. .... Insect Identification and Community Projects - Intermediate 1112. ............... Insect Identification and Community Projects - Senior

Unit 5

Immature Insects and Life Stages Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Display your regular insect collection. C. Display a collection of at least 10 larvae or immature insects in vials of rubbing alcohol, or similar preservation. D. Display a special collection that is different from the one in Unit 3, including at least 10 insects. Records must include data and location where insects were collected. Place this information on labels attached to pins.

Class 1113. .................................. Immature Insects and Life Stages - Junior 1114. ........................ Immature Insects and Life Stages - Intermediate 1115. .................................. Immature Insects and Life Stages - Senior

- 84 -

Unit 6 Exploring With Insects

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and Entomology workbook presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Report on at least three special activities and include them in the e-Record before the story. C. Insect collection: display no fewer than 50 insects from a single insect order with no more than 3 specimens of the same insect. Records must include data and location where insects were collected. Place this information on labels attached to pins. Standard-sized display boxes with removable glass covers are required.

Class 1116. .................................................. Exploring With Insects - Junior 1117. ........................................ Exploring With Insects - Intermediate 1118. .................................................. Exploring With Insects - Senior

Unit 7

Exploring with Insects – Advanced Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with emphasis on your accomplishments in your story, presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A display board representing some phase of special project work. This could include a chart or special equipment used or developed. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included in front of display board.

Class 1119. .............................. Exploring With Insects – Advanced - Junior 1120. ................... Exploring With Insects – Advanced - Intermediate 1121. .............................. Exploring With Insects – Advanced - Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Entomology Exhibit


Overall Champion Entomology Exhibit Dr. Boris Kondratieff, Fort Collins Overall Champion Entomology Exhibit Alan & Susan Epperson Family, Fort Collins Overall Reserve Champion Entomology Exhibit Dr. Boris Kondratieff, Fort Collins Overall Reserve Champion Entomology Exhibit Alan & Susan Epperson Family, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Entomology Record Book Dr. Boris Kondratieff, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Entomology Record Book Alan & Susan Epperson Family, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Entomology Record Book Dr. Boris Kondratieff, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Entomology Record Book Alan & Susan Epperson Family, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Entomology Record Book Dr. Boris Kondratieff, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Entomology Record Book Alan & Susan Epperson Family, Fort Collins

- 85 -

Department P Outdoor Adventures


All exhibits will consist of the following: A. A completed project manual (at least 6 chapter activities and at least 6 Reach the Peak activities completed each year) and e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook including these items: appropriate sections in manual completed, e-Record and other items or attachments related to the activities in the manual. List the day, month, and year for the date of completed activities on page 4. B. A display board illustrating a topic investigated during the project year. You may use diagrams, drawings, charts and photographs. Label and use captions to make your display as educational as possible. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Unit 1

Hiking Trails Class 1201. ................................................... Unit 1 - Hiking Trails - Junior 1202. ......................................... Unit 1 - Hiking Trails - Intermediate 1203. .................................................. Unit 1 - Hiking Trails – Senior

Unit 2

Camping Adventures Class 1204. ..................................... Unit 2 – Camping Adventures – Junior 1205. ........................... Unit 2 – Camping Adventures – Intermediate 1206. ..................................... Unit 2 – Camping Adventures – Senior

Unit 3

Backpacking Expeditions Class 1207. ............................... Unit 3 – Backpacking Expeditions - Junior 1208. ..................... Unit 3 – Backpacking Expeditions - Intermediate 1209. ............................... Unit 3 – Backpacking Expeditions - Senior

Special Award Overall Champion Outdoor Adventures Exhibit


Outstanding Junior Outdoor Adventures Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Outdoor Adventures Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Outdoor Adventures Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 86 -

Department P Shooting Sports

Superintendents – Cory Bensley, Rod Bergstrom, Mike Conley, Jackie Easthouse, Jim Easthouse, Scott Gillespie,

Linda Squibb, Ian Webb, Samantha Webb

Project Exhibit Rules/Requirements 1. A member may only exhibit in one skill area/discipline of the shooting sports project. Therefore, youth enrolled in multiple shooting sports disciplines should choose only one skill area to complete a display board/stand alone item and record book in. The display boards’ topics should stay in close relationship with the discipline chosen. Please do not use topics outside the scope of your 4-H project. (Example; .22 Rifle Project – should not use the topic of different types of military machine guns.) 2. Completed e-Record that contains the inventory sheet and the discipline log record for all disciplines. Be sure to include the log for the discipline that you are exhibiting in a sturdy binder/notebook. 3. Display may be a display board or a stand-alone display. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. 4. All Stand Alone Exhibits must attach a page explaining: A. What the project is? B. How is used? C. How was it made? Please use a large enough font or hand writing large enough that an audience can read it from a distance when displayed. 5. No live ammo, tipped arrows, (including field points, broadheads), knives, functional or nonfunctional firearms or bows will be allowed as an exhibit. Cardboard, paper cutouts or décor resembling firearms or bows are allowed for display purposes in the display or stand-alone classes. 6. Exhibits showing safety violations will result in a lower placing ribbon level. Do not use the word weapon when creating your display. Make sure that there are no safety violations in your display. (Example: no earplugs visible, member not wearing safety glasses on a photo of a youth firing his/her gun.) Do not use pictures of primarily tactical in design firearms in your display, (example: AR platform or military type firearms. 7. In order to represent Larimer County on a Shooting Sports Team at State Fair, the 4-H member MUST exhibit a display board or stand alone item and record book at the Larimer County Fair and earn at least a red ribbon placing. 8. Display items illustrating something learned in the project this year. Exhibit may be a display board or a stand-alone item, such as gun stocks, decoys, etc. Display items are to be entered in specific discipline that the exhibit relates to (i.e. .22, air rifle, shotgun, etc.). 9. Stand Alone Exhibits chosen for State Fair: There is a maximum size of 3’ in width and depth and 7’ in height. The item must be stable when standing in order to be displayed. Stand Alone Exhibits chosen for State Fair, larger than 35 lbs. will be the responsibility of the family to take to the State Fair.

Display Board Exhibits Archery

Class 1301. ............................................... Archery - Display Board - Junior 1302. ..................................... Archery - Display Board - Intermediate 1303. .............................................. Archery - Display Board - Senior

Air Rifle

Class 1304. .............................................. Air Rifle - Display Board - Junior 1305. .................................... Air Rifle - Display Board - Intermediate 1306. ............................................. Air Rifle - Display Board – Senior

Shotgun Class 1307. .............................................. Shotgun – Display Board - Junior 1308. ..................................... Shotgun - Display Board - Intermediate 1309. ............................................. Shotgun – Display Board – Senior

.22 Rifle Class 1310. .............................................. .22 Rifle - Display Board - Junior 1311. .................................... .22 Rifle - Display Board - Intermediate 1312. ............................................. .22 Rifle - Display Board – Senior

.22 Pistol Class 1313. ............................................. .22 Pistol - Display Board - Junior 1314. ................................... .22 Pistol - Display Board - Intermediate 1315. ............................................ .22 Pistol - Display Board – Senior

Black Powder Muzzleloading Class 1316. .................................... Muzzleloading - Display Board - Junior 1317. .......................... Muzzleloading - Display Board - Intermediate 1318. .................................... Muzzleloading - Display Board - Senior

Air Pistol Class 1319. ............................................. Air Pistol - Display Board - Junior 1320. ................................... Air Pistol - Display Board - Intermediate 1321. ........................................... Air Pistol - Display Board – Senior

Western Heritage Class 1322. ................................. Western Heritage - Display Board - Junior 1323. ...................... Western Heritage - Display Board - Intermediate 1324. ............................... Western Heritage - Display Board – Senior

Outdoor Skills Class 1325. ..................................... Outdoor Skills - Display Board - Junior 1326. ........................... Outdoor Skills - Display Board - Intermediate 1327. .................................... Outdoor Skills - Display Board - Senior

- 87 -

Stand Alone Exhibits These classes are for stand-alone items only. No display boards are allowed in the Stand-Alone classes. Please check out rule #4

on page 86.

Archery Class 1328. ................................................. Archery – Stand Alone - Junior 1329 ......................................... Archery – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1330. ................................................. Archery – Stand Alone - Senior

Air Rifle

Class 1331. ................................................ Air Rifle – Stand Alone - Junior 1332. ...................................... Air Rifle – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1333. ............................................... Air Rifle – Stand Alone – Senior

Shotgun Class 1334. ................................................. Shotgun – Stand Alone - Junior 1335. ....................................... Shotgun – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1336. ................................................. Shotgun – Stand Alone - Senior

Air Pistol Class 1337. ............................................... Air Pistol – Stand Alone - Junior 1338. ..................................... Air Pistol – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1339. .............................................. Air Pistol – Stand Alone - Senior

.22 Rifle Class 1340. ................................................ .22 Rifle – Stand Alone - Junior 1341. ...................................... .22 Rifle – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1342. ............................................... .22 Rifle – Stand Alone – Senior

.22 Pistol Class 1343. ............................................... .22 Pistol – Stand Alone - Junior 1344. ..................................... .22 Pistol – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1345. .............................................. .22 Pistol – Stand Alone – Senior

Western Heritage Class 1346. .................................. Western Heritage – Stand Alone - Junior 1347. ........................ Western Heritage – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1348. ................................. Western Heritage – Stand Alone – Senior

Outdoor Skills Class 1349. ....................................... Outdoor Skills – Stand Alone - Junior 1350. ............................. Outdoor Skills – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1351. ....................................... Outdoor Skills – Stand Alone - Senior

Black Powder Muzzleloading

Class 1352. ...................................... Muzzleloading – Stand Alone - Junior 1353. ............................ Muzzleloading – Stand Alone - Intermediate 1354. ...................................... Muzzleloading – Stand Alone - Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Junior Shooting Sports Exhibit A. James & Barbara Parfet, Fort Collins Overall Champion Intermediate Shooting Sports Exhibit Kelley Bows, Tom & Joyce Kelley, Wellington Overall Champion Senior Shooting Sports Exhibit Rocky Mountain Light 4-H Club, Merritt Dupon, Carr Outstanding Junior Shooting Sports Record Book Randy Burbach, Loveland Outstanding Intermediate Shooting Sports Record Book Randy Burbach, Loveland Outstanding Senior Shooting Sports Record Book Randy Burbach, Loveland Perseverance Award Michael & Tracy Sandmann, Nunn Best STEM Based Junior Shooting Sports Exhibit The Webb Family, Ian & Samantha Webb, Severance Best STEM Based Intermediate Shooting Sports Exhibit The Webb Family, Ian & Samantha Webb, Severance Best STEM Based Senior Shooting Sports Exhibit The Webb Family, Ian & Samantha Webb, Severance

- 88 -

Department P Sportfishing


All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Sportfishing e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Specific Project Information page in the Sportfishing e-Record. 1. Record each fishing experience: a. date b. location c. type (pond, lake, reservoir, stream, river or other body) d. name of body of water

e. if you catch fish (if no, what do you think the reason was for not catching fish) f. if yes, include the following weather information about the day: time of day, air temperature, water temperature; cloud cover and other information about the weather.

2. Complete a Catch and Release Fish for your five best fish, caught and released or your five best fish kept, depending on legal limits. a. species, length (nose to tail) b. girth (around middle c. approximate weight

3. Complete a Fishing Journal for each trip (whether you caught fish or not):

a. rod and reel used b. types of rig/bait/lure used c. technique used

d. types of structure fished e. other things you want to remember about this trip C. Exhibit may be a display board on any topic in the project manual specific to the skill level or a stand-alone exhibit such as a hand-wrapped rod or hand-made lures. You may not have a display board and a stand-alone – you must choose one. Educational materials shall not extend beyond the edges of display boards. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. D. Hooks must be removed from lures and jigs when these items are used in an exhibit. The exceptions are artificial flies, which may be exhibited with functional hooks, but the hook points must be imbedded in material (i.e. rubber, dense cork, etc.) that will secure the flies and offer safety to the judges and other show officials. Be sure to remove barbs and any other sharp points. E. No knives to be displayed.

Unit 1

Take the Bait Class 1401. .................................................. Unit 1 – Take the Bait – Junior 1402. ........................................ Unit 1 - Take the Bait – Intermediate 1403. ................................................. Unit 1 – Take the Bait – Senior

Unit 2 Reel in the Fun

Class 1404. ............................................... Unit 2 – Reel in the Fun – Junior 1405. ..................................... Unit 2 – Reel in the Fun – Intermediate 1406. .............................................. Unit 2 – Reel in the Fun – Senior

Unit 3 Cast Into the Future

Class 1407. ........................................ Unit 3 – Cast Into the Future – Junior 1408. .............................. Unit 3 – Cast Into the Future – Intermediate 1409. ....................................... Unit 3 – Cast Into the Future – Senior

Sportfishing Stand Alone Classes Stand Alone Exhibits chosen for State Fair: There is a maximum size of 3’ in width and depth and 7’ in height. The item must be stable when standing in order to be displayed. Stand Alone Exhibits chosen for State Fair, larger than 35 lbs. will be the responsibility of the family to take to the State Fair.

These classes are for Stand Alone items only.

No display boards are allowed in these classes.

Unit 1 Take the Bait

Class 1410. ................................ Unit 1 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Junior 1411. ...................... Unit 1 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Intermediate 1412. ................................ Unit 1 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Senior

Unit 2 Reel in the Fun

Class 1413.................................. Unit 2 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Junior 1414. ...................... Unit 2 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Intermediate 1415. ................................ Unit 2 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Junior

Unit 3 Cast Into the Future

Class 1416.................................. Unit 3 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Junior 1417. ...................... Unit 3 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Intermediate 1418. ................................ Unit 3 - Sportfishing Stand Alone – Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Sportsfishing Exhibit Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Outstanding Junior Sportfishing Record Book

Scott & Julie Melbye, Loveland Outstanding Intermediate Sportfishing Record Book

Darrel & Tami Frank, Loveland Outstanding Senior Sportfishing Record Book

Scott & Julie Melbye, Loveland

- 89 -

Department P Wildlife Conservation


All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Wildlife e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Wildlife page. Show what you did and learned. Show evidence of your personal field experiences, study or observations. C. A display board showing educational information about a topic of interest related to wildlife. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. Possible topics could include but not restricted to: species found in Colorado, wildlife habitats, role of predators, types of bird feed, or urban wildlife challenges. D. OR, instead of a display board, exhibit may be a stand-alone item, such as a wildlife diorama, scrapbook with wildlife information, pictures and news, a bird feeder or bath, or wildlife track molds. Display items should illustrate something learned in the project this year.

Unit 1

The Worth of Wild Roots Class 1501. ............................... Unit 1 – The Worth of Wild Roots – Junior 1502. .................... Unit 1 – The Worth of Wild Roots – Intermediate 1503. .............................. Unit 1 – The Worth of Wild Roots – Senior

Unit 2

Living Wild in an Ecosystem Class 1504. ......................... Unit 2 – Living Wild in an Ecosystem – Junior 1505. ............... Unit 2 – Living Wild in an Ecosystem – Intermediate 1506. ........................ Unit 2 – Living Wild in an Ecosystem – Senior

Unit 3

Managing in a World Class 1507. ..................................... Unit 3 – Managing in a World – Junior 1508. ........................... Unit 3 – Managing in a World – Intermediate 1509. ..................................... Unit 3 – Managing in a World – Senior

Stand-Alone Items

(For all Units) Class 1510. ......................................................... Stand-Alone Item – Junior 1511. ............................................... Stand-Alone Item – Intermediate 1512. ........................................................ Stand-Alone Item – Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Wildlife Exhibit Fort Collins Conservation District, Laura Knox, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Wildlife Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Wildlife Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Wildlife Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 90 -

Department Q Communication, Arts & Leisure

Sciences

Global Citizenship

No Display Boards

Unit 1 Study of Another Country

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy three-ringed notebook including a completed e-Record with the following additional information: Section 1: Create an information sheet that explains the selected

study topic and list the topic(s) studied (pages 6 – 9). Section 2: Describe any demonstrations or public speaking

experiences you had associated with global citizenship. Please be specific about audience, topic, visual aids, etc.

Section 3: Include a short story explaining what you learned from this study.

Section 4: List the resources you sue throughout your project.

Class 1801. ................................ Unit 1 – Study of Another Country- Junior 1802. ..................... Unit 1 – Study of Another Country - Intermediate 1803. ............................... Unit 1 – Study of Another Country - Senior

Unit 2

Host a Delegate from Another Country Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy three-ring notebook including a completed e-Record with the following additional information: 1. Preparation for your Exchangee’s Arrival – page 3 of manual. 2. The Arrival – pages 3 & 4 of manual 3. During the Stay – page 4 of manual 4. After Departure – page 4 of manual 5. Resources – page 5 of manual B. Provide information on at least one demonstration or public speaking that you gave on your Global Citizenship project. Please record this information on the Demonstration page in the e-Record. Be specific on audience, topic, visual aids, etc. 1804. ................................................Unit 2 – Host a Delegate - Junior 1805. ..................................... Unit 2 – Host a Delegate - Intermediate 1806. ............................................... Unit 2 – Host a Delegate - Senior

Unit 3 Youth Counselor For Inbound International

Delegation Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Serve as a teen counselor at a standard international-program event for incoming delegates from another country or culture. NOTE: this unit must be coordinated with the 4-H International Programs Coordinator in the Colorado State 4-H Office. B. A sturdy three-ringed notebook, including a completed e-Record with the following information: 1. The Arrival – page 5 of manual 2. During the Stay – page 5 of manual 3. After Departure – page of manual 4. Resources – page 5 of manual C. Provide information on at least one demonstration or public speaking that you gave on global citizenship project. Please record this information on the Demonstration page in the e-Record. Be specific on audience, topic, visual aids, etc.

Class 1807. .................................... Unit 3 – Youth Counselor - Intermediate 1808. .............................................Unit 3 – Youth Counselor - Senior

Unit 4 Exchange Delegate to Another Country

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. A sturdy three-ringed notebook including a completed e-Record with the following information: 1. Before Departure – pages 5 & 6 of manual 2. During the Stay – page 6 of manual 3. In-depth Observation – page 6 of manual 4. Return to the United State – page 6 of manual 5. Resources – page 6 of manual B. Provide information on at least one demonstration or public speaking that you gave on your global citizenship project. Please record this information on the Demonstration page in the e-Record. Be specific on audience, topic, visual aids, etc.

Class 1809. ................................ Unit 4 – Exchange Delegate - Intermediate 1810. .......................................... Unit 4 – Exchange Delegate - Senior

Special Awards

Overall Champion Global Citizenship Exhibit Larimer County 4-H Junior Leader Club, Rachel Masters, President, Fort Collins

Outstanding Global Citizenship Exhibit Dwayne & Barbara Hummel, Berthoud Outstanding Junior Global Citizenship Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Global Citizenship Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Global Citizenship Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 91 -

Department Q Leathercraft

Superintendent – Holly Godfrey Project Exhibit Rules for All Units: 1. Put name, age, and county code on back of exhibit board and on tag attached to individual exhibit articles. 2. Indicate in e-record whether articles are made from kit or if self-cut and designed by the member. 3. A set means a number of things of the same kind that belong, or are used together, (i.e. six matching coasters, belt and buckle with matching designs, etc.) 4. Advanced leathercraft members may Units 4 – 10 may exhibit in more than one of the classes, provided the member is enrolled in and has completed the requirements of the unit. 5. Unit 8 is now advanced creative stamping. It is recommended that 1st year Juniors take Unit 1 Introduction to Stamping before taking Unit 8. 6. Definitions: Carving – is where you cut into the leather (usually swivel knife) as part of the design you are tooling. Stamping/Tooling – is where you use impressions made from tools to form a design. Cord – is round and waxed thread. Lace – is flat with a shiny side and rough side. Background Dyeing – dyeing a solid color to the area tooled with the backgrounder. Solid Color Dyeing – is where you dye the whole project the same color. For example, you tool a belt and then dye it all black, or you make a book cover and dye it all one color. Color Shading – is where you use shades of color to make the design look more realistic. For example, you can use darker and lighter shades of a color on a flower you have tooled to make it look realistic, or an animal or figure any kind. Staining/Antiquing – using an antique finish like saddle tan – apply and remove/rub on and wipe off. Clear Finish – is a finish that has no color in it. For example, oil (no color added), leather finish spray or wipe on that has no color mixed in it.

Unit 1

Introduction to Leathercraft & Creative Stamping

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Exhibit three (3) articles. Place the exhibit items on a board 12” x 18” x 1/8” or ¼” (preferably pegboard) to which items are attached by means of lacing or thread. One each from categories below:

1. One Article or one set of articles on flat leather with no lacing or stitching. Examples: bookmark, wrist bracelet, set of coasters. 2. One article with at least two pieces of leather that are sewed together with lace using a whip stitch or running stitch. Pre-cut kits or self-cut leather may be used. Examples: key case or knife sheath. 3. One article with at least two pieces of leather that are sewed together with cord stitching. Use pre-cut kits with pre-punched holes. Example: coin purse.

C. Apply a clear finish to complete your article. Note: No carving, solid color dyeing, color shading and/or antiquing will be permitted. Class 2001. ......................................... Unit 1 – Intro to Leathercraft - Junior 2002. ............................... Unit 1 – Intro to Leathercraft - Intermediate 2003. ......................................... Unit 1 – Intro to Leathercraft - Senior

Unit 2 Beginning Leather Carving

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Exhibit board 12" x 18" x 1/8" or 1/4" (preferably pegboard) to which items are attached by means of lacing or thread: 1. Three samples with labels showing: a. Use of swivel knife and camouflage tool.

b. Steps shown in sample as well as use of pear shader, beveller and veiner. c. Steps shown in samples a and b as well as use of seeder, backgrounder and decorative cuts. Clear leather finish applied to sample c (optional for samples a and b). Note: The labels should reflect the tools used for each sample.

2. Two completed articles using tools and skills studied in Unit 2, which include lacing (at least one with double loop lacing).

Note: No pictorial carving (framed pictures) or figure carving (realistic animal and human figures). No staining/antiquing, solid color dyeing or shading is permitted.

Class 2004. .............................. Unit 2 – Beginning Leather Carving - Junior 2005. .................... Unit 2 – Beginning Leather Carving - Intermediate 2006. ............................. Unit 2 – Beginning Leather Carving - Senior

Unit 3

Intermediate Leather Carving Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One completed carved article or set that includes at least one of the major skills: carved conventional design, inverted carving techniques, simple molding and shaping or hand stitching. Only clear finish and if laced the double loopstitch is required. Note: No pictorial carving (framed pictures) or figure carving (realistic animal and human figures). No solid color dyeing or shading will be permitted.

Class 2007. .......................... Unit 3 – Intermediate Leather Carving - Junior 2008. .................. Unit 3- Intermediate Leather Carving - Intermediate 2009. .......................... Unit 3 – Intermediate Leather Carving - Senior

- 92 -

Advanced Units 4 – 10

Unit 4 Advanced Leather Carving

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Any article or set, other than a picture, of either conventional or realistic design, demonstrating one or more of the major skills learned in this unit: figure carving, embossing, or filigree work. Background dyeing, antiquing and two-tone finishing is optional in this unit. Note: Solid color dyeing and color shading will not be permitted in Unit 4.

Class 2010. .............................. Unit 4 – Advanced Leather Carving - Junior 2011. .................... Unit 4 – Advanced Leather Carving - Intermediate 2012. .............................. Unit 4 – Advanced Leather Carving - Senior

Unit 5 Coloring and Shading

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One completed article or matching set, other than a picture, which demonstrates advanced carving skills and which is colored by solid-color dyeing, block dyeing or color shading, or antiquing. The design can be either conventional or realistic carving.

Class 2013. ......................................... Unit 5 – Coloring & Shading - Junior 2014. .............................. Unit 5 – Coloring & Shading - Intermediate 2015. ........................................ Unit 5 – Coloring & Shading - Senior

Unit 6 Pictorial Carving

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One framed or mounted carved leather picture or a matching set, suitable for wall hanging. The article may be left natural color or it may be stained or colored according to any of the methods taught in previous units.

Class 2016. .............................................. Unit 6 – Pictorial Carving - Junior 2017. ................................... Unit 6 – Pictorial Carving - Intermediate 2018. ............................................. Unit 6 – Pictorial Carving - Senior

Unit 7

Making and Rebuilding Saddles Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder. B. One completed saddle. The leather may be either tooled or untooled and may be finished in any suitable fashion.

Class 2019. ......................... Unit 7 – Making & Rebuilding Saddles - Junior 2020. ............. Unit 7 – Making & Rebuilding Saddles - Intermediate 2021. ........................ Unit 7 – Making & Rebuilding Saddles - Senior

Unit 8 Advanced Creative Stamping

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One completed article or matching set using creative stamping.

Class 2022. .......................... Unit 8 – Advanced Creative Stamping - Junior 2023. ................ Unit 8 – Advanced Creative Stamping - Intermediate 2024. .......................... Unit 8 – Advanced Creative Stamping - Senior

Unit 9 Braiding and Untooled

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One article or matching set illustrating construction by lacing, braiding, expanding, sculpting, untooled leather construction or leather art technique. Exhibit must use non-tooled and non-sewn leather working techniques. (Minimum tooling required for effect is acceptable.)

Class 2025. ........................................Unit 9 – Braiding & Untooled - Junior 2026. ............................. Unit 9 – Braiding & Untooled - Intermediate 2027. ....................................... Unit 9 – Braiding & Untooled - Senior

Unit 10

Sewing Leather Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. One completed article or garment made by sewing leather.

Class 2028. .............................................. Unit 10 – Sewing Leather - Junior 2029. .................................... Unit 10 – Sewing Leather - Intermediate 2030. ............................................. Unit 10 – Sewing Leather - Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Leathercraft Exhibit Josh Lasich Memorial – Tom & Marilyn Lasich, Fort Collins Overall Reserve Champion Leathercraft Exhibit Miller Ranch, Bryant & Patty Miller, Wellington Outstanding Junior Leathercraft Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Leathercraft Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Leathercraft Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 93 -

Department Q Photography

Superintendent – Merritt Dupon Junior Superintendent – Gabe Dupon

1. For all units, submit photo material for the current unit being entered. Do not submit previous photos or records. 2. In Levels 1 – 3 pictures can either be mounted on the journal pages or on card stock. Use the tips on page 73 of the manuals for mounting the pictures. 3. Display photo may be up to 5” x 7” in size. The photo must be mounted on a mat and suitable for hanging without additional frame. No other mounted materials (i.e. glass, wood, plastic, metal, etc.) can be used. 4. All photos in the notebook or manual should be 4” x 6” unless otherwise indicated in the manual. If the photos do not fit on the page, add a page for the photo. 5. Display photo will be used to display at State Fair so be careful when picking your best photo. Notebooks will not be displayed at State Fair, if selected. 6. The maximum size for the matted only picture is no larger than 8” x 10” (no frame or glass). 7. Binders/notebooks: Use a hardback, three-ring notebook up to 3” in size for all units. No posters or oversized books. Do not use plastic covers on any pages in any unit. All materials must fit within the notebook. Additional pages can be added as needed to exhibit your photos. 8. For photo exhibits in Levels 1 – 3 follow the tips on page 73 in the manuals. Photos can be mounted on the journal pages or on cardstock. Label format for Units 1 – 4: Camera Used ____________________ Journal Page # ____________________ (if using cardstock to mount pictures) Photo # _________________________ (left to right and top to bottom) Subject _________________________ Date Photo Taken _________________ 9. Label Format for Unit 6 Photo # or Media Used_____________ Subject ___________________ Date Photo Taken or Date of Film ___________ Notes: ____________________

Unit 1 Focus On Photography

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record. Include the following in your story: what camera you used this year (brand name, film size, etc.), how you stored your pictures and why you picked your Display Photo. (Also include photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page.) Completion of pages 4 – 7 in the manual. B. See Photography rule #8 for labeling instructions. C. Level 1 photo exhibits will consist of the following Photo Journal pages from the manual (a minimum of 60 photos and maximum of

66 photos). Photos may be mounted on cardstock with reference to journal pages. Juniors choose 7 photo activities from Numbers 2 – 16 to present in the notebook. Suggested to start with 2 and work down. 1. Photo Journal Page 7 – 1 photo (Display Photo) – will be

displayed-must be matted. 2. Photo Journal page 12 – 5 photos 3. Photo Journal page 16 – 6 photos

4. Photo Journal page 20 – 6 photos - 3 photos of outdoor scene taken different times (explained in manual page 18); 3 photos of inside scene taken different times (explained in manual page 18) (minimum of 6 photos) 5. Photo Journal page 24 – 5 photos 6. Photo Journal page 28 – 4 photos 7. Photo Journal page 32 – 3 photos 8. Photo Journal Page 36 – 3 photos 9. Photo Journal Page 40 – 3 photos 10. Photo Journal Page 44 – 3 to 5 photos 11. Photo Journal Page 48 – 4 photos 12. Photo Journal Page 52 – 4 photos 13. Photo Journal Page 56 – 3 photos 14. Photo Journal Page 60 – 3 to 5 story format 15. Photo Journal Page 64 – 3 to 5 photos 16. Photo Journal Page 68 – 4 photos

D. Display photo – may be up to 5” x 7” in size but not larger

than 8” x 10” matted. This photo will be used for displaying and must be matted.

Class 2101. ................................... Unit – 1 – Focus on Photogrpahy - Junior 2102. .......................... Unit 1 – Focus on Photogrpahy - Intermediate 2103. ..................................... Unit 1 – Focus on Photography - Senior

Unit 2 Controlling the Image

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record. Include the following in your story: what camera you used this year (brand name, film size, etc.), how you stored your pictures and why you picked your Display Photo pictures. Include photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page. Completion of pages 4 – 7 in the manual. B. See Photography rule #8 for labeling instructions. C. Level 2 photo exhibits will consist of the following Photo Journal pages in the manual. (A minimum of 48 photos – Note: This level is for cameras that can be adjusted for speed and lighting.) Photos may be mounted on cardstock with reference to journal pages. 1. Photo Journal page 7 – 1 photo (Display Photo) – will be

displayed-must be matted. 2. Photo Journal 12 – 3 still subjects with different aperture settings (explained in manual page 10); 3 moving subjects with different shutter speeds (explained in manual page 10)

3. Photo Journal page 16 – 6 photos 4. Photo Journal page 20 – 3 photos (explained in manual on page 18) 5. Photo Journal page 24 – 4 photos – 2 photos with hard light and 2 photos with soft light

6. Photo Journal page 28 – 3 photos 7. Photo Journal page 32 – 3 photos 8. Photo Journal page 36 – 3 photos 9. Photo Journal page 40 – 3 photos 10. Photo Journal page 44 – 3 to 5 photos 11. Photo Journal page 48 – 1 photo

- 94 -

12. Photo Journal page 52 – 3 to 4 photos 13. Photo Journal page 56 – 2 photos 14. Photo Journal page 60 – 3 photos 15. Photo Journal page 64 – 3 photos 16. Photo Journal page 68 – panorama D. Display photo – may be up to 5” x 7” in size but not larger than 8” x 10” matted. This photo will be used for displaying and must be matted.

Class 2104. ...................................... Unit 2 – Controlling the Image - Junior 2105. ............................ Unit 2 – Controlling the Image - Intermediate 2106. ..................................... Unit 2 – Controlling the Image - Senior

Unit 3 Mastering Photography

Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record. Include the following in your story: what camera you used this year (brand name, film size, etc.), how you stored your pictures and why you picked your Display Photo pictures. Include photos of you working on your project in the e-Record photo page. Completion of pages 4 – 7 in the manual. B. See Photography rule #8 for labeling instructions. C. Level 3 photo exhibits will consist of the following Photo Journal pages from the manual (minimum of 48 photos). Photos may be mounted on cardstock with reference to journal pages. 1. Photo Journal page 7 – 1 photo (Display Photo) – will be

displayed-must be matted. 2. Photo Journal page 12 – 3 photos

3. Photo Journal page 16 – 3 photos 4. Photo Journal page 20 – 3 photos

5. Photo Journal page 24 – 2 photos 6. Photo Journal page 28 – 3 photos 7. Photo Journal page 32 – 2 photos 8. Photo Journal page 36 – 4 photos 9. Photo Journal page 40 – 4 photos 10. Photo Journal page 44 – 6 photos 11. Photo Journal page 48 – 4 photos 12. Photo Journal page 52 – 4 photos 13. Photo Journal page 56 – 3 photos 14. Photo Journal page 60 – 3 to 5 photos

15. Photo Journal page 64 – Brochure – is not included in total photo count

16. Photo Journal page 68 – 3 photos D. Display photo – may be up to 5” x 7” in size but not larger than 8” x 10” matted. This photo will be used for displaying and must be matted. Class 2107. .................................... Unit 3 – Mastering Photography - Junior 2108. ......................... Unit 3 – Mastering Photography - Intermediate 2109. ................................... Unit 3 – Mastering Photography - Senior

Unit 4 Lightning Photography

Unit 4 Lightning Photography is not limited to only lightning photos. Youth can exhibit photos taken at night: moon light photos, fireworks, night-time photos. Photos using long exposure and high speed can also be exhibited. Be sure to check out the requirements. Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with emphasis on accomplishments in your story. Include photos in the e-Record photo page of you working on your project. B. See Photography rule #8 for labeling instructions. C. Three 5” x 7” photos mounted on a mat and suitable for hanging without additional frame. No other mounted materials (i.e. glass, wood, plastic, metal, etc.) can be used. D. These three photos can be taken from any of these categories: lightning, night-time, fireworks, moonlight, long exposure and high speed photos. For example: two lightning photos and one moon-light photo; or one lightning, one fireworks, one long exposure, and so on. Any combination can be done. E. Maximum size for the matted picture is no larger than 8” x 10”. F. Attached to the back of the submitted print should be: 1. Name 2. County 3. Date, time, and location of photo 4. Make and model of camera used 5. Shutter speed and aperture setting

6. ASA film speed (for film cameras) or ISO resolution setting (for digital cameras)

Class 2110. ..................................... Unit 4 - Lightning Photography - Junior 2111. .......................... Unit 4 – Lightning Photography - Intermediate 2112. ......................................................... Unit 4 – Lightning - Senior

Unit 6 Advanced Photography

Note: This unit is for those 4-H members who have advanced photography experiences (i.e. creative darkroom work, publishing, careers, etc.). Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed Photography Unit 6 e-Record with emphasis on accomplishments in your story. Include photos in the e-Record photo page of you working on your project. (Self Determined) B. All photos must be labeled according to Photography rule #9. C. Include the following information on the Specific Information Page in the Photography Unit 6 e-Record: 1. goals 2. plans 3. accomplishments 4. evaluation D. Photos should show your progress and be labeled as successful or not, plus reasons. E. Notebook which illustrates achievements.

- 95 -

F. Display photo may be up to 5” x 7” in size but not larger 8” x 10” matted. This photo will be used for displaying and must be matted. Class 2113. .................................... Unit 6 – Advanced Photography - Junior 2114. ..........................Unit 6 – Advanced Photography - Intermediate 2115. ................................... Unit 6 – Advanced Photography - Senior

Special Awards

Overall Champion Photography Exhibit Tom & Kara Rudnick Family, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Outdoor Adventures Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Outdoor Adventures Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Outdoor Adventures Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 96 -

Department Q 4-H Filmmaking

Superintendent – Merritt Dupon Junior Superintendent – Gabe Dupon

Description of what the Filmmaking Project Categories are: 1. Animation – A film created by techniques that simulate movement from individual images. 2. Narrative – A film which tells a story that you created. It can be based on fact or fiction. 3. Documentary – A film which presents factual information about a person, event or process. 4. Promotional – This category is for films or public service announcements that are meant to publicize 4-H programs or some other cause that you are passionate about. 5. Voices of 4-H History – A historical perspective on 4-H. may be a narrative, documentary, animation, etc. Exhibit will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and photography binder/notebook including story board. B. Video must be less than 10 minutes in length.

C. Make sure your video is in good taste (similar to G and PG ratings.) Videos may be disqualified if deemed to have questionable content. 4-H Code of Conduct must be followed.

D. A link must be provided to view the video. Members must

supply the following information: 1. Name 2. County 3. Title 4. Class 5. 4-H Age 6. Short Description

Animation Class 2201. ..................................................................... Animation - Junior 2202. ........................................................... Animation - Intermediate 2203. ..................................................................... Animation - Senior

Narrative Class 2204. ....................................................................... Narrative - Junior 2205. ............................................................. Narrative - Intermediate 2206. ....................................................................... Narrative - Senior

Documentary Class 2207. ................................................................ Documentary - Junior 2208. ...................................................... Documentary - Intermediate 2209. ................................................................. Documentary - Senior

Promotional Class 2210. .................................................................. Promotional - Junior 2211. ........................................................ Promotional - Intermediate 2212. ................................................................... Promotional - Senior

Voices of 4-H History

Class 2213. ................................................... Voices of 4-H History - Junior 2214. ......................................... Voices of 4-H History - Intermediate 2215. ................................................... Voices of 4-H History - Senior

Special Awards

Overall Champion 4-H Filmmaking Skillman Photography, Tom Skillman, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Filmmaking Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Filmmaking Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Filmmaking Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 97 -

Department Q Woodworking Superintendent – Stan Heeney

Units 1, 2, and 3 in Woodworking have very specific restrictions on the tools used in building an article to display. This is done for reasons of safety and to provide a fair comparison among projects in a unit. An exhibit that shows evidence of not following these restrictions will not be considered for Champion or Reserve Champion. Note: In making all placings, judges will consider straightness, accuracy and smoothness of saw cuts, the difficulty and preciseness of joints, the skill employed in the use of nails, screws, gluing and other hardware, freedom from tool or sandpaper marks, appropriate finish evenly applied, article attractiveness, proportions and use of proper wood for the intended use, ability to follow instructions, quality of workmanship and completeness of e-Record. Always use proper safety gear. (For large exhibits – like beds – please bring only the head and foot boards. No rails.)

Exhibit Requirements All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Woodworking e-Record with the plans used for making the exhibit (tell if the plan was your own, manual or other) presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Woodworking page: 1. Plan source used (your own, manual or other) 2. Kind of wood used 3. Names of joints and fasteners used 4. A drawing or other copy of a plan for the article exhibited: a. dimensions b. list of materials used

c. a description of any changes in the article’s specifications d. reason for the changes

5. List of all articles made The drawing or plan itself will not be judged. It is only for the judge’s use in judging the article exhibited. If the drawing is missing, the exhibit will not be considered for Champion or Reserve Champion. C. Any one article constructed by the exhibitor using the skills learned in unit.

Unit 1 Measuring Up

Class 2401. ......................................................................................... Junior 2402. ............................................................................... Intermediate 2403. ......................................................................................... Senior Note: Only tools used are hand tools. Articles made with tools other than hand tools will not be considered for Champion or Reserve Champion.

Unit 2 Making the Cut

Class 2404. ........................................................................................ Junior 2405. .................................................................... Intermediate 2406. .............................................................................. Senior Note: Only tools used are hand tools, power hand drill, miter box (non-powered), oscillating (pad) sander and jigsaw. Articles made with power tools other than those listed will not be considered for Champion or Reserve Champion.

Unit 3 Nailing it Together

Class 2407. ......................................................................................... Junior 2408. ............................................................................... Intermediate 2409. ......................................................................................... Senior Note: Only tools used are: hand tools, power hand drill, miter box, jigsaw, scroll saw, power sanders, table saw, drill press, band saw, rabbet plane, jointer and router. Articles made with power tools other than those listed will not be considered for Champion or Reserve Champion.

Unit 4 Finishing Up

Class 2410. ......................................................................................... Junior 2411. ............................................................................... Intermediate 2412. ......................................................................................... Senior Note: Tools used are all tools mentioned in Units 1 – 3, and circular saw, radial arm saw, planer, wood lathe, chop saw, and other power tools needed to complete Unit 4 projects.

Special Award

Overall Champion Woodworking Exhibit Tharp Cabinet Company, Garth Rummery, Loveland Outstanding Junior Woodworking Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Woodworking Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Woodworking Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 98 -

Department R Self-Determined

(Not Eligible for State Fair) Superintendent – Jane Lentz


All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record Book. B. An educational display board with something you have learned in the project. Photographs or drawings may be used to illustrate your project as well as an explanation of your work. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. C. For First Aid and Creative Arts, an actual item may be entered instead of a display board (i.e. first aid kit or jewelry).

Class 210. ........................................................................................... Junior 220. ................................................................................. Intermediate 230. ........................................................................................... Senior

Special Award

Overall Champion Self-Determined Exhibit Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland Outstanding Junior Self-Determined Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Self-Determined Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Self-Determined Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 99 -

4-H Consumer/Family Division

(Static Projects) Extension Contact – Megan Blaser

General Rules

1. Review General Information at the front of this Fair Book. Prior entry is required in all departments. An entry form must be filled out and mailed to the Larimer County Fair Office by July 15, including Fashion Revue. Late entries – Entry forms received after July 15 are subject to a $25.00/class late charge. No late entries will be taken after 5:00 p. m. on Wednesday, July 24 for 4-H exhibits. 2. All completed 4-H Consumer/Family Exhibits, except Fashion Revue, will be interview judged and entered at the Fairgrounds on July 30. Only the exhibitor will be allowed with the judge at the time of the interview; no parents or leaders, please. 3. Interview Judging: Every effort should be made to participate in interview judging. If an exhibitor cannot be present for an interview, do not schedule an interview time. Scheduling for the interview judging will be on the internet. Log on to (https://apps.larimer.org/extensions/fourh/) and follow the directions to schedule an interview. All interview judging will be done on Tuesday, July 30, from 9:00 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. The internet site will be accessible July 24 – July 29, until 12:00 noon to schedule the July 30 interviews. If you do not have access to the internet, contact the Extension Office at 498- 6000 to schedule your time. You will only be able to schedule times for classes you have entered. If an exhibitor is unable to participate in interview judging, the exhibit may be brought to the 4-H Building on Tuesday, July 30, between 8:30 a.m. – 10:00 a.m. and picked up on Wednesday, August 7 between 7:00 a.m. – 10:00 a.m. 4. Completed records must accompany all 4-H Consumer/Family projects. Members are to fill out an e-record and include the proper project information and present it in a sturdy binder/notebook. You may find the e-record at www.larimer.extension.colostate.edu Click on 4-H, then Family Consumer Science. Select your project from the list and find your e-record or you can obtain one from the Extension Office. 5. Exhibits must be completed by the individual in whose name they are entered and since Fair 2018. 6. Entry labels: Each exhibit and sturdy binder (containing e-Record and other materials) is to have a label containing the following: county name, county number (636), exhibitor name and age. All exhibits must be accompanied by a completed label. For security reasons, do not list the member address on projects. 7. Projects will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in the manual and e-record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent). The Danish system of judging will be used in the 4-H Consumer/Family Division. Exhibits will be placed in blue, red and white groups. Award money will be given in all 4-H Consumer/Family classes as follows: Blue – $2.00 Red – $1.50 White – $1.00

All exhibits qualifying for State Fair must be checked in by exhibitors and/or parents in the Fort Collins Room during check-out time. Exception: Foods & Cake Decorating. Exhibits will be taken to State Fair on Wednesday, August 14. 8. Exhibits must be removed between 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 a.m. on Wednesday, August 7. 9. No Exhibit will be released prior to 7:00 a.m., on August 7. Superintendents and Extension Office are not responsible for exhibits after check out time. All articles must be checked out with the superintendent in charge. Items not picked up will be taken to the Extension Office in Fort Collins. They will be kept for two weeks and then discarded. 10. The decision of the judge will be final in all instances. 11. Members enrolled in more than one unit of the same project may exhibit in all units enrolled, except where otherwise indicated. An exhibit made for more than one project cannot be entered in more than one department or class. The exhibitor must make the choice. 12. Projects will be evaluated on the quality of information completed in the manual and e-record (25 percent) and quality of exhibit (75 percent). Ribbons will be awarded on the Danish system. A champion and/or reserve champion will be awarded in each class if there are entries of championship quality and will be selected from the blue award exhibits only, except where otherwise indicated 13. Ages for the Junior and Senior classes are as follows: Junior – members ages 8 - 13, as of December 31, 2018. Senior – members 14 and over, as of December 31, 2018. When classes include Junior, Intermediate and Senior, class divisions are as follows: Junior – ages 8 - 10, as of December 31, 2018. Intermediate – ages 11 - 13, as of December 31, 2018. Senior – ages 14 - 18, as of December 31, 2018. 14. Exhibitors must be enrolled in the unit of the project in which they are exhibiting and must follow exhibit requirements. 15. Projects not meeting the basic exhibit requirements will be lowered one ribbon. 16. The use of marijuana or CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 17. Classes may be created by Extension Agent for emerging youth development programs under the auspices of the Larimer County Extension Office. Note: For more information on displays and projects go to http://www.colorado4h.org/project_resources/StateFairExhibit Req.pdf and look under Display Hints and Tips and Project Tips.

https://apps.larimer.org/extensions/fourh/


- 100 -

Department SR Fashion Revue Superintendent – Jo Ann Belk

Narration forms are required for Fashion Revue as well as entering Fashion Revue on your County Fair entry blank. These are due on or before July 15 to Jo Ann Belk at [email protected] To access the narration form, go to http://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/larimer-county-fair/ Entries received after July 15 are subject to a late charge of $25.00/class. Evaluation for Fashion Revue will be held Wednesday, July 24, beginning at 9:00 a.m. at the McKee 4-H Building, Loveland. Information will be sent to participants in June. The Public Fashion Revue will be Wednesday, July 24, at the McKee 4-H Building, Loveland beginning at 7:00 p.m. Participants (except Cloverbuds) must participate in the evaluation portion during the day in order to participate in the Public Revue. Entrants must participate in the Public Fashion Revue to receive award money and to be eligible for Grand Champion. Final revisions to narrations will be accepted at the time of live judging. No changes will be accepted after judging. 1. All Clothing (exception: Sewing for Others), Heritage Arts, Leathercraft and Western Heritage members are encouraged to participate in this Revue. 2. Participants must model wearable garments they have made for themselves, or accessories in County only classes. 3. All garments and accessories modeled must be completed. 4. An "outfit" shall consist of no more than three pieces. 5. Premiums will be given. A Champion and Reserve Champion will be chosen in each class, except where merit does not warrant such designation. 6. Cloverbuds will receive a participation ribbon. 7. Junior members will compete for the Junior Grand Champion Award. Intermediate members will compete for the Intermediate Grand Champion. Seniors will compete for the Senior Grand Champion Award. 8. Accessories – This class is not eligible for State Fair, as it is not meant to be a garment. Examples of what can be entered into this class: shawl, scarf, hat, shoes, socks, hand bag, etc. 9. Members must be enrolled in the unit(s) they model. Garments exhibited at the Fair must be the same as modeled in Fashion Revue. 10. Buymanship open only to Intermediate and Senior members. 11. Three Senior Grand Champions may be selected to represent Larimer County at the State Fashion Revue. Each contestant at the State Fashion Revue may model in only one category (for example, Clothing, Heritage Arts, and Leathercraft); so three individuals may be selected. A Senior Reserve Grand Champion may be selected as a runner-up in the event one of the Grand Champions can't attend State Fair. 12. Classes may be split or combined as necessary.

Beginning Clothing Class 110. ....................................... Beginning Clothing STEAM 1 - Junior Wearable garment using the skills learned in STEAM Clothing 1. Exhibits must use a firmly-woven, medium-weight cotton or at least 50-percent cotton-blend fabric. Exhibit should be a simple pattern with two or three pattern pieces without set-in sleeves, zippers, collars, and no button holes. 120. ............................ Beginning Clothing STEAM 1 - Intermediate Exhibit requirement same as for Junior class. 130. ...................................... Beginning Clothing STEAM 1 – Senior Exhibit requirement same as for Junior class. 140. .......................................................... Clothing STEAM 2 - Junior Wearable garment using the skills learned in STEAM Clothing 2. Exhibits may use any woven or knit fabric appropriate to the garment’s design and should demonstrate sewing skills beyond STEAM Clothing 1. The exhibit should include one or more of the following techniques: set-in sleeves, zippers, collars and button holes. 150. ................................................ Clothing STEAM 2 - Intermediate Exhibit requirements same as for Junior class. 160. ......................................................... Clothing STEAM 2 – Senior Exhibit requirement same as for Junior class.

Advanced Clothing Wearable garments should demonstrate skills beyond STEAM Clothing 2, for example: rolled hems, invisible zippers, tailoring techniques, etc. 170. .............................. Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 - Intermediate Sports Wear 180. ........................................ Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 - Senior Sports Wear 190. .............................. Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 - Intermediate Daytime Wear or Casual Wear: could include dress, vest, pants, etc., appropriate for school, going to the movies, etc. 200. ....................................... Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 – Senior Daytime Wear or Casual Wear: could include dress, vest, pants, etc., appropriate for school, going to the movies, etc. 210. .............................. Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 – Intermediate Business Wear: could include skirts, jumpers, vests, dresses, non-tailored suits, clothing for work, church, banquets, etc. 220. ....................................... Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 - Senior Business Wear: could include skirts, jumpers, vests, dresses, non-tailored suits, clothing for work, church, banquets, etc. 230. ............................... Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 - Intermediate Dressy Dress or Formal Wear 240. ....................................... Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 - Senior Dressy Dress or Formal Wear 250. .............................. Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 - Intermediate Non-Tailored Outerwear could include coats, or even ski pants 260. ........................................ Advanced Clothing STEAM 3 - Senior Non-Tailored Outerwear could include coats, or even ski pants

Creative Sewing 270. .............................................................. Creative Sewing - Junior Must be a wearable garment 280 ..................................................... Creative Sewing – Intermediate Must be a wearable garment 290. ............................................................. Creative Sewing - Senior Must be a wearable garment

mailto:[email protected]

http://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/larimer-county-fair/

- 101 -

300. ................................................. Create Your Own 1- Intermediate Must be a wearable garment 310. ........................................................ Create Your Own 1 – Senior Must be a wearable garment

Recycled Clothing

320. .......................................................... Recycled Clothing – Junior Must be a wearable garment 330. ................................................ Recycled Clothing – Intermediate Must be a wearable garment 340. .......................................................... Recycled Clothing - Senior Must be a wearable garment

Upcycle Your Style 350. ........................................................ Upcycle Your Style - Junior A coordinated outfit 360. .............................................. Upcycle Your Style - Intermediate A coordinated outfit 370. ........................................................ Upcycle Your Style - Senior A coordinated outfit

Heritage Arts 380. ....................................... Heritage Arts – All Categories – Junior Wearable garment 390. .............................. Heritage Arts – All Categories – Intermediate Wearable garment 400. ...................................... Heritage Arts – All Categories – Senior Wearable garment

Leathercraft 410. ..................................................... Leathercraft - Unit 10 - Junior Must be wearable garment 420. ........................................... Leathercraft – Unit 10 – Intermediate Must be wearable garment 430. ..................................................... Leathercraft - Unit 10 - Senior Must be a wearable garment

Buymanship 440. ........................................ Buymanship – Unit 8 – Intermediate Wearable garment 450. .................................................. Buymanship – Unit 8 – Senior Wearable garment

Accessories County Only Class

460. .................................................................... Accessories - Junior Shawl, scarf, hat, Shoes, Socks, hand bag, etc. 470. ......................................................... Accessories – Intermediate Shawl, scarf, hat, Shoes, Socks, hand bag, etc. 480. ................................................................... Accessories – Senior Shawl, scarf, hat, Shoes, Socks, hand bag, etc.

Judging Guide for Fashion Revue I. Preparation: Design and style, choice of fabric and color, overall appearance of garment, accessories, grooming. II. Presentation: Appropriate for garment style; movement: walking, standing and turns; poise/posture; variety of movement, use of space and creativity; attitude and enthusiasm.

Special Awards Grand Champion Senior Fashion Revue Model Rolene Cogburn, Wellington Grand Champion Senior Fashion Revue Model Buzz & Sandra Sawyer, Loveland Grand Champion Senior Fashion Revue Model Keith & Jo Ann Belk, Fort Collins Reserve Grand Champion Senior Fashion Revue Model Loveland Ready Mix Concrete, Inc., Fancher Family, Loveland Grand Champion Intermediate Fashion Revue Model Rolene Cogburn, Wellington Reserve Grand Champion Intermediate Fashion Revue Model Sagebrush Riders 4-H Club, Kelly Fischer, Berthoud Grand Champion Junior Fashion Revue Model

Rolene Cogburn, Wellington Reserve Grand Champion Junior Fashion Revue Model Keith & Jo Ann Belk, Fort Collins People’s Choice Award

Fort Collins Chapter of the American Sewing Guild, Sandra Haddorff, President, Fort Collins

Pre-Teen Choice Award Michael & Robyn Still Family, Fort Collins Teen Choice Award Michael & Robyn Still Family, Fort Collins Flower Bouquets Michael & Robyn Still Family, Fort Collins

- 102 -

Department T Clothing

Superintendent – Nanna Bryce-Jones 1. With these new sewing manuals, a member may stay in the manuals until they have mastered the techniques. Beginning Clothing STEAM 1 is for beginner sewers, those with little to no experience. Beginning Clothing STEAM 2 is for sewers that are familiar with the basic techniques and ready to learn more advanced skills. Clothing STEAM 3 is for the advanced sewer who wants to learn more about tailoring and advanced skills. Clothing STEAM 3 is for Intermediates and Seniors. 2. Requirement: All exhibit garments must be labeled with name, age, county, county code 636 and unit of the 4-H member. Labels must be attached at the inside of the neckline or at the waistband of skirts and pants. Information must be written or typed on a label and securely attached to inside of garment. This will assist in case of property loss. 3. The garments may be worn before exhibiting but should be in good and clean condition. Please use wire hangers 4. Sergers may be used as a seam finish, only; not as a seam for STEAM Clothing 1. 5. Clothing is defined as wearable, dressy or casual wear, active/sportswear or sleepwear. An exhibit shall consist of no more than three coordinated pieces. No accessory items, i.e. shoes, scarves, hats, etc. 6. Advanced STEAM Clothing Unit 3 - complete one textile experiment using your garment fashion fabric each year. Include this information in your e-Record: completed experiment sheets and sample(s) mounted (on 8 ½” x 11” heavy paper). No photos of experiment are allowed. Fabric must be attached. Experiments may be repeated in a subsequent year as long as different fabric is used. 7. Pattern instruction sheet is required and must be attached securely to the e-Record. Write name and county on pattern instruction sheet. 8. Members are encouraged to select a unit that challenges their skills. Due to difficulty of skills involved, buttonholes and button loops are to be used in STEAM Clothing 2 and above. All units will be judged on required skills included in the manual. Exhibits that exceed project skill, number or size requirements will not be considered for Champion or Reserve Champion. 9. Awards will be given for outstanding Junior, Intermediate and Senior records. Juniors may use pencil. Story should include information on changes made in pattern, alterations, problems, etc. Do not use record book covers that are clear plastic with sliders. 10. All garments in clothing construction must be made for the member with the exception of Unit 7 – Sewing for Others. 11. All 4-H Clothing exhibits must be checked in on July 31, at the time scheduled for interview judging. 12. For members exhibiting more than one item, they may copy their e-Record. Each exhibit must have an e-Record. Be sure to highlight what you are exhibiting in your e-Record.

Beginning Clothing STEAM 1 All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. Pillowcase illustrating the skills learned in STEAM Clothing 1.

Class 2801. ...................................................................... Pillowcase - Junior

Beginning Clothing STEAM 1 All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. Simple Pillow – no larger than 18” x 18” illustrating the skills learned in STEAM Clothing 1.

Class 2802. ................................................................ Simple Pillow - Junior

Beginning STEAM Clothing 1

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made

- 103 -

2. Percent of fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. An exhibit illustrating the skills learned in STEAM Clothing 1. Exhibits must use a firmly-woven, medium-weight cotton or at least 50-percent cotton-blend fabric. Exhibit should be a simple pattern with no more than five pattern pieces without set-in sleeves, zippers, collars, and not button holes. F. Members can exhibit in one or more of the following classes: (Simple Bottom – pants, pajama bottoms, shorts, skirts)

Simple Top Class 2803. ................................................................... Simple Top – Junior 2804. .......................................................... Simple Top - Intermediate 2805. .................................................................... Simple Top - Senior

Simple Bottom

Class 2806. .............................................................. Simple Bottom - Junior 2807. ..................................................... Simple Bottom - Intermediate 2808. .............................................................. Simple Bottom - Senior

Simple Dress

Class 2809. ..................................................................Simple Dress - Junior 2810. ...................................................... Simple Dress - Intermediate 2811. ................................................................. Simple Dress - Senior

Clothing STEAM 2

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in your story why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. E. An exhibit illustrating the skills learned in STEAM Clothing 2. Exhibits may use any woven or knit fabric appropriate to the garment’s design and should demonstrate sewing skills beyond STEAM Clothing 1. The exhibit MUST INCLUDE one or more of the following techniques: set-in sleeves, zippers, collars, cuffs or button holes. F. Members can exhibit in one or more of the following classes:

Top Class 2812. ..................................................... Top (vest acceptable) - Junior 2813. ........................................... Top (vest acceptable) - Intermediate 2814. ..................................................... Top (vest acceptable) - Senior

Bottoms

Class 2815. .................................................Bottom (pants or shorts) - Junior 2816. ...................................... Bottom (pants or shorts) - Intermediate 2817. ................................................ Bottom (pants or shorts) - Senior

Skirt

Class 2818. ............................................................................... Skirt - Junior 2819. ................................................................... Skirt - Intermediate 2820. .............................................................................. Skirt – Senior

Dress Class 2821. ................................................. Dress (not formal wear) - Junior 2822. ....................................... Dress (not formal wear) - Intermediate 2823. ................................................. Dress (not formal wear) - Senior

Romper or Jumpsuit Class 2824. ....................................................... Romper or Jumpsuit - Junior 2825. ............................................. Romper or Jumpsuit - Intermediate 2826. ...................................................... Romper or Jumpsuit – Senior

Two-Piece Outfit Class 2827. ........................................................... Two-Piece Outfit - Junior 2828. ................................................. Two-Piece Outfit - Intermediate 2829. ........................................................... Two-Piece Outfit - Senior

Unit 7 Sewing for Others

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in the project: story: 1. Why you chose to exhibit this item 2. Who you made the garment(s) for 3. What new skills you learned this year 4. What you liked best about your project 5. What would you like to change? 6. What you learned about sewing for others (Did you have any special pattern alterations? If so, describe.) 7. Will you continue to sew for others, why or why not? 8. Did you charge for making the garment/outfit (if so, what you included in the billing; i.e. fabric notions, interfacing, utilities, time, mileage, etc.)? 9. What other work have you done in this project? B. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited C. One garment or outfit which illustrates what was learned.

- 104 -

Class 2830. .......................................................... Sewing for Others - Junior 2831. ................................................ Sewing for Others - Intermediate 2832. ......................................................... Sewing for Others - Senior

Unit 8

Recycled Clothing All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in your story what you learned about recycling, the fiber content and/or care label of original item, any special problems and how you overcame them. B. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. A list of all the garments or articles made 2. Percent of fiber content of each garment or article made 3. Care of garment exhibited C. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record. D. One garment or outfit which illustrates what was learned. Garment must contain fabric and be sewn.

Class 2833. ......................................................... Recycled Clothing - Junior 2834. ............................................... Recycled Clothing - Intermediate 2835. ......................................................... Recycled Clothing - Senior

Advanced Clothing STEAM 3

Garments should demonstrate sewing skills beyond STEAM Clothing 2, for example: rolled hems, Hand-picked zippers, princess seams, flat felled or mock flat felled seam finishes, invisible zippers, tailoring techniques (French or Hong Kong seam finishes, non-woven interfacing, bound buttonholes, shoulder pads, sleeve heads, lining and or underlining, welt pockets, swing tacks, etc.

Clothing STEAM 3 All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Clothing Construction e-Record with pattern instruction sheet presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in your story, why you chose a clothing project, why you selected this garment or outfit and describe any changes made in the garment or outfit. B. Provide the brand, number and cost of the pattern used in the Clothing Construction e-Record on the Expense page. C. Include the following information on the Clothing Construction page: 1. List of all garments made 2. Percent of fiber content of each garment 3. Care of garment exhibited

4. Textile experiments – complete one experiment using garment fashion fabric (fashion fabric must be attached – no photos). Include experiment sheet and mount the sample on 8 ½” x 11” heavy paper in the e-Record.

D. Include the cost of each garment in the Expense record of the Clothing Construction e-Record.

E. A garment or outfit of fabric containing a majority of 50-100-percent cotton or synthetics/rayon or wool or wool-blend, silk or silk-like fibers. Specialty fabrics are fabrics using sequins, beads, fleece, leather, linen, etc. Class 2836. ........................................ Cotton or Cotton Blend - Intermediate 2837. ................................................. Cotton or Cotton Blend - Senior 2838. ...........................................Synthetics and Rayon - Intermediate 2839. .................................................... Synthetics and Rayon - Senior 2840. .......................................... Wool or Wool Blends - Intermediate 2841. .................................................... Wool or Wool Blends - Senior 2842. ................................................. Silk or Silk-Like - Intermediate 2843. ........................................................... Silk or Silk-Like - Senior 2844. .................................................. Specialty Fabrics - Intermediate 2845. ........................................................... Specialty Fabrics - Senior

.

- 105 -

Artistic Clothing 1. Exhibit Requirements For All Upcycle Your Style Classes Include: A. Requirement: All exhibit garments must be labeled with name, age, county, county code and unit of the 4-H member. Labels must be attached at the inside of the neckline or at the waistband of skirts and pants. Information must be written on a label and securely attached to garment or article. This will assist in case of property loss. B. Garments may be worn before exhibiting but should be in good, clean condition. C. An exhibit shall consist of no more than three coordinated pieces. (No accessory items, i.e. shoes, jewelry, hats, etc.) All clothing pieces must be securely attached together on hangers. D. Do not use record book covers that are clear plastic with sliders. E. Members are encouraged to select a unit that challenges their skills. All units will be judged on required skills included in the manual. F. Upcycle Your Style exhibits for State Fair – one per class will be selected to represent Larimer County.

Upcycle Your Style – Applied All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Artistic Clothing e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would change, how to clean your project, how the item will be used and if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. If a pattern was used, please include the pattern instruction sheet. B. Include the following information on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. A list of all garments made 2. A description of the steps in order of application (including product name and numbers, etc.) for your exhibit item C. Up to three coordinated wearable garments (no accessory items, i.e. shoes, jewelry, etc.). Decoration is attached by gluing, fusing or painting. Examples: jewels, puff paints, appliqués, tie-dye.

Class 2901. .......................................................................... Applied - Junior 2902. ............................................................... Applied - Intermediate 2903. ..........................................................................Applied - Senior

Upcycle Your Style – Stitched

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Artistic Clothing e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would change, how to clean your project, how the item will be used and if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. If a pattern was used, please include the pattern instruction sheet. B. Include the following information on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. A list of all garments made 2. A description of the steps in order of application (including product name and numbers, etc.) for your exhibit item

C. Up to three coordinated wearable garments (no accessory items, i.e. shoes, jewelry, etc.). Decoration may be hand or machine-stitched. Examples: appliqué where satin stitch, etc. is used, embroidery, quilting, beading or knitting or crochet (by self or others).

Class 2904. .......................................................................... Stitched - Junior 2905. ................................................................ Stitched - Intermediate 2906. .......................................................................... Stitched - Senior

Upcycle Your Style – Combination All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Artistic Clothing e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would change, how to clean your project, how the item will be used and if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. If a pattern was used, please include the pattern instruction sheet. B. Include the following information on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. A list of all garments made 2. A description of the steps in order of application (including product name and numbers, etc.) for your exhibit item C. Up to three coordinated wearable garments (no accessory items, i.e. shoes, jewelry, etc.). Decoration includes a significant amount (minimum of 30 percent each) from the two categories on one garment.

Class 2907. ................................................................ Combination - Junior 2908. ...................................................... Combination - Intermediate 2909. ................................................................. Combination - Senior

Unit 5 Creative Sewing

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Artistic Clothing e-Record with a description of what was done presented in a sturdy binder. Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would like to change, how the item will be used and if you recycled or reused any fabric or other materials for your project. If a pattern was used, please include the pattern instruction sheet. B. Include the following information on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. A list of all garments made

2. A description of the steps in order of application (including product name and numbers, etc.) for your exhibit item

C. One to three coordinated items illustrating what was learned (costumes, puppets, accessories, toys, stuffed animals, book bags, sleeping bags, etc.). D. Project will be evaluated on creativity used in making your exhibit (45 percent), the quality of construction (30 percent), and completed e-record (25 percent). Note: Small items such as accessories and small doll clothes are to be displayed on a display board.

- 106 -

Class 2910. ....................................................................... Costumes - Junior 2911. ............................................................. Costumes - Intermediate 2912. ....................................................................... Costumes - Senior 2913. ..........................................................All Other Exhibits - Junior 2914. ............................................... All Other Exhibits - Intermediate 2915. ........................................................ All Other Exhibits - Senior

Unit 7

Create Your Own Exploration of Textiles & Clothing

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Artistic Clothing e-Record that includes a special study with a written report presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in the project story, where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, what you would like to change, how the item will be used. B. Include the following information on the Artistic Clothing page: 1. Written description of your project:

a. goals b. plans c. accomplishments d. evaluation

C. Optional: Constructed article/display related to special study. The standardized display board size of 4’x3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. D. Project will be evaluated on the quality of content from completed e-record and written description (50 percent), quality of construction for the item or quality of display board (50 percent).

Class 2916. ............................................................................... Intermediate 2917. ......................................................................................... Senior

Unit 8

Buymanship All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Buymanship Clothing e-Record, completed manual presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in the project story where you got the idea for your project, what you liked best about the project, and what you would like to change. B. Two (2) activities are to be included in your e-Record. Choose from the following: Self-assessment (Getting to Know Myself) Wardrobe Inventory Clothing Plan of Action Selecting Becoming Colors C. One completed outfit, including belts and scarves. No other accessories allowed. The exhibit needs to be neat, clean and pressed: ready for display. Class 2918. ......................................................... Buymanship - Intermediate 2919. .................................................................. Buymanship - Senior

Special Awards Grand Champion Junior Clothing Exhibitor


Reserve Grand Champion Junior Clothing Exhibitor Rolene Cogburn, Wellington

Grand Champion Intermediate Clothing Exhibitor Nanna Bryce-Jones, Longmont Reserve Grand Champion Intermediate Clothing Exhibitor Nanna Bryce-Jones, Longmont Grand Champion Senior Clothing Exhibitor


Reserve Grand Champion Senior Clothing Exhibitor Shaffer Custom Excavating, Mark & Mary Shaffer, Loveland Grand Champion Artistic Clothing Exhibit Nanna Bryce- Jones, Longmont Reserve Grand Champion Artistic Clothing Exhibit Patti Phillips of The Group, Inc., Real Estate, Fort Collins Grand Champion Creative Sewing Exhibit Hearts and Hands 4-H Club, Stacy Farmer, Fort Collins Reserve Grand Champion Creative Sewing Exhibit Spring View 4-H Club, Jane Lentz, Fort Collins Outstanding Clothing Exhibit - Made of at least 50% Wool Ewe Bet Ranch, Teresa Beemer, Loveland Outstanding Junior Clothing Record Book Keith & Jo Ann Belk, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Clothing Record Book Keith & Jo Ann Belk, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Clothing Record Book Keith & Jo Ann Belk, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Upcycle Your Style Record Book Keith & Jo Ann Belk, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Upcycle Your Style Record Book

Fort Collins Chapter of the American Sewing Guild, Sandra Haddorff, Fort Collins

Outstanding Senior Upcycle Your Style Record Book Keith & Jo Ann Belk, Fort Collins

Exhibitor with the Best Plaid Garment Fort Collins Chapter of the American Sewing Guild, Patti Page, Fort Collins

Overall Champion Clothing Exhibitor Rita Smith Memorial – Toinette Taylor, Woodburn, IA

- 107 -

Department U Heritage Arts

Superintendent – Teres Lambert

All exhibits are limited to those which use fibers or fabrics, except Ethnic Arts, Open Option. 1. Articles may be worn or used before exhibiting, but should be clean and in good condition when exhibited. 2. All exhibits must have the name, age county and county code 636 of the 4-H member attached. Information must be written on cloth and attached to each garment/piece. Note: Small (less than 6” x 6”) or delicate items should be mounted on an 8” x 10” foamcore board. 3. All exhibits using patterns must have the pattern or a clear copy securely attached to the record. 4. Members are encouraged to select a project that challenges their skills. There are no specific requirements for exhibit items. Quilts do have size requirements. 5. It is to the member's advantage to include in the record, a band from the skein of any commercial yarn or thread used in the project. 6. A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion may be selected in each area (crochet, miscellaneous fiber arts, knitting, needle arts, macramé, quilting, rug making) if exhibits deemed worthy. 7. All workmanship in Heritage Arts projects must be done by the member. All piecing and quilting must be done by the member. 8. Silk Items - Please include a signed permission to display form, which acknowledges possible fading caused by county fair display lighting. 9. Miscellaneous Fiber Arts classes include Needle Arts, Spinning, Weaving, Ethnic Arts, Rug Making and Macramé.

Crochet

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected:

a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started?

2. List references used: a. Juniors (8 - 10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11 - 13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references

3. Include the gauge used on your item 4. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record.

C. One piece or set of up to three coordinated pieces illustrating skills learned.

Class 3201. ...........................................................................Crochet - Junior 3202. ................................................................ Crochet - Intermediate 3203. .......................................................................... Crochet - Senior

Miscellaneous Heritage Arts – Fiber



2. List references used: a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references

3. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record.

C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces, comprised of a minimum of 50 percent yarn/fabric illustrating skills learned. Can be ethnic-specific to a culture, country, or region. (Example: Needle Arts, Weaving, Spun skeins, Felted bags, Batiked fabric, hooked pillows, Navaho rugs, Macramé)

Class 3204. ............................................... Miscellaneous Fiber Arts - Junior 3205. .................................... Miscellaneous Fiber Arts - Intermediate 3206. ............................................... Miscellaneous Fiber Arts - Senior

Miscellaneous Heritage Arts – Non-Fiber All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected:



3. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record.

C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces, no yarn or fabric illustrating skills learned. Can be ethnic-specific to a culture, country, or region. (Example: Native American beading, silver smithing, Ukrainian eggs, paper scrolling, wood carving, etc.)

Class 3207. ....................................... Miscellaneous Non-Fiber Arts - Junior 3208. ............................. Miscellaneous Non-Fiber Arts - Intermediate 3209. ...................................... Miscellaneous Non-Fiber Arts - Senior

- 108 -

Knitting All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected:



3. Include the gauge used on your item. 4. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record.

C. One piece or a set of up to three coordinated pieces illustrating what was learned.

Class 3210. ..........................................................................Knitting - Junior 3211. .............................................................. Knitting - Intermediate 3212. ........................................................................ Knitting - Senior

Quilting Unit 1


a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? d. Historical information of your specific quilt block if applicable.


3. Include the stitches per inch on your item 4. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record.

C. One finished item illustrating what was learned. Items should include one of the following:

a. Simple pieced quilt b. Pillow sham c. Two placemats or a table runner d. Wall hanging e. Unlined bag

D. Exhibited items must be quilted - hand, machined or tied. E. No separate binding should be used. Items should be finished using a roll-over/self binding or an envelope turn. F. The exhibit should not use advance quilting techniques used in higher units. Examples of advanced skills are: paper or curved piecing, fussy cutting, or appliqué.

Class 3213. ........................................................... Quilting – Unit 1 - Junior 3214. .................................................. Quilting – Unit 1 - Intermediate 3215. .......................................................... Quilting – Unit 1 - Senior

Unit 2 All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected:

a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? d. Historical information of your specific quilt block if

applicable. 2. List references used:

a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references

3. Include the stitches per inch on your item. 4. Include the skills (at least three) that you learned and used on

your quilt. 5. If a pattern is used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record.

C. One finished quilt (minimum size 36” x 36” and no maximum). Quilt and record book should demonstrate at least three skills learned (examples include but not limited to layering or stacking, batting, marking, separate straight or bias binding, straight line block patterns, triangle patterns, labeling, and fabric selection). D. Exhibit items must be quilted - hand, machine or tied. E. Quilt must be finished with a separate straight or bias binding by machine or hand.

Class 3216. ............................................................ Quilting – Unit 2 - Junior 3217. ................................................. Quilting – Unit 2 - Intermediate 3218. ........................................................... Quilting – Unit 2 - Senior

Unit 3 All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected:

a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? d. Historical information of your specific quilt block if

applicable. 2. List references used:

a. Juniors (8-10) one or two references b. Intermediates (11-13) two or three references c. Seniors (14 and older) three or more references

3. Include the stitches per inch on your item. 4. Include the skills (at least three) that you learned and used on

your quilt. 5. If a pattern was used, secure a copy of the pattern to the e-Record.

- 109 -

C. One finished item illustrating what was learned. Items should include one of the following:

1. One finished quilt (no minimum or maximum size). Quilt should demonstrate at least three advanced skills learned (examples include but not limited to use of templates, circles and curves piecing, Y-seams, applique, foundation piecing, mitered corners and advanced edging, embellishments, and challenging fabrics). 2. A set of up to three coordinated pieces illustrating at least three advanced skills (examples include but not limited to use of templates, circles and curves piecing, Y-seams, applique, foundation piecing, mitered corners and advanced edging, embellishments, and challenging fabrics).

E. Exhibit item can be hand or machine quilted/stitched, tied or a

combination if it fits the design of the quilt.

Class 3219. ............................................................ Quilting – Unit 3 - Junior 3220. ..................................................Quilting – Unit 3 - Intermediate 3221. ........................................................... Quilting – Unit 3 - Senior

Unit 4

Original Design All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Heritage Arts e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Heritage Arts page. 1. Brief History report about the specific craft you selected:

a. Where did it begin? b. How did it start? c. Why was it started? d. Historical information of your specific quilt block if applicable.


3. Include the stitches per inch on your item. 4. Include the following: a. Picture, sketch or description of inspiration.

b. Any sketches, drafts, computer generated designs or blocks. c. Calculation, measurements and any adaptations or changes. d. Process or steps descriptions.

C. One finished item illustrating the original design. Item can have traditional or artistic design. Items could include one of the following:

a. Quilt for bed, wall table or other display (no minimum or maximum size) b. Wearable garment

D. Exhibit item must be hand or machine quilted/stitched, tied, or a combination if it fits the design of the quilt.

Class 3222. ........................................................... Quilting – Unit 4 - Junior 3223. ................................................. Quilting – Unit 4 - Intermediate 3224. .......................................................... Quilting – Unit 4 - Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Crochet Exhibit

Laurie Johnson, Berthoud Overall Champion Miscellaneous Heritage Arts Fiber Exhibit Judith Barth, Fort Collins Overall Champion Miscellaneous Heritage Arts Non-Fiber Exhibit


Overall Champion Knitting Exhibit Tom & Kara Rudnick Family, Fort Collins Overall Champion Needle Arts Exhibit Judith Barth, Fort Collins Overall Champion Quilting Exhibit Quilt with Marci Baker, Marci Baker, Fort Collins Most Creative Needle Arts Exhibit Linda Carlson, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Exhibit – Made with 50% or more Wool Ewe Bet Ranch, Teresa Beemer, Loveland Outstanding Intermediate Exhibit - Made with 50% or more Wool

Ewe Bet Ranch, Teresa Beemer, Loveland Outstanding Senior Exhibit – Made with 50% or more Wool Ewe Bet Ranch, Teresa Beemer, Loveland Special Effort Award - Heritage Arts Harry & Charla Farmer, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Heritage Arts Record Book Terry & Taanjia Enke, Wellington Outstanding Intermediate Heritage Arts Record Book

Kinzli Team at RE/MAX Alliance, Kareen Kinzli Larsen, Wellington

Outstanding Senior Heritage Arts Record Book Kinzli Team at RE/MAX Alliance, Kareen Kinzli Larsen, Wellington

- 110 -

Department W Foods and Nutrition

Superintendent – Christina Ruffatti

1. Use white paper plates or covered heavy cardboard for exhibits in a zipper-locked bag, if possible. Plates and pans will not be returned. 2. Two-thirds of each entry of the 4-H baked goods will be sold to the public after judging. The bake sale will be held on Tuesday following the judging. All money made from this sale will be used for improvements of the 4-H Fair exhibit facilities. Only canned goods and e-Records will be returned. 3. Do not package foods when articles are warm. 4. If recipe in manual is used, you may need to adjust for high altitude. 5. No commercial mixes are to be used. 6. Food items that show signs of mold growth or need refrigeration will not be accepted. 7. Bacon is not acceptable in baked goods because the heat during the cooking process might not penetrate the meat thoroughly enough. Large pieces or chunks of cheese on or in recipes where there is a large proportion of cheese is not acceptable either. 8. A best record book award will be presented to the overall outstanding Junior, Intermediate and Senior Foods record (selected from Foods, Food Preservation, and Breads). 9. Include a copy of the recipe used attached securely to the e-record. 10. The use of marijuana or CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 11. For those members who are exhibiting more than one item in a unit, they may copy their e-record. Each exhibit must have an e-record. Be sure to highlight what you are exhibiting in your e-record.

Cooking 101 - Unit 1

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with exhibit item recipe presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Foods & Nutrition Page. 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special Concerns C. Documentation of two completed learning activities from the manual in the record book.

Members can exhibit in one or more of the following classes:

No Bake Cookies Class 3001. ........................................................... No Bake Cookies - Junior 3002. ................................................. No Bake Cookies - Intermediate 3003. ........................................................... No Bake Cookies - Senior

D. Four no bake cookies of one recipe that is no-bake or made using stovetop or microwave.

Baked Bar Cookies Class 3004. ..................................................... Baked Bar Cookies - Junior 3005. .......................................... Baked Bar Cookies - Intermediate 3006. ..................................................... Baked Bar Cookies - Senior D. Four baked bar cookies of one recipe.

Cookies Class 3007. .......................................................................... Cookies - Junior 3008. ................................................................ Cookies - Intermediate 3009. .......................................................................... Cookies - Senior D. Four baked, drop or molded cookies of one recipe. (Molded cookies are also made from a stiffer dough that is molded into balls or cookie shapes by hand before baking. Snickerdoodles are an example of molded cookies.)

Cooking 201 – Unit 2 All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with a copy of the original recipe and the modified recipe presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Foods & Nutrition Page. 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special Concerns C. Documentation of one completed learning activity on food safety and one on cooking basics. These can be a demonstration, written reports or displays. Members can exhibit in one or more of the following classes:

Quick Breads Class 3010. ................................................................. Quick Breads - Junior 3011. ....................................................... Quick Breads - Intermediate 3012. ................................................................ Quick Breads – Senior D. One loaf quick bread any size (Not yeast bread)

Scones

Class 3013. ............................................................................ Scones - Junior 3014. .................................................................. Scones - Intermediate 3015. ........................................................................... Scones - Senior D. Four scones of one recipe.

- 111 -

Muffins Class 3016. .......................................................................... Muffins - Junior 3017. ................................................................ Muffins - Intermediate 3018. ..........................................................................Muffins - Senior D. Four muffins of one recipe.

Cooking 301 – Unit 3

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with a copy of the original recipe and the modified recipe presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Foods & Nutrition Page. 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special Concerns C. Documentation of one completed food science experiment from the manual in the e-record. Members can exhibit in one or more of the following classes:

Shortened Cakes (Shortened Cakes are cakes that use fat for flavor and texture.

Most shortened cake recipes begin by beating the fat with sugar to create air bubbles.)

Class 3019. ............................................................ Shortened Cakes - Junior 3020. .................................................. Shortened Cakes - Intermediate 3021. ........................................................... Shortened Cakes – Senior D. One shortened cake without frosting.

Yeast Rolls Class 3022. .................................................................... Yeast Rolls - Junior 3023. .......................................................... Yeast Rolls - Intermediate 3024. .................................................................... Yeast Rolls - Senior D. Four kneaded yeast rolls of one variety and shape or four cinnamon rolls.

Creative Yeast Bread Class 3025. ..................................................... Creative Yeast Bread - Junior 3026. ........................................... Creative Yeast Bread - Intermediate 3027. .................................................... Creative Yeast Bread – Senior D. One recipe creative yeast bread. (example: French bread, braided bread, other specialty bread.)

Party Planning Class 3028. ............................................................... Party Planning - Junior 3029. ..................................................... Party Planning - Intermediate 3030. ............................................................... Party Planning - Senior D. Creative Exhibit (notebook) illustrating party planned by member, including theme, timeline and menu that includes one or more home prepared foods.

Cooking 401 – Unit 4 All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record with a copy of the original recipe and the modified recipe presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Foods & Nutrition Page. 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special Concerns C. Documentation of one completed food science experiment from the manual in the e-record. Members can exhibit in one or more of the following classes:

Flatbreads

Class 3031. ........................................................................ Flatbread - Junior 3032. .............................................................. Flatbread - Intermediate 3033. ........................................................................ Flatbread - Senior

D. Four flatbreads of one variety and shape.

Double Crust Pie Class 3034. ............................................................ Double Crust Pie - Junior 3035. .................................................. Double Crust Pie - Intermediate 3036. ........................................................... Double Crust Pie - Senior D. One 8” or 9” double crust fruit pie made with homemade fruit filling in a disposable pie tin. No canned fruit fillings.

Celebration Meals Class 3037. .......................................................... Celebration Meals - Junior 3038. ................................................ Celebration Meals - Intermediate 3039. ..........................................................Celebration Meals - Senior D. Creative Exhibit (notebook) illustrating celebration meals planned by member, including budget, timeline, and menu that includes two or more homemade prepared foods.

- 112 -

Unit 25 Outdoor Cooking and Living

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in the project story what new skills you have learned. B. Include the following information on the Foods & Nutrition page: 1. Foods prepared 2. Location 3. Number of times 4. Special Concerns C. One of the following: • A box lunch of food-safe products or a representative of the product (pictures of food). • One cup of instant drink mix, properly packaged.

• A piece of equipment made by the exhibitor (no larger than 3’x3’x3’). If exhibit is larger than these dimensions, a notebook with how and what was made can be used as the exhibit.

Class 3040. ......................................... Outdoor Cooking and Living - Junior 3041. .............................. Outdoor Cooking and Living - Intermediate 3042. ........................................ Outdoor Cooking and Living - Senior

Unit 30 Cultural Foods

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record and manual that includes: Activity 1 page 11; Activity 2 page 12; Record pages 13-14, Meal Report pages 15 -16 with emphasis in your story about your accomplishments presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Foods & Nutrition Page. 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special Concerns C. A food product with recipe representative of the cultural or ethnic group within the United States that you selected. Note: The food product must be safe to hold at room temperature during the judging and display.

Class 3043. ..................................................... Cultural Foods - Intermediate 3044. ............................................................... Cultural Foods - Senior

Unit 35 Passport to Foreign Cookery

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record including a notebook with research on selected country containing three parts: 1. A maximum of 10 pages of research and pictures on customs relating to food habits and food sources, such as crops, fishing, etc. Discussion might include food shopping habits, percent of income spent for food, how the area of the country affects their diets, etc. 2. A maximum of three pages of other information about the country; i.e., climate, geography, political structure, religion, dress, etc. 3. A maximum of five pages of menus and recipes. Menus should indicate nutritional balance of a traditional meal, plus page 4 in manual presented in a binder with the other materials. B. Include the following information on the Foods & Nutrition Page. 1. Foods prepared 2. Number of times 3. Special Concerns C. A food product with recipe that is representative of the country. Note: The food product must be safe to hold at room temperature during the judging and display.

Class 3045. ................................ Passport to Foreign Cookery - Intermediate 3046. ………………………… Passport to Foreign Cookery - Senior

Special Awards Best Foods Exhibit The Cupboard, Carey Hewitt, Fort Collins Overall Champion Foods Exhibit Jay & Nancy Warburton, Fort Collins Overall Champion Foods Exhibit Jay & Nancy Warburton, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Foods Record Book Terry & Taanjia Enke, Wellington Outstanding Intermediate Record Book Jay & Nancy Warburton, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Foods Record Book


- 113 -

Department W Food Preservation

1. All foods must have been preserved since the last Fair by the 4-H member. 2. All canned products must include the following information on the label: a. Name of product. b. Method of preparation (type syrup, type pack, any additional ingredients added) as applies to product canned. c. Method of processing (i.e., pressure canner, water bath) and pounds of pressure used if food was pressure canned. d. Elevation at which processing was done. e. Exact processing time. f. Date processed. Examples: Peaches Green Beans ascorbic acid dip hot pack, 1/2 tsp. salt hot pack-thin syrup pressure canned at 12 ½ lbs. boiling water bath canned 25 minutes at 5,000 feet 35 minutes at 5,000 feet July 2019 September 2018 3. All dried foods must include the following information on the label: a. Name of product. b. Pretreatment used, if any. c. Name of additional ingredients, if any. d. Method of drying (oven, dehydrator, solar). e. Total drying time. f. Date dried. Example:

Apricots ascorbic acid dipped

dehydrator dried, 8 hours July 2019

4. Standard canning jars must be used for all canned exhibits. (The brand name, such as Ball or Kerr imprinted on the side of the jar identifies a standard jar.) All jars must have new two-piece lids. Re-usable lids and one-piece lids are not allowed. Decorative storage containers which have a rubber seal are not acceptable for canning exhibits. 5. While it is best to have screw bands on during transit to and from Fair, they should be loosened for judging. 6. Submit 2 jars each of jam or jelly. One jar will be opened and judged. The other will be exhibited. 7. All preserved foods must follow Colorado State University or USDA recommendations. Jams and jellies should be processed in boiling water bath. 8. Any jars showing leaks or spoilage will not be judged.

Units 40 & 41 Freezing and Drying

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Food Preservation page: 1. Date 2. Name of product 3. Amount 4. Preparation Method 5. Preservation or processing method used. C. Two of the following: 1. Packaging for freezing and explanation of use. 2. Rotation plan for using foods in the freezer. 3. Six rolls of fruit leather or six strips of jerky. Jerky recipes must use Colorado State University recommended procedures. Deer and elk meat must include a copy of test results for Chronic Wasting Disease. (CWD test is mandatory and a copy placed in binder/notebook.) 4. One-half cup of dried fruit. 5. One-half cup of dried vegetables. D. A copy of the recipe must be attached to ensure that the product is

safe.

Class 3101. ...................................................... Freezing and Drying - Junior 3102. ........................................... Freezing and Drying - Intermediate 3103. ...................................................... Freezing and Drying - Senior

Unit 42 Boiling Water Canning

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Food Preservation page: 1. Date 2. Name of product 3. Amount 4. Preparation Method 5. Preservation or processing method used. C. Any three of the following: 1. Two jars of canned fruits (different kind of fruit in each jar). 2. One jar of canned fruit and one jar of canned vegetables. 3. One jar of tomato sauce. 4. One jar of pickled fruit or vegetable, including chutney. 5. Two jars of jelly (both must be the same product).

6. Two jars of jam, conserves, fruit butters, preserves, and marmalades (both must be the same product). 7. One jar of pickled relish or salsa.

D. A copy of the recipe must be attached to ensure that the product

is safe.

Class 3104. .................................................. Boiling Water Canning - Junior 3105......................................... Boiling Water Canning - Intermediate 3106. .................................................. Boiling Water Canning - Senior

- 114 -

Unit 43 Pressure Canning

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information on the Food Preservation page: 1. Date 2. Name of product 3. Amount 4. Preparation Method 5. Preservation or processing method used. C. Three of the following: 1. One jar of canned vegetables. 2. One jar of spaghetti sauce without meat. 3. One jar of canned dried beans. 4. One jar of tomato sauce. 5. One jar of canned meat.

6. One jar of canned meat sauces (example: spaghetti sauce with meat, chili con carne).

D. A copy of the recipe must be attached to ensure that the product is

safe.

Class 3107. ................................................. Pressure Canning - Intermediate 3108. ...........................................................Pressure Canning - Senior

Special Awards

Overall Champion Food Preservation Exhibit Construction Supply House, Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

Outstanding Junior Food Preservation Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Food Preservation Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Food Preservation Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 115 -

Department W Cake Decorating

Superintendent – Stephanie Morrison 1. Cake should be placed on a very firm disposable surface, (foam core, strong cardboard, plywood, particle board, etc.) cut parallel to the shape of the cake and must be 1 ½” on each side from the base of the border (not the cake). The surface should be covered. Freezer paper is not advised because it absorbs grease. The cake board must be covered with a food safe material, such as aluminum foil. If you use decorative or gift wrap paper or fabric, it must be covered in food quality plastic wrap. 2. It is recommended that members learn the basic cake decorating skills included Units 1 – 3 before taking any of the more advanced units. Youth may then select the unit which includes the skills they wish to learn. Units 4 – 6 do not have to be taken in order as numbered and are for Juniors, Intermediates and Seniors. Units 7 – 9 do not have to be taken in order as numbered and are for Intermediates and Seniors. Units 10 – 12 are for Senior members only. 3. Real cakes are required for Units 1 - 6. Cake Forms are preferred for Units 7 – 10, as they hold up better under Fair conditions. 4. Exhibits requiring over a 2’ x 2’ exhibit area must be checked with the superintendent. 5. No non-edible material can be used in units 1 – 6. 6. Lower Units (1 – 3) should not use Royal Icing or Rolled Fondant as the base frosting. Fondant may be used only for decorations on cakes in Unit 1. No Fondant can be used in Units 2 and 3. Only required tip work can be used in Units 2 and 3. 7. Cakes will not be cut for judging. 8. Real cakes are required for all four required cakes and cupcake batter in Unit 1 – 6. At least 2 of the cakes need to be real in Units 7 – 10. Also, for Unit 8, 3 of the 5 cakes are required to be totally covered with fondant. 9. Unit 11 is molds and three molds are required plus the exhibit mold for a total of 4. 10. Unit 12 – 75 percent of the judging will be on the notebook. 11. Definition of two layered cake is, two of the same size cakes placed on top of each other. This is used for units 3, 7, 8, and 9. 12. Once a 4-H member has received a placing in the top 10 or a grand champion at State Fair, he or she needs to move to another unit because the skills in that unit have already been mastered. Also, if a member repeats a unit, he or she must show what new skill was learned.

Unit 1 Cake Decorating – Edible Cake Decorating

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 5) (All 5 cakes must be real): 1. occasion for use 2. real cakes 3. size or shape 4. techniques used 5. edible materials used 6. cost to buy similar cake 7. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake on the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated single layer 8” or 9” square or round, or 9” x 13” rectangle real cake using only edible materials for example: candies, pretzels and coconut should be used to create a design. No decorator tips are allowed in this unit. Fondant may be used for decorations only on the cake. One fourth of the top of cake should be visible to show smooth base. No royal icing can be used as icing or decorations on the cake. No non-edible material can be used. E. Bottom base border required.

Class 2601. ............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 1 - Junior 2602. .................................... Cake Decorating – Unit 1 - Intermediate 2603. .............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 1 - Senior

Unit 2 Cake Decorating – Single Layered Cake

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 5) (All 5 cakes must be real): 1. occasion for use 2. real cakes 3. size or shape 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. cost to buy similar cake 7. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated single layered real cake (8” or 9” round or square or 9” x 13”) using a leaf tip, star tip and writing tip. One fourth of the top of cake should be visible to show smooth base. (No fondant or royal icing may be used as icing or decorations on the cake.) Only required tip work can be used in Unit 2. No non-edible material

- 116 -

can be used. Do not use flowers made on a flower nail or materials other than frosting in decorations. No cake forms can be used. E. Bottom base border is required.

Class 2604. .............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 2 - Junior 2605. .................................... Cake Decorating – Unit 2 - Intermediate 2606. .............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 2 - Senior

Unit 3

Cake Decorating – Two-Layered Cake All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 5) (All 5 cakes must be real): 1. occasion for use 2. size or shape 3. real cakes 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. cost to buy similar cake 7. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated two-layered real cake (8” or 9” round or square) using three to five different types of tips in decorating. You must use the writing, star, and leaf tips, but may also use other tips, if you choose. Spatula and brush striping and figure piping are optional. One fourth of the top of cake should be visible to show smooth base. Do not use flowers made on a flower nail or materials other than frosting. No fondant or royal icing may be used as icing or decorations on the cake. Only required tip work can be used in Unit 3. No non-edible material can be used. E. Side trim required on exhibit cake and on at least two practice cakes. F. Bottom base border required.

Class 2607. .............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 3 - Junior 2608. .................................... Cake Decorating – Unit 3 - Intermediate 2609. .............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 3 - Senior

Unit 4 Cake Decorating - Character Cakes

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required character cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 5) (All 5 character cakes must be real): 1. occasion for use 2. shape 3. real character cakes 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. cost to buy similar cake 7. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated character cake (an entire cake which resembles the shape of a character or object made without cutting, other than a classic square, round, oblong, heart, hexagon, oval or petal cake shape). Three-dimensional cakes are acceptable. The cake is to be primarily decorated with the star tip or other tips appropriate to the design. No non-edible material can be used. E. A defined Bottom base border required.

Class 2610. ............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 4 - Junior 2611. .................................... Cake Decorating – Unit 4 - Intermediate 2612. .............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 4 - Senior

Unit 5 Cake Decorating – Themed Cupcakes

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required batches of cupcakes (can either be themed, stacked or character), plus the exhibit cupcakes, for a minimum of five baking and decorating experiences. (Total of 5): 1. occasion for use 2. size or shape 3. four batches of cupcakes 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. edible materials used 7. cost to buy similar cupcakes 8. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cupcake batches and exhibit cupcakes on the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required batches in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. A minimum of 3 and a maximum of 6 regular size (2 ¾”) cupcakes in liners. Cupcakes should be decorated using frosting and edible materials. Fondant and royal icing can be used only for decorations. Cupcakes should be of a similar theme. (Themed cupcakes mean that there is a central idea between all the cupcakes:

- 117 -

example: animal theme, flower theme: Disney characters cupcakes do not have to be all the same.) Place each decorated cupcake in a disposable 6-cup muffin tin or a container that matches the theme and is no larger than 10” round (example: tea cups, ice cream cones, etc.). Frosting must cover the cupcake and provide a base for decorations, ¼ of the frosting must be visible on at least one cupcake. Spatula painting and brush striping are optional. Please label with the exhibitor name and county. No non-edible materials can be used. Class 2613. ............. Cake Decorating - Themed Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Junior 2614. .... Cake Decorating –Themed Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Intermediate 2615. ............ Cake Decorating – Themed Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Senior

Unit 5 Cake Decorating – Stacked Cupcakes

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required batches of cupcakes (can either be themed, stacked or character), plus the exhibit cupcakes, for a minimum of five baking and decorating experiences. (Total of 5): 1. occasion for use 2. size or shape 3. four batches of cupcakes 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. edible materials used 7. cost to buy similar cupcakes 8. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cupcake batches and exhibit cupcake in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required batches in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. Stacking Cupcakes: Cupcakes can be stacked 2 but not more than 4 high with a maximum of 8 cupcakes total for the design, creating one design on them where cupcakes are stacked on top of each other and decorated. (Experiment with using mini cupcakes and regular sized cupcakes when stacking.) Non-visible supports can be used to hold stacked cupcakes. Cupcakes are decorated using frosting and edible materials. Frosting must cover the cupcake and provide a base for decorations, ¼ of the frosting must be visible on at least one cupcake. Fondant and royal icing can be used for decorations only. Cupcakes should be secured to a sturdy board with frosting for display. Board size should be appropriate to design (use guideline for cakes). Spatula painting and brush striping are optional. A variety of sizes is allowed and encouraged. No non-edible materials can be used.

Class 2616. ............. Cake Decorating – Stacked Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Junior 2617. .. Cake Decorating – Stacked Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Intermediate 2618. ............. Cake Decorating – Stacked Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Senior

Unit 5 Cake Decorating – Character Cupcakes

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required batches of cupcakes (can either be themed, stacked or character), plus the exhibit cupcakes, for a minimum of five baking and decorating experiences. (Total of 5): 1. occasion for use 2. size or shape 3. four batches of cupcakes 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. edible materials used 7. cost to buy similar cupcakes 8. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four batches of cupcakes and exhibit cupcake on the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required batches of cupcakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. Character Cupcakes are multiple individually decorated cupcakes that come together to create the character. That is, if a cupcake is removed, the design or character will be ruined. Another way to describe character cupcakes is any design that cannot be displayed in a cupcake pan as individual cupcakes. Design should be one dimension – no stacking. Cupcakes are decorated using frosting and edible materials. Spatula painting and brush striping are optional. Frosting must cover the cupcake and provide a base for decorations. ¼ of the frosting must be visible on a t least one cupcake. Fondant and royal icing can be used only for decorations. The character must be displayed on one cake board with a maximum size of 9” x 13”. No non-edible materials can be used.

Class 2619. ........... Cake Decorating – Character Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Junior 2620. . Cake Decorating – Character Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Intermediate 2621. .......... Cake Decorating – Character Cupcakes – Unit 5 - Senior

Unit 6

Cake Decorating – Cut-Up Cakes All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the four required cut-up cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 5) (All 5 cut-up cakes must be real): 1. occasion for use 2. size or shape 3. real cut-up cakes 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. edible materials used 7. cost to buy similar cake 8. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake on the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record.

- 118 -

C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. Patterns or diagrams for all required cakes must be included in the e-Record. D. One decorated cut-up cake using three different types of decorator tips (not different sizes of the same tips). (Edible materials may also be used.) Cake board must be cut parallel to the shape of the cake and not exceed 2’ x 2’ maximum limit. Non-edible internal supports are allowed but must not show. No non-edible materials can be used. E. Bottom base border required.

Class 2622. .............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 6 - Junior 2623. .................................... Cake Decorating – Unit 6 - Intermediate 2624. ................................................ Cake Decorating – Unit 6 Senior

Unit 7

Cake Decorating – Flat Surface and Nail Flowers

Intermediate & Senior Only All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the three required cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 4) (At least 2 of the 4 must be real cakes): 1. occasion for use 2. size or shape 3. cake or cake form (at least 2 real cakes) 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. cost to buy similar cake 7. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One two-layered 8”, 9”, or 10” cake or cake form using a minimum of: one flat surface flower, one flower made on a flat flower nail, one border and one side trim learned in this unit. No Fondant. E. Side trim is required F. Bottom base border required.

Class 2625. .................................... Cake Decorating – Unit 7 - Intermediate 2626. .............................................. Cake Decorating – Unit 7 - Senior

Unit 8 Cake Decorating – Fondant

Intermediate & Senior Only All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating

e-Record on the three cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 4) (At least 2 of the 4 must be real cakes and 3 of the 5 covered with fondant). Exhibit cake must be covered with fondant. 1. occasion for use 2. size or shape

3. cake or cake form (at least 2 real cakes and 3 of the 5 covered with fondant) Exhibit cake must be covered with fondant.

4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. cost to buy similar cake 7. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated two layered cake or cake form 8”, 9”, or 10” round or square covered in fondant and decorated using fondant and gum paste decorations. E. Bottom base border required.


Unit 9

Cake Decorating – Lily Nail Flowers Intermediate & Senior Only

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the three required cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 4) (At least 2 of the 4 must be real cakes): 1. occasion for use 2. size or shape 3. cake or cake form (at least 2 real cakes) 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. cost to buy similar cake 7. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated two-layered 8”, 9”, or 10” cake or cake form using an example of string work and a flower made on a lily flower nail. Texturing is optional. E. String work (cornelli, sota or applique lace) required. Writing is not string work. F. Bottom base border required.


- 119 -

Unit 10 Cake Decorating – Tiered Cakes

Seniors Only All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the three required cakes plus the exhibit cake (Total of 4) (At least 2 of the 4 must be real cakes) Forms are preferred for the exhibit cake:

1. occasion for use 2. size or shape 3. cake or cake form (at least 2 real cakes) 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. cost to buy similar cake 7. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your four cakes and exhibit cake in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the four required cakes in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One decorated cake or cake form of three or more tiers of graduated sizes, using supports. Separator plates and pillars may be used, but are not required. E. Bottom base border required Class 2631. ............................................ Cake Decorating – Unit 10 - Senior

Unit 11

Cake Decorating – Molds Seniors Only

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include the following information in the Cake Decorating e-Record on the three required molded items plus the exhibit item. Mold and shape at least three different edible materials (fondant, gum paste, molding chocolate, candy melts, etc.): (Total of 4) 1. occasion for use

2. molding materials ( at least three different molding or shaping materials)

3. molds used (mold at least three different edible molds) 4. techniques used 5. tips used and where 6. edible materials other than molding 7. cost of materials 8. any problems you had Be sure to put the cost of your three molded items and exhibit item in the expense page in the Cake Decorating e-Record. C. Include photos or drawings of the three molded items in addition to photos of you working on your project in the record photo page. D. One molded or shaped object displayed in a case (no larger than 10”) to protect the item from harm or on an 8” decorated cake or cake form.

Class 2632. ............................................ Cake Decorating – Unit 11 - Senior

Unit 12 Cake Decorating – Create Your Own

Seniors Only All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Cake Decorating e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. A detailed notebook describing your project including your goals, plans, accomplishments and your evaluation of results. You may use pictures or any records you have kept to provide evidence of your accomplishments. This notebook is considered to be your main project exhibit and will count for 75 percent of the scoring. If an item was made as a part of your project, a sample may be displayed as further evidence of the quality of your project. Display must not require over 1’ x 1’ area or consist of more than three items.

Class 2633. ........................................... Cake Decorating – Unit 12 – Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Junior Cake Decorating Exhibit

Maryanne Pennock Memorial – Doug & Linda Pennock, Berthoud

Overall Reserve Champion Junior Cake Decorating Exhibit Maryanne Pennock Memorial – Doug & Linda Pennock, Berthoud

Overall Champion Intermediate Cake Decorating Exhibit Finish First Auto Appearance, Troy & Sheila Johnston, Fort Collins

Overall Reserve Champion Intermediate Cake Decorating Exhibit Pam Konishi Harrold, Fort Collins Overall Champion Senior Cake Decorating Exhibit

Maryanne Pennock Memorial – Doug & Linda Pennock, Berthoud

Overall Reserve Champion Senior Cake Decorating Exhibit Maryanne Pennock Memorial – Doug & Linda Pennock, Berthoud

Most Creative Junior Cake Decorating Exhibit Belle Rosing Memorial - Harmony Hustlers 4-H Club, Dan & Susan Hutchens, Livermore

Most Creative Intermediate Cake Decorating Exhibit Belle Rosing Memorial - Harmony Hustlers 4-H Club, Dan & Susan Hutchens, Livermore

Most Creative Senior Cake Decorating Exhibit Belle Rosing Memorial - Harmony Hustlers 4-H Club, Dan & Susan Hutchens, Livermore

Outstanding Junior Cake Decorating Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Cake Decorating Record Book


Outstanding Senior Cake Decorating Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 120 -

Department Y Home Design and Décor

1. All exhibits items must have the name, age, county and county code 636 of the exhibitor attached. This information should be on the back at the left hand corner of the article. 2. The articles may be used before exhibiting but should be clean and in good condition when exhibited. 3. Only current year's records should be submitted. 4. Definitions of Decorative Accessory and Household Items A. A decorative accessory is a small decoration piece (not furniture such as end tables, night stands, sofas, chairs or window and floor coverings) which adds spice to a room. Examples: lampshades, picture frames, trays, small jewelry boxes, shadow boxes, small collectibles, vases, candlesticks, pillows, etc. B. A household item is a small usable piece (no furniture such as: end tables, night stands, sofas, chairs, or window and floor coverings). Examples: wastebaskets, canisters, planters, foot stools, etc.

Unit 1

Home Design and Décor All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Home Design and Décor e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made, and what recycled or reusable items you used this year. B. Include the following information on the Home Design and Décor page: pictures of other recycled items made during your project (a minimum of at least two photos). These are in addition to the photo required in the e-record. C. Select one of the following using at least 50 percent recycled or reused items (no furniture): 1. Using recycled material to make one of the following to be

used outside: a. Bird Feeder or Birdhouse b. Wind Chime c. Picnic Caddy OR

2. Using at least 50% recycled or reused items (no furniture) to make one of the following items to be used inside the house:

a. Centerpiece for table b. Planter

c. Room or desk organizer d. Decorative accessory for the home (see definition) e. Household item (see definition) f. Wall hanging 3’ x 2’ D. Completed Activity 2 – Color wheel from the manual placed in the e-record.

Class 3301. .............................. Home Design and Décor – Unit 1 - Junior 3302. .................. Home Design and Décor – Unit 1 - Intermediate 3303. .............................. Home Design and Décor – Unit 1 - Senior

Unit 2 Home Design and Décor

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Home Design & Décor e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. Include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made. B. Include the following information on the Home Design & Décor page in the e-Record.

1. Two or more exhibit photos showing item in place where it will be used and as a part of the total room design. These are in addition to the photos required in the e-record.

2. A statement on how you improved your family’s safety or a family escape plan.

C. One item or set from the following:

1. Communication Board (3’ x 2’) 2. Room or desk organizer 3. A wall hanging 3’ x 2’ 4. Decorative accessory 5. Household item (see definition) 6. Family Escape plan

Class 3304. .............................. Home Design and Décor – Unit 2 - Junior 3305. .................... Home Design and Décor – Unit 2 - Intermediate 3306. ............................... Home Design and Décor – Unit 2 - Senior


All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Home Design and Décor e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook, including room scheme. Include in your project story why you chose your exhibit, how you plan to use it, what other items you made and what recycled or reusable items you used this year. B. Select one of the following for an exhibit:

1. A refinished or refurbished piece of furniture. To refurbish is to restore a furniture piece to a new look by repairing damage and/or replacing seating or upholstery caused by heavy wear or neglect. Refinishing is when you strip off the old finish and apply a new finish or color that was not original to that piece of furniture. a. Attach pictures showing the original piece, one during

the refinishing or refurbishing process, and one of the completed pieces. These photos are in attrition to the photos required in the e-record.

b. A brief description of how the piece(s) fit into the room placed in the e-record.

OR 2. Select from one of the items below to exhibit:

a. A brief description of the window treatment or bedcovering you made or purchased that includes how it fits into the design of the room and if purchased why?

b. Attach up to 4 photos showing the exhibited item(s) in use in the room. These are in addition to the photos required in the e-record.

OR 3. An emergency weather plan for your family. Where

would you go? What type of items would you have in case of emergency? What personal items would you take with you? Place the emergency plan in the e-record.

- 121 -

Class 3307. ............................... Home Design and Décor– Unit 3 - Junior 3308. ................... Home Design and Décor – Unit 3 - Intermediate 3309. .............................. Home Design and Décor – Unit 3 - Senior


All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Home Design and Décor e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include in the e-record a written statement with the following information:

1. Goals 2. What your plan was for this project 3. Did you accomplish your goals? 4. List the resources that you used. 5. How did you share your project? 6. How did you evaluate your project?

C. Select one form the following for an exhibit: 1. Design board (art board, corrugated plastic, etc.) 22” x 30”.

Foam core or foam board for mounting samples. The design board will include samples of paint, fabric, flooring, etc., for the room you are designing.

OR 2. Job Shadow Exhibit – The standardized display board size

of 4’ x 3’ is to be used demonstrating what profession you are interested in and who you job-shadowed (profession, job title of person shadowing, what you learned from the experience, and if you still want to be in the profession, who or why not?)

Include pictures or any record you have kept providing

evidence of your job shadow experience. OR 3. Portfolio Exhibit

a. A physical representation of the career or business product such as a model, prototype or display/portfolio that includes images of accomplished work.

b. Written explanation that demonstrates knowledge of the related career or business field, potential careers, and the appropriate requirements for achievement in that field.

Class 3310. ...................... Home Design and Décor – Unit 4 - Intermediate 3311. ............................... Home Design and Décor – Unit 4 - Senior

Special Awards

Overall Champion Home Design and Décor Exhibit Andrew Lewis, Realtor, Loveland

Outstanding Junior Home Design and Décor Record Book William & Jane Lentz, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Home Design and Décor Record Book Amber Huffaker, Carr Outstanding Senior Home Design and Décor Record Book Amber Huffaker, Carr

- 122 -

Department Z1 Ceramics

1. All exhibits must have the name, age, county and county code 636 of exhibitor securely attached. 2. All work must be done by the member, including the cleaning of greenware or soft bisque used in the Porcelain Doll Unit. 3. A member repeating any unit must learn new skills. 4. One piece consists of no more than one item with lid (i.e. sugar bowl and lid). More than one piece is considered a set. Pieces in a set must be related. 5. All ceramic pieces must be free for close inspection by the judge. (Flowers should not be fastened with floral clay in a flower pot. Doll’s clothing must be easily removed.) If not, the piece/pieces will be disqualified. 6. For examples of technique sheets, go to http://co4h.colostate.edu/program-areas/projects/ 7. Bisque option is for items that are already cleaned and fired and can be exhibited in Units 1, 2, and 4.

Unit 1 Glazes

(Includes glazes on earthenware, stoneware, and porcelain) All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Complete two learning projects with information listed on the Ceramic page. C. Include at least three technique sheets for completed project. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include:

1. A list of all tools and brushes used. Sizes should be included, if applicable.

2. A list of brand name, number and colors used. 3. A list of steps;

a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired. c. A list of other products used.

D. One piece or set showing techniques learned.

Class 1701. ........................................... Ceramics – Unit 1 - Glazes – Junior 1702. ................................. Ceramics – Unit 1 - Glazes – Intermediate 1703. ........................................... Ceramics – Unit 1 - Glazes – Senior 1704. ............................... Ceramics – Unit 1 - Bisque Option – Junior 1705. ..................... Ceramics – Unit 1 - Bisque Option – Intermediate 1706. ............................... Ceramics – Unit 1 - Bisque Option – Senior

Unit 2 Underglazes

(Includes underglazes on earthenware, stoneware, and porcelain) All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Complete Ceramics e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Complete two learning projects with information listed on the Ceramic page. C. Include at least three technique sheets for completed project. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include:


2. A list of brand name, number and colors used. 3. A list of steps:



Class 1707. .................................. Ceramics – Unit 2 - Underglazes – Junior 1708. ........................ Ceramics – Unit 2 - Underglazes – Intermediate 1709. .................................. Ceramics – Unit 2 - Underglazes – Senior 1710. ............................... Ceramics – Unit 2 - Bisque Option – Junior 1711. ..................... Ceramics – Unit 2 - Bisque Option – Intermediate 1712. ............................... Ceramics – Unit 2 - Bisque Option – Senior

Unit 3

Overglazes (Includes overglazes on earthenware, stoneware, and porcelain)

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Complete Ceramics e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Complete two learning projects with information listed on the Ceramic page. C. Include at least three technique sheets for completed project. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include:





http://co4h.colostate.edu/program-areas/projects/

- 123 -

Class 1713. ..................................... Ceramics – Unit 3 - Overglazes - Junior 1714. ........................... Ceramics – Unit 3 - Overglazes - Intermediate 1715. .................................... Ceramics – Unit 3 - Overglazes - Senior

Unit 4 Unfired Finishes

(Includes unfired finishes on earthenware, stoneware, and porcelain) All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Complete two learning projects with information listed on the Ceramic page. C. Include at least three technique sheets for completed project. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include:




D. One piece or set showing techniques learned. Class 1716. .......................... Ceramics – Unit 4 - Unfired Finishes – Junior 1717. ................. Ceramics – Unit 4 - Unfired Finishes – Intermediate 1718. ........................... Ceramics – Unit 4 - Unfired Finishes – Senior 1719. ............................... Ceramics – Unit 4 - Bisque Option – Junior 1720. ..................... Ceramics – Unit 4 - Bisque Option – Intermediate 1721. ............................... Ceramics – Unit 4 - Bisque Option – Senior

Unit 5

Porcelain Dolls (Includes china paint on polished bisque or glazed porcelain (china) Soft-fired greenware is highly recommended for all doll projects)

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include at least three technique sheets for completed project. A technique sheets should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include:



a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired.

c. A list of other products used.

C. One piece or set showing techniques learned.

Class 1722. .............................. Ceramics – Porcelain Dolls – Unit 5 - Junior 1723. ....................... Ceramics Porcelain Dolls – Unit 5 - Intermediate 1724. ................................ Ceramics Porcelain Dolls – Unit 5 - Senior

Unit 6

Hand-Constructed In Stoneware All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed Ceramics e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Include at least three technique sheets for completed project. Technique sheet should have enough information included so the exhibitor or other persons would be able to make a project very similar by following the instructions. You should have a technique sheet with each piece you exhibit. The technique sheet should include:



a. If the piece was bisque-fired before application of color and to what cone size or temperature. b. How the color/colors were applied and number of coats. The cone size or temperature the color/colors were fired.

c. A list of other products used. C. One piece or set showing techniques learned.

Class 1725. .......................... Ceramics – Hand Constructed – Unit 6 - Junior 1726. .............. Ceramics – Hand Constructed – Unit 6 – Intermediate 1727. ......................... Ceramics – Hand Constructed – Unit 6 - Senior

Special Awards Overall Champion Ceramics Exhibit Jolene Lindsey, Loveland Outstanding Junior Ceramics Record Book


Outstanding Intermediate Ceramics Record Book Scott & Julie Melbye, Loveland

Outstanding Senior Ceramics Record Book Darrel & Tami Frank, Loveland

- 124 -

Department Z2 Scrapbooking

Youth may exhibit in one or all classes that you choose.

Members who are exhibiting several classes may copy their e-record. Each exhibit (class) must have an e-record. Be sure to

highlight what you are exhibiting in your e-record.

Scrapbooking One Page Layout All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook.

1. Seniors shall complete Senior Project on page 32 of manual for a single page layout rather than the specified two-page layout. Place information in the e-Record on the Specific Information Page. 2. Complete activities 1, 2, & 3 in manual and place in record book. Activities will be discussed during interview.

B. One page layout scrapbook page 8 ½” x 11” or 12” x 12”.

1. Page shall contain the following techniques: Juniors: at least two (2) techniques from the album technique list. Intermediates: at least two (2) techniques from the album technique list. Seniors: at least three (3) techniques from the album technique list. Create a page that is pleasing to the eye, items are not cluttered and colors are appropriate to subject matter.

2. Exhibited in a three-ring binder or scrapbook binder. 3. List techniques in story.

C. Journaling and titling must be included on the one page. D. If memorabilia is utilized, it must be placed in an archival safe

sleeve.

Class 2301. ...................................... Junior Scrapbooking One Page Layout 2302. ............................ Intermediate Scrapbooking One page Layout 2303. ..................................... Senior Scrapbooking One Page Layout

Scrapbooking Two Page Layout

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook.

1. Seniors shall complete Senior Project on page 32 of manual. Place information in the e-Record on the Specific Information Page. 2. Complete activities 1, 2, & 3 in manual and place in record book. Activities will be discussed during interview.

B. Designated Two page layout scrapbook page 8 ½” x 11” or 12” x 12”. Formatted to go together in a set (a two-page spread) that is coordinated by color and design which follows a theme with good logical order.

1. Place two-page layout in appropriately sized binder in protective sleeve – Archival safe.

2. Pages shall contain the following techniques: Juniors: at least two (2) techniques from the album technique list.

Intermediates: at least three (3) techniques from the album technique list.

Seniors: at least four (4) techniques from the album technique list.

3. Exhibited in a three-ring binder or scrapbook binder.

C. Journaling and titling must be included on the two page layout. D. If memorabilia is utilized, it must be placed in an archival safe sleeve. Class 2304. ..................................... Junior Scrapbooking Two Page Layout 2305. ........................... Intermediate Scrapbooking Two page Layout 2306. ..................................... Senior Scrapbooking Two Page Layout

Scrapbooking Album

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook.

1. Complete activities 1, 2, & 3 in manual and place in record book. Activities will be discussed during interview. 2. Seniors shall complete Senior Project on page 32 of manual. Place completed project in record book on the specific information page.

B. Completed album must contain eight (8) pages, designed on both front and back, for a total of sixteen (16) pages.

1. Pages must be exhibited between a sturdy front and back cover with each page in a protective sleeve-archival safe. Memorabilia shall be encased in protective sleeve, and must include required techniques to be part of the page count, but, does not count as a required if placed in a separate sleeve. For example, if album contains fifteen pages of layouts and the sixteenth page is memorabilia only with no technique, the album is missing a page and can be disqualified. 2. Include technique list, per page 5 of manual, on inside front cover of album. Mark album pages to correspond with technique list so the judge can easily find them (ex: number bottom corner of page protector). 3. Album shall follow a theme or be in chronological order. 4. All pages must include Journaling:

a. Correct spelling b. Tell your story: who, what, when, where, why? c. Title your page, or two-page layout.

d. Album must contain at least one handwritten journal entry, all others may be typed.

5. If adding pages to an album that has been judged only submit the pages done within the current 4-H year, do not include pages from past years. Document that this is an ongoing project (i.e. second edition “Seattle” album exhibit in 2016.

C. Technique List: Junior - 5 techniques (mark the pages where the techniques are located in the album):

1. Stickers or Die Cuts or Craft Punch 2. Cutting or Tearing 3. Photo matting (single or double) 4. (2) Enlarged Photos (minimum size 5”x 7”), one must be

black and white or sepia. 5. Two-page layout, coordinated and themed.

Intermediate - 9 techniques (mark the pages where the techniques are located in the album):

1. Stickers or Die Cuts 2. Cutting and Tearing 3. Photo matting (single or double) 4. Craft Punch 5. Inking/Stamping 6. Two (2) enlarged photos (minimum size 5” x 7”), one must

be black and white or sepia. 7. Memorabilia (in protective sleeve-archival safe)

- 125 -

8. Dimensional Embellishment (buttons, beads, bling, eyelets, brads, etc.)

9. Two-page layout, coordinated and themed. Senior – 15 techniques (mark the pages where the techniques are located in the album):

1. Stickers or Die Cuts 2. Cutting and tearing 3. Double Photo Matting 4. (2) Enlarged Photos (minimum size 5” x 7”), one must be

black and white or sepia. 5. Inking/Stamping/Coloring 6. Create a Border 7. Fibers 8. Buttons or beads 9. Eyelets and brads 10. Rub-ons or embossing 11. Craft punches 12. Chipboard 13. Dimensional Design (may use another technique to create

dimensional design, such as die-cut and stamping. Does not count as two techniques.)

14. Two-page layout, coordinate and themed. 15. Memorabilia (in protective sleeve-archival safe)

Class 2307. ........................................................... Junior Scrapbook Album 2308. ................................................. Intermediate Scrapbook Album 2309. ........................................................... Senior Scrapbook Album

Scrapbooking – Card Making (For Intermediate & Seniors Only)

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Set of 4 different hand-made cards following a theme with a maximum size of 4” x 6” per card displayed on a 12” x 12” board. C. No commercial based cards can be used. D. Four (4) techniques are required, at least three (3) per card. Techniques shall be labeled on the back of the board. 1. Inking/Distressing 2. Stamping/Coloring 3. Fibers 4. Buttons or beads/eyelets or brads 5. Tearing 6. Embossing 7. Dimensional design 8. Craft punch/Die-cuts 9. Rub-ons/Stickers

Class 2310. ......................................................... Intermediate Card Making 2311. ................................................................... Senior Card Making

Special Awards Champion Junior Scrapbooking Exhibit Larsen Structural Design, Blake & Kareen Larsen, Fort Collins Champion Intermediate Scrapbooking Exhibit

Larimer County 4-H Junior Leader Club, Rachel Masters, Fort Collins

Champion Senior Scrapbooking Exhibit Travis Myers Memorial, Harmony Hustlers 4-H Club, Dan & Susan Hutchens, Fort Collins

Outstanding Junior Scrapbooking Record Book Kitty Peterson, Sterling Outstanding Intermediate Scrapbooking Record Book Kitty Peterson, Sterling Outstanding Senior Scrapbooking Record Book Kitty Peterson, Sterling

- 126 -

Department Z3 Visual Arts

1. There is no limit for years of participation in a unit. 2. Ready to Hang for pictures means – wire secured and heavy enough to hold the picture. No Tape.

Unit 1

Portfolio Pathways Painting, Printing and Graphic Design

All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Complete a minimum of two art techniques listed under the media of Painting, Printing or Graphic Design. Provide pictures of all completed art techniques on the Visual Arts e-Record. (Art techniques for painting: acrylics, watercolors, abstracts, sand painting, self-portrait, action painting, oil painting with impasto, scumbling and perspective and encaustic painting. See manual for printing and graphic-design techniques.) C. Explain in your 4-H e-Record story what you learned. D. Exhibit - display your best art design. Oil paintings and acrylic paintings should be no larger than 16” x 24” canvas and ready to hang. Watercolor paintings should use small matte and be framed with glass. The framed watercolor should not be larger than 16” x 24”. E. Graphic Design exhibit can be a logo or a self-portrait, a blog, advertisement, website, CD or DVD label, optical illusion, or a notebook of your graphic designs, etc.

Painting & Printing

Class 2501. ................................. Visual Arts - Painting & Printing - Junior 2502. ....................... Visual Arts - Painting & Printing - Intermediate 2503. .................................. Visual Arts - Painting & Printing - Senior

Graphic Design Class 2504. ........................................ Visual Arts - Graphic Design - Junior 2505. .............................. Visual Arts - Graphic Design - Intermediate 2506. ........................................ Visual Arts - Graphic Design - Senior

Unit 2 Sketchbook Crossroads

Drawing, Fiber and Sculpture All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-Record presented in a sturdy binder/notebook. B. Complete a minimum of two art techniques listed under the media of Drawing, Fiber and Sculpture. Provide pictures of all completed art techniques on the Specific Project Information page in the e-Record. (Art techniques for Drawing: continuous and contour, shading, perspective, paper choices, colored pencils, pen and ink, calligraphy and cartooning.) See manual for fiber and sculpture techniques. C. Explain in your 4-H e-Record story what you learned.

D. Exhibit - display your best art design or sculpture. Framed drawings shall be no larger than 16” x 24” including the frame and ready to hang. Fiber art should be framed and ready to hang and larger 16” x 24”.

Class 2507. ............................ Visual Arts – Sketchbook Crossroads - Junior 2508. .................. Visual Arts – Sketchbook Crossroads - Intermediate 2509. ........................... Visual Arts – Sketchbook Crossroads - Senior

Special Awards Champion Junior Visual Arts Exhibit


Champion Intermediate Visual Arts Exhibit High Country Handiworkers 4-H Club, Anita Ballinger, Loveland & Cindy Buckardt, Loveland

Champion Senior Visual Arts Exhibit Larimer County 4-H Junior Leader Club, Rachel Masters, President, Fort Collins

Outstanding Junior Visual Arts Record Book Anonymous Donor Outstanding Intermediate Visual Arts Record Book Anonymous Donor Outstanding Senior Visual Arts Record Book Anonymous Donor

- 127 -

Department Z4 Leadership

Unit 1

Individual Skills for Younger Members All exhibits will consist of the following: A. Completed e-record with the following additional information presented in a sturdy binder/notebook: Complete at least one activity in the following sections of the

manual and either place the pages or make copies of the pages and place in the e-record:

Understanding Self Communications Getting Along with Others Making Decisions Plus, one of the exhibitor’s choice from the manual B. A display board summarizing a skill area, activity, or leadership topic the member learned. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board.

Class 1901. ...............................................Individual Skills – Unit 1 - Junior 1902. .................................... Individual Skills – Unit 1 - Intermediate

Unit 2 Leadership Road Trip

All exhibits will consist of the following: A, Completed e-record with the following additional information presented in a sturdy binder/notebook: 1. Complete all 12 activities in the Leadership Road Trip manual, either include the manual or make copies of the pages and place in the e-record. 2. Summaries or description of at least two Learning Experiences OR More Challenges from the Leadership Road Trip manual. B. A display board summarizing a skill area, activity, or leadership topic the member learned. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. Or A video summarizing a skill area, activity, or leadership topic the member learned. The video must be less than 10 minutes in length and must provide a link to view the video. Class 1903. ............................. Leadership Road Trip - Unit 2 - Intermediate 1904. ...................................... Leadership Road Trip – Unit 2 - Senior

Unit 3 Put Leadership to Practice

All exhibits will consist of the following: A, Completed e-record with the following additional information presented in a sturdy binder/notebook: 1. Complete all 10 activities and Talking Over Activities in the Club Leadership 1 manual, either include the manual or make copies of the pages and place in the e-record.

2. Summaries or description of at least two Learning Experiences OR More Challenges from the Club Leadership 1 manual. B. A display board summarizing a skill area, activity, or leadership topic the member learned. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. Or A video summarizing a skill area, activity, or leadership topic the member learned. The video must be less than 10 minutes in length and must provide a link to view the video.

Class 1905. ..................... Put Leadership to Practice – Unit 3 - Intermediate 1906. ................................ Put Leadership to Practice - Unit 3 - Senior

Unit 4 Refining Leadership Skills

All exhibits will consist of the following: A, Completed e-record with the following additional information presented in a sturdy binder/notebook: 1. Complete all 11 activities in the Club Leadership 2 manual, either include the manual or make copies of the pages and place in the e-record. 2. Summaries or description of at least two Learning Experiences OR More Challenges from the Club Leadership 2 manual. B. A display board summarizing a skill area, activity, or leadership topic the member learned. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. Or A video summarizing a skill area, activity, or leadership topic the member learned. The video must be less than 10 minutes in length and must provide a link to view the video.

Class 1907. .............................. Refining Leadership Skills – Unit 4 – Senior

Unit 5 Community Service

All exhibits will consist of the following: A, Completed e-record with the following additional information presented in a sturdy binder/notebook: 1. Complete all 9 activities in the My Hands for Larger Service manual, either include the manual or make copies of the pages and place in the e-record. B. A display board summarizing completed community service project. The standardized display board size of 4’ x 3’ is to be used. No additional items may be included on or in front of display board. Or A video summarizing completed community service project. The video must be less than 10 minutes in length and must provide a link to view the video.

- 128 -

Class 1908. ........................................ Community Service – Unit 5 – Senior

Special Award Overall Champion Leadership Exhibit

Larsen Structural Design, Blake & Kareen Larsen, Fort Collins Outstanding Junior Leadership Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Intermediate Leadership Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Leadership Record Book Bug-A-Bug-A 4-H Club, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins

- 129 -

Department Z7 Cloverbuds

Prior entry not required, but is encouraged

1. Each exhibitor may enter one item or poster/display board or be included with a club item or poster/display board, showing a Cloverbud learning experience. 2. Exhibits must comply with CSU Cloverbud policy and may not include contact with large or small animal activities, rocketry or shooting sports activities. Exhibits illustrating violation of the policy will not be accepted. 3. A standard size poster or display board which is 4’ x 3’ may be used. 4. Items must be no larger than the child can carry by themselves. 5. Exhibits will be entered at the McKee 4-H Building on July 30 between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. They will be checked out August 7, between 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 a.m. Exhibits may be entered and/or checked out by someone other than the member.

6. Cloverbud members have an opportunity to share their project with a junior assistant between 10:30 a.m. and 4 p.m. on July 30, if they desire. 7. Exhibitors will receive a participation ribbon. 8. Exhibits must be labeled with name of the exhibitor. 9. Cloverbuds may not enter exhibits that require watering or any other care. 10. Pre-entry is not required for Cloverbud members only.

Special 4-H Displays Space may be set aside for special 4-H displays in the McKee 4-H Building. These displays will not be judged. Displays should be brought to the 4-H building on July 30 between 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. with prior permission from a 4-H Extension Agent. They should be checked out on August 7, from 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m.

- 130 -

Instructions on How to Enter Open Class Exhibits

1. Access the 2019 Larimer County Fair Premium Book available online at: http://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/larimer-county-fair/ 2. Read the Fair Schedule located in the Premium Book. 3. Read the general information and rules starting on page 2. A. Read Open Class Horticulture division rules, page 132. B. Read Open Class Garden Flowers division rules, page 134.

C. Read Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography & Creative Crafts division rules on page 136.

4. Locate Open Class Departments you wish to enter. Horticulture, page 132 Garden Flowers, page 134 Baked Products, page 137 Canned & Dried Products, page 139 Needlework, page 142 Quilting, page 144 Spinning & Weaving, page 147 Machine Work, page 149 Fine Arts, page 151 Photography, page 153 Creative Crafts, page 155 5. Complete the Open Class Pre-Registration Form and send by e-mail or postal mail (information on entry form). Pre-Registration Form submitted after July 15 must be accompanied by $5 late fee per department entered. Exhibitor number will be assigned by the Fair Office. 6. Take exhibit(s) to the Larimer County Fairgrounds (South Hall of the 1st National Bank Exhibition building) during check-in time for the exhibit(s). Park in the 4-H parking lot or Lot A or B. Tuesday, July 30, 5:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. — Check-in Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography and Creative Crafts Thursday, August 1, 7:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. — Check-in Horticulture/Crops Thursday, August 1, 7:30 a.m. to 10:45 a.m. — Check-in Garden Flowers 7. At check-in, arrive in time to receive your exhibitor number and exhibit identification tag(s). Complete the information on the I.D. tag and attach one tag to each exhibit. Take your exhibit(s) to the appropriate department in the South Exhibit Hall. 8. Viewing of judging is open to the public. You are welcome to listen and learn from the judges. 9. Please return to the Fairgrounds to pick up your exhibits on Wednesday, August 7 between 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. Collect any premiums and awards won. If you are unable to pick up your exhibits that evening, please have someone else do it for you.

http://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/larimer-county-fair/

- 131 -

Open Class Division General Rules and Regulations

1. Entries – Prior Pre-Registration Entry is required in all departments. All Pre-Registration Forms shall be received by the Larimer County Fair Office, 5280 Arena Circle, Ste #101, Loveland, CO 80538, by July 15. Entry Office closes at 6 p.m. on July 15. Postmarks, faxes, or internet pre-registration will be accepted only if posted on or before July 15. Exhibitors do not need to be Larimer County residents. 2. Late Pre-Registration Forms – Pre-Registration Forms received after July 15 are subject to a late charge of $5.00/department, and subject to space availability in exhibit area. Please consult this booklet for information regarding rules and regulations for each department. No Late Entries Taken After Department Check-In. 3. Check-In – Open Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography and Creative Crafts exhibits must be in place between 5 p.m. and 8 p.m. on Tuesday, July 30. Open Horticulture check in is 7:30 a.m. - 9:30 a.m. on Thursday, August 1. Open Garden Flower check-in is 7:30 a.m. - 10:45 a.m. on Thursday, August 1. 4. Exhibits shall be released between 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. Wednesday, August 7. Removal of any exhibit before the designated time requires written approval from the Department Head Superintendent or Extension Agent contact and causes loss of any award money. Violation of this rule shall cause the exhibitor to forfeit any prize money due him or her. Exhibitors who are entered in another show and who wish an early release must furnish a copy of the entry blank to the department superintendent prior to check-in time. 5. All Exhibitor General Rules and Regulations apply to the Open Division and are available online at https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/larimer-county-fair/ specifically note the entries regarding Judging, Protests and Appeals, Rule Violations, and Thanking Award Donors. 6. The use of marijuana or CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 7. Classes may be combined or divided at the discretion of the superintendents. If there are 3 or more items in a miscellaneous or “Any Other” class, a new class may be made. 8. Payment of Premiums: Exhibitors who win a placing ribbon, i.e. Blue (1st), Red (2nd), or White (3rd), receive a cash award (premium). Exhibitors may collect payment for premiums and special other awards as follows: Wednesday, August 7: 7 a.m. - 7 p.m. Thursday, August 8: 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. Friday, August 9: 8 a.m. - 12 noon Premiums and special awards not collected before noon, Friday, August 9 will be forfeited. No Exceptions. Premiums will be: 1st - $2.00; 2nd - $1.50; 3rd - $1.00

https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/larimer-county-fair/

- 132 -

Department OG Open Class Horticulture

Division Superintendent–Mitzi Davis

Extension Contact – Alison O’Connor

1. All exhibits in this department are subject to the general rules and regulations. 2. Exhibits must be checked in with the superintendent and in place between 7:30 a.m. - 9:30 a.m. on August 1. 3. Judging will start promptly at 10:00 a.m., Thursday, August 1, and is open to the public to hear judges' comments. 4. An exhibitor may not exhibit more than one entry of the same variety in the same class. If entering more than one variety, variety must be listed. 5. Vegetable Critter Art (Classes 110 and 380) – Made from any parts of vegetables, including stems, leaves and seeds. Not to exceed 12” x 12” x 12”. Fastened with toothpicks only. No glue or tape. Judged on creativity. 6. Unworthy exhibits may be eliminated. Exhibits which do not follow the class description will be disqualified. Exhibits will be displayed and presented to the judge by superintendents and/or assistants in charge of this department. 7. Exhibits must remain on exhibit through Tuesday, August 6. If not removed by 7:00 p.m., August 7 they will be disposed of by Fair management. 8. Champions will be determined by points: First, 4 points; second, 3 points; and third, 2 points; times the number of entries in the class. 9. Classes may be combined or divided at the discretion of the superintendents. If there are 3 or more items in a miscellaneous or “Any Other” class, a new class may be made. 10. The use of marijuana or CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 11. Exhibitors in this Department shall make entry by Department Horticulture only to secure an exhibitor's number. Do Not Make Entry For Each Individual Class On Your Entry Form. 12. At check in time on August 1, your Department exhibitor's number will be given to you. At that time, each exhibitor will make out his or her own individual class entry tags and place them on their exhibits. A list of these entries should be given to the superintendent for checking. Lists and entry tags may be picked up at the Fair Office after July 24. 13. Hot peppers have been moved to the end of judging. Tasting these peppers has resulted in residual heat in the mouth, making it difficult to taste/sample the entries from other classes. 14. All 4-H members and other children are encouraged to enter vegetables in the Open Class Horticulture Show. Classes 110 – 160 are specific for youth (ages 5 – 18). Youth are encouraged to enter in any other classes, as per their exhibits.

15. Payment of Premiums: Exhibitors may collect payment for premiums and special cash awards. See Open Class Division General Rules and Regulations for schedule. Premiums and special awards not collected before noon Friday, August 9 will be forfeited. No Exceptions. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Open Class Vegetables

Vegetables will be judged for "table use." Uniformity in size, shape and color are important. Please include variety name on tag. Class (Classes for youth only; ages 5 – 18) 110. Vegetable Critter Art – grown by exhibitor, made from

vegetables or fruits, including the stems, leaves and seeds. Cannot exceed 12” in any dimension.

120. Beans, 9 pods, with stems (not more than 1” in length), any variety

130. Squash, 3 summer, zucchini or cocozelle type 140. Tomatoes, 5 cherry 150. Basil, 3 stalks, trimmed to 10” 160. Dill weed, 3 stems, no seeds, trimmed to 10” 170. Beans, 9 pods, with stems (not more than 1” in length), green, snap 180. Beans, 9 pods, with stems (not more than 1” in length), yellow, snap 190. Beets, 3 red table (topped to ½”) 200. Beets, 3 any other variety (topped to ½”) 210. Broccoli, 2 heads 220. Chard, 2 heads 230. Cabbage, 1 heads, any variety 240. Carrots, 3 (topped to 1”) 250. Cucumbers, 3 pickling (4” to 5”) 260. Cucumbers, 3 slicing 270. Eggplant, 2 280. Kohlrabi, 3, with tops & root, trim tops evenly ½” above ball, trim tap root ½” below ball 290. Lettuce, 2 heads 300. Kale, any variety, 2 bunches with 2 stalks per bunch, each bundled 310. Any other greens, 2 bunches 320. Onions, 6 green, bunched, tops may be trimmed 330. Onions, 3 round- or globe-type, white 340. Onions, 3 round- or globe-type, yellow 350. Onions, 3 round- or globe-type, red 360. Sweet Peppers, Bell type, 3 370. Sweet Peppers, Tapered type, 3

380. Vegetable Critter Art – ADULT – grown by exhibitor, made from vegetables or fruits, including the stems, leaves and seeds. Cannot exceed 12” in any dimension.

390. Potatoes, red, 3 400. Potatoes, any other variety, 3 410. Pumpkin, 1 small pie 420. Miniature Pumpkins, 3 430. Radishes, 6 (topped) 440. Rhubarb, 3 stalks, pulled, leaf cut to 1" 450. Squash, 3 summer, straight neck or crookneck 460. Squash, 3 summer, zucchini or cocozelle type 470. Squash, 3 summer, any other variety 480. Squash, Biggest Zucchini, by weight, stem trimmed to 1” 490. Winter Squash, 2 large, any variety

- 133 -

500. Winter Squash, 2 small, any variety 510. Tomatoes, 5 cherry 520. Tomatoes, plum or pear, 5 530. Tomatoes, 3 green 540. Tomatoes, 3 ripe 550. Any other vegetable, 3

Open Class Fruits

560. Apples, any variety, 5 570. Crabapples, 5 580. Currants, 1 cup, (8 oz.) 590. Grapes, 2 bunches, any variety 600. Plums, 5, any variety 610. Raspberries, 1 cup, (8 oz.) 620. Any other fruit

Herbs 630. Basil, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10" (with leaves, in container of water) 640. Chives, 6 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10” (no flowers, in container of water)

650. Dill weed, 3 stems, with leaves, no seeds, trimmed to maximum of 10" (in container of water)

660. Dill, seed heads only, 2 (on paper plate) 670. Garlic, 3 bulbs 680. Hops, 3 stems, no longer than 12”, bundled with a rubber band 690. Lavender, foliage only, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10" (in

container of water) 700. Lavender, flowers only, 6 stems, trimmed to a maximum of

10” (in a container of water) 710. Mint, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10" (with leaves, in container of water) 720. Oregano, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10” (with leaves, in container of water) 730. Parsley, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10" (with leaves, in container of water)

740. Rosemary, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10” (with leaves, in container of water)

750. Sage, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10" (with leaves, in container of water) 760. Thyme, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10" (with leaves, in container of water) 770. Any other herb, 3 stems, trimmed to maximum of 10" (with leaves, in container of water)

Hot Peppers 780. Peppers, Chili – Anaheim type, 3 (Limit 3 varieties per exhibitor) 790. Peppers, Chili – Jalapeno type, 3 (Limit 3 varieties per exhibitor) 800. Peppers, Chili - Cayenne type, 3 (Limit 3 varieties per exhibitor)

810. Peppers, Chili – Poblano type, 3 (Limit 3 varieties per exhibitor)

820. Peppers, Chili - Large, hot, 3 (Limit 3 varieties per exhibitor) 880. Peppers, Chili - Small, hot, 3 (Limit 3 varieties per exhibitor) 830. Hottest Pepper, any size, 1 (limit 3 varieties per exhibitor) Champion Open Class Garden...................................................Rosette Reserve Champion Open Class Garden.....................................Rosette

Special Awards Champion Open Horticulture Exhibitor Poudre Valley Coop, Gordon Ledall, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Open Horticulture Exhibitor

Larimer County Master Gardeners, Alison O’Connor, Larimer County

Hottest Pepper Exhibitor The Koski Family, Wellington Vegetable Critter Art Exhibitor – Youth The Davis Family, Fort Collins Vegetable Critter Art Exhibitor – Adult

Larimer County Farmers’ Market, Alison O’Connor, Larimer County

Biggest Zucchini Exhibitor Fort Collins Nursery, Dan Booth, Fort Collins Best of Show – Herb Division Dick Christensen, Fort Collins

- 134 -

Department OJ Open Class

Garden Flowers Co-Superintendents – Lorrie Wellman & Tony Koski

Extension Contact–Alison O’Connor

1. Prior pre-registration is required by July 15. Substitution between classes in this department will be allowed provided the substituted exhibit meets the class description. 2. Exhibits are governed by the general rules. 3. Exhibitors in this department shall make entry by Department Garden Flowers only to secure an exhibitor's number. Do Not Make Pre-Registration For Each Individual Class. At check-in time, you will be given an exhibitor's number and you will make out your own tags for flowers in each class that you have brought. The entry list should be filled out completely. The exhibitor is responsible to give this list to the superintendent for entry into classes. Items not identified on entry list when turned in are ineligible for judging. Lists and entry tags may be picked up at the Fair Office after July 24. 4. Please write variety of the flower, if known, on the entry tag. 5. All exhibits must be in place between 7:30 a.m. and 10:45 a.m., Thursday, August 1. Late entries will be disqualified. 6. Judging will start promptly at 11 a.m. on Thursday, August 1. Judging is open to the public. 7. Exhibits must remain on exhibit through Tuesday, August 6. If not removed between 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. August 7, they will be disposed of by the Fair management. 8. Exhibitors may keep flowers in good condition during the Fair by replacing flowers when necessary. 9. Exhibits which do not follow class description will be disqualified. Entering exhibits in the proper class is the exhibitor's responsibility. 10. If a class specifies one variety, all blooms, stems, or spikes must be one color. 11. If a class requires more than one bloom, stem, or spike, but does not specify "one variety," they may be all one color or a mixture of colors. 12. The use of marijuana or CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 13. Exhibitors may enter only one entry in each class. 14. In cut flower classes, foliage above water line should remain on stem. Multiple stems show best if cut at same length. 15. Champions - The Grand Champion Garden Flower Exhibit Department will be picked by the Judge from Classes 110 - 740. The County Flower Champion and Reserve Champion (Classes 110 - 470), the Best Flower Arrangement (Classes 480 - 540), the Best Houseplants (Classes 550 - 610), Best in Classes for Children (Classes 620 - 660, and Best in Classes for Youth (Classes 670 - 710) will be determined by points received: first, 4 points; second, 3 points; third, 2 points. In the event of a tie based on the points

awarded, the award will be divided equally among winners. A Special Award will be presented in each table setting class. 16. All flowers used, including in the table settings classes, must be grown by the exhibitor. Store-bought flowers are prohibited. 17. Materials used in dried arrangements must be collected and dried by exhibitor. 18. Table settings must be for 2 people and displayed on a card table or similar (measuring less than 4’ x 4’) provided by the exhibitor. The exhibit must include: a. Theme (state a chosen theme and include a menu and table setting appropriate to that theme); b. Table covering: table cloth, OR placemats (not both); c. Napkins; d. Dishes, cutlery, drinking vessel and all items needed as per the menu; e. Fresh flower arrangement, with flowers and greens grown by the exhibitor, proportioned to table, not taller than 10”; f. No food or drink. 19. With the exception of houseplants (classes 530 – 570), plants must be grown by the exhibitor for at least 2 months or in the container for 2 months. 20. Patio container size may not exceed 15” wide or long. Containers will be judged based on color, creativity, overall health, and display. Containers shall display plant materials only. Container flowers must be in possession of the exhibitor for at least 2 months, spring planting permitted. 21. Payment for Premiums: Exhibitors may collect payment for premiums and special cash awards won. See Open Class Division General Rules and Regulations for schedule. Premiums and special awards not collected before noon Friday, August 9 will be forfeited. No Exceptions. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Garden Flowers Class 110. Hybrid tea rose, 1–8" stem or longer 120. Rose, 3 varieties, 1 each–8" stem or longer, specify variety (i.e. floribunda, tea rose) 130. Rose, shrub rose, 2 stems, 1 variety 140. Gladiola, single spike 150. Zinnias, Giant, 5 stems 160. Zinnias, Pompom, 3 stems, mixed colors 170. Phlox, 1 stem 180. Marigold, large, one variety, 5 stems–flowers over 2" 190. Marigold, dwarf, one variety, 5 stems 200. Pansies, 5 stems 210. Petunias, 3 stems, any flower size 220. Calendulas, one variety, 5 stems 230. Snapdragons, 5 spikes, standard and knee high 240. Snapdragons, 5 spikes, miniature 250. Sweetpeas, annuals only, 5 stems only, no vines 260. Shasta Daisies, 5 stems 270. Cosmos, 5 stems 280. Sunflower, 5 stems 290. Rudbeckia, 3 stems 300. Echinacea, 3 stems 310. Chrysanthemums, 3 sprays 320. Yarrow, one variety, 5 stems 330. Columbine, 3 stems 340. Dahlias, 2-4”, 1 stem 350. Dahlias, 4-6”, 1 stem

- 135 -

360. Dahlias, over 6”, 1 stem 370. Dahlias, 1 stem floating, Dahlia Water Lily (no stem; free

floating in a clear bowl or brandy snifter – no artificial enhancements, such as marbles, are permitted; displayed with at least 2 detached dahlia leaves)

380. Daylily, same variety, 3 stems 390. Coleus, same variety, 3 stems 400. Any other flower, not previously listed, 3 stems

Arrangements for Special Purposes

Arrangement materials must be products of the exhibitor’s home garden. Class 410. Centerpiece for dinner table, floral only, fresh flowers only, size proportionate to formal dining table, 10” maximum height 420. Basket arrangement, fresh flowers and natural fiber basket material only 430. Ikebana arrangement, floral only, fresh flowers only (floral

pin frogs okay) 440. Coffee table arrangement, floral only, 12” maximum height

450. Themed flower arrangement, any media, arrangement must be at least 75% fresh plant material (adornments and embellishments permitted to reinforce the theme.

460. Miniature arrangement in any media (no larger than 5" x 5") 470. Fresh Flower Arrangement or Bouquet, in water

Patio Container Class

480. Patio container display (see rule #20); plants only, no hanging baskets; container size may not exceed 15” wide or long; all plants must be in possession of the exhibitor for 2 months (spring planting permitted).

Houseplants

490. Dish or Fairy Garden, with living plants, in owner’s possession for 6 months

500. Houseplants, 6" and under inside measurement of container (should be started by exhibitor or in exhibitor’s home for at

least 6 months) 510. Houseplants, greater than 6" inside measurement of container

(should be started by exhibitor or in exhibitor’s home for at least 6 months)

520. Houseplants, succulents or cactus only, any size pot (should be started by exhibitor or in exhibitor’s home for at least 6

months) 530. African Violets (should be started by exhibitor or in

exhibitor’s home for at least 6 months) 540. Orchid (must be flowering, in exhibitor’s possession and

cared for at least 6 months) 550. Terrarium display, with living plant material 560. Fairy garden, with living plant material

Classes for Children Ages 5 Through 12

570. Mug arrangement, fresh flowers only 580. Fairy Garden 590. Holiday arrangement, exhibitor’s choice of holiday 600. Fresh flower arrangement

Classes for Youth Ages 13 Through 18

610. Miniature arrangement in any media (no larger than 5’ x 5") 620. Fresh flower arrangement 630. Dish or Fairy garden 640. Terrarium display, with living plant material

Table Settings Please refer to Rule #18 for information regarding table settings; flowers must be grown by the exhibitor. 650. Table setting for two (Ages 5 through 12) 660. Table setting for two (Ages 13 through 18) 670. Table setting for two (Adult)

Special Awards Grand Champion Garden Flower Exhibit

Loveland Garden Center & Nursery, Kevin & Debbie Weakland, Loveland

County Flower Champion Gulley Greenhouse, Jim & Jan Gulley, Fort Collins County Flower Reserve Champion Palmer Flowers, Michelle, Fort Collins Best Flower Arrangement Plantorium Greenhouse & Nursery, Fort Collins Champion Houseplant

Bath Garden Center & Nursery, Sara Salzman, Fort Collins Outstanding Children’s Exhibit Rowes Flowers, George & Clint, Loveland Outstanding Youth Exhibit Rowes Flowers, George & Clint, Loveland Best Table Setting - Children 5 to 12 Walrus Ice Cream, Lisa Paugh, Fort Collins Best Table Setting – Youth 13 to 18 Walrus Ice Cream, Lisa Paugh, Fort Collins Best Table Setting - Adult Walrus Ice Cream, Lisa Paugh, Fort Collins Special Awards Chick-fil-A, Timnath

- 136 -

Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography, Creative Crafts

(Extension Contact–Emily Alligood)

1. Prior pre-registration is required. Pre-Registration Forms are due in the Larimer County Fair Office, 5280 Arena Circle, Loveland, CO 80538, on or before July 15. Late Pre-Registration Forms - Entry forms received after July 15 are subject to a late entry fee charge of $5.00/department, and to space availability in exhibit area. Entry office closes at 6 p.m. on July 15. Postmarks, faxes or internet pre-registration will be accepted only if posted on or before July 15. 2. Exhibitors in this department shall make entry by each Department Only – Baked Products, Canned & Dried Products, Needlework, Quilting, Spinning & Weaving, Machine Work, Fine Arts, Photography, and Creative Crafts. At check-in time, each exhibitor will be given an exhibitor's number to place on exhibitor tags for each item. Take each entry to the proper department to be recorded in the superintendent's book. A list of these entries should be given to the superintendent. Lists and entry tags may be picked up at the Fair Office after July 24. 3. All products exhibited must have been prepared since August 1, 2018 except for quilts. Exhibits can be entered only once. 4. Any article may be tested to the satisfaction of the judges. All articles and garments entered must be clean. 5. Exhibitor should be familiar with General Rules of the Fair. 6. Children’s age is determined as of December 31, 2018. 7. Only one entry will be accepted in each class from each exhibitor except Fine Arts, Photography, and Spinning and Weaving. No award money will be awarded if the product is not worthy. No Champion or Reserve Champion will be awarded if the exhibit is not worthy. Special Awards will be given at the judges' discretion. Premiums will be paid from the records in the department judge's book. 8. All awards will be chosen at the discretion of the judge(s) in each department. 9. All exhibits must remain on exhibit for the entire Fair, regardless of whether or not award is given. 10. All Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography, and Creative Crafts exhibits must be entered between 5 p.m. and 8 p.m. on Tuesday, July 30. Judging will begin at 8:30 a.m. on Wednesday, July 31, for Baked Goods, Canned Products, Creative Crafts, Needlework, Quilts, Spinning & Weaving, and Machine Work; 10:00 a.m. for Fine Arts. Photography will be judged Thursday, August 1, beginning at 5:00 p.m.

11. Viewing of judging is open to the public. 12. Exhibits will be checked out between 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. on August 7. 13. The use of marijuana or CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 14. Payment for Premiums: Exhibitors may collect payment for premiums and special cash awards according to schedule in Open Class Division General Rules and Regulations. Premiums and special awards not collected before noon Friday, August 9 will be forfeited. No Exceptions. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

- 137 -

Department OK Baked Products

Superintendent – Amanda Johnston Extension Contact – Emily Alligood

1. Viewing of judging is open to the public at 8:30 a.m. on

Wednesday, July 31. If determined appropriate by the judge, exhibits may be moved to a different class for competition.

2. To be accepted for entry, all exhibits must be: A. Products made in the home and entered in the name of the person who made it. B. Brought in a clear plastic, or zip seal-type bag. C. Completely cooled prior to entry and submitted on suitable,

covered, heavy cardboard or disposable plate. Pies may be submitted in any pie tin or plate, but dishware will not be returned unless arrangements are made during exhibit check-in.

3. No products that require refrigeration will be accepted. No

cream or cream cheese fillings will be accepted. Sour cream or yogurt may be an ingredient in a baked product. Butter cream frosting is acceptable.

4. All entry tags must be attached to exhibit, and paper work

completed, before taking exhibit to department entry table. 5. All items containing nuts must be labeled: CONTAINS NUTS. 6. Exhibitors may enter only one item in each class. 7. Attach recipes to all products, written on 3” x 5” index card,

listing measurements and ingredients only; directions are not needed.

8. Cake mix okay to use for exhibits entered in Decorated Cakes

Category. 9. Products "not for sale" must be marked by the exhibitor prior to

entry and must be picked-up by 3 p.m. on Judging Day, July 31, or they will be sold. Cookies, sweet rolls, biscuits, candy, and muffins will not be saved for the exhibitor, except for the Cookie Jar and Gift Baskets. All proceeds from the Bake Sale items will go to the Open class exhibit area improvement.

10. Jars and Gift Baskets will not be opened for judging. (Classes

670, 680, 690) 11. Important: See Open Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography,

and Creative Crafts General Rules for additional requirements and information.

12. The use of marijuana in any display, food item, or exhibit is

prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement.

Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Yeast Breads Class 110. Loaf White Yeast Bread 120. Loaf, any other yeast bread, identify variety 130. Dinner Rolls–exhibit of 4

140. Sweet or Fancy Rolls – exhibit of 4 150. Yeast Bread, gluten free

Quick Breads

Class 160. Cornbread (4 pieces, 3” x 3” each, no muffins) 170. Loaf Zucchini Bread 180. Loaf Banana Bread 190. Loaf Pumpkin Bread 200. Loaf of a Healthy Quick Bread (identify variety) 210. Coffee Cake (no yeast) 220. Batter Bread (no yeast), no shaping or kneading 230. Biscuits (no yeast), exhibit of 4 240. Fruit Muffins (identify kind), exhibit of 4 (no mini muffins) 250. Muffins, any other variety, (identify kind and/or ingredients, such as oatmeal, carrot, poppy seed, etc.), exhibit of 4 (no mini muffins) 260. Scones, exhibit of 4 270. Loaf Quick Bread – Gluten Free (identify variety) 280. Muffins – Gluten Free, exhibit of 4 (identify variety)

Cakes–Whole Cakes

Display on heavy, covered cardboard, not more than 2” larger than cake; must use clear plastic bag covering for un-iced cakes.

Class 290. Novelty Cake–iced or not iced (identify variety, such as

oatmeal, carrot, fruit, applesauce, etc.) 300. Angel Food Cake–no icing 310. Chiffon Cake–iced or not iced 320. Bundt Cake (identify variety) 330. Pound Cake (identify variety) 340. Cupcakes, iced, exhibit of 4 350. Cupcakes, iced – Gluten Free, exhibit of 4

Decorated Cakes Decorated cakes must be left for exhibit. No cake forms are allowed. Fondant covered cakes must show additional cake decorating techniques. Display on heavy, covered cardboard, not more than 2” larger than cake. Maximum height for all cakes is 14”. Cakes will be judged on creativity, techniques, and overall appearance. Do not put a cover on the cake. Class 360. Decorated Cake – Junior (13 years and under, as of December 31, 2018) 370. Decorated Cake – Teenage (14 years to 18, as of December 31, 2018) 380. Decorated Cake – Adult 390. Fondant Decorated Cakes – Adult 400. Fondant Decorated Cakes – Youth under age 18, as of December 31, 2018

410. Cupcakes, decorated – Youth under age 18, as of December 31, 2018 (must all be edible) exhibit of 4

420. Cupcakes, decorated – Adult (must all be edible) exhibit of 4

Pies Pies must have TWO crusts or a lattice top, with the exception of

class #490, which must have a crumb topping. Any pie tin or plate may be used, but will be disposed of if arrangements are not made

during exhibit check-in to pick up dishware after judging. Class 430. Cherry Pie 440. Apple Pie 450. Fruit and Rhubarb Pie (identify variety) 460. Any Other Single Fruit or Berry Pie (identify kind)

- 138 -

470. Mixture of Fruits and/or Berry Pie (identify variety) 480. Crumb topping Fruit Pie (identify variety) 490. Hand Pie – Fruit or Berry (identify variety), exhibit of 4

Cookies Exhibit of four of one kind – must leave entry

for display. No “No Bake” cookies. Class 500. Peanut Butter Cookies 510. Peanut Butter Cookies, Junior (age 13 years & under, as of December 31, 2018) 520. Sugar Cookie, cut out, iced 530. Sugar Cookie, cut out, iced, Junior (age 13 years & under, as

of December 31, 2018) 540. Oatmeal Cookies – drop 550. Oatmeal Cookies, Junior (13 years & under, as of December 31, 2018) 560. Chocolate Chip Cookies – drop 570. Chocolate Chip Cookies – drop, Junior (13 years & under, as of December 31, 2018) 580. Snickerdoodle Cookies 590. Snickerdoodle Cookies, Junior (age 13 years & under, as of December 31, 2018) 600. Bar Cookies, not iced 610. Bar Cookies, not iced, Junior (age 13 years & under, as of December 31, 2018) 620. Brownies, no icing 630. Brownies, no icing, Junior (13 years & under as of December 31, 2018) 640. Refrigerator Cookies–sliced 650. Nutritious Cookie 660. Any Other Cookie (identify variety) (No “No-Bake” cookies)

Cookie Jar or Gift Baskets Entire exhibit must be left on display.

Class 670. Cookie Jar or Gift Basket – A container of assorted cookies made from at least three different varieties of batters and

doughs. The container must be filled and should contain not less than four cookies of each variety; must be individually wrapped in clear wrap (not colored). The container must be suitable for use as a cookie jar or basket. Entire entry must not exceed 12” x 12” x 12” in height, width and depth. Judging basis: 55% on variety and 45% on creativity and packaging. Entries will not be opened or tested. Identify variety of cookies on 3” x 5” index cards.

680. Scone Gift Basket – A variety of three different scones, two scones of each variety; must be individually wrapped in clear wrap (not colored), and packaged for giving. Entire entry must not exceed 12” x 12” x 12” in height, width and depth. Judging will be based on 55% scone variety and 45% on creativity and

packaging. Entries will not be opened or tested. Identify variety of scones on 3” x 5” index cards.

690. Muffin Gift Basket - A variety of three different muffins; two muffins of each variety; must be individually wrapped in clear wrap (not colored), and packaged for giving. Entire entry must

not exceed 12” x 12” x 12” in height, width and depth. Judging will be based on 55% muffin variety and 45% on creativity and packaging. Regular sized muffins; no mini muffins. Entries will not be opened or tested. Identify variety of muffins on 3” x 5” index cards.

Candy Entries must consist of 4 pieces on a disposable plate in

a zipper seal-type bag. No entries requiring refrigeration will be accepted.

Class 700. Fudge, Chocolate, 1” pieces 710. Fudge, Any other variety, 1” pieces 720. Brittles 730. Any Other Candy, 1” pieces (identify ingredients)

Baked Food Specialties Class 740. Baked Goods Sweetened Entirely With Honey. (Any baked product: cake, cookies, bread, rolls, etc. sweetened entirely with honey.) 750. Holiday Baked Product–(All Holidays) (cakes, cookies, breads, etc.) Identify product. 760. International or Ethnic Baked Product – (cakes, cookies, breads, etc.) Identify product variety and country of origin.

Gingerbread House Entire display no larger than 14" x 14" x 14" tall.

Decorations will consist of icing, candy, etc. No Non- Food Items to be used in house construction or decorating. No house forms to be used. Must be made from gingerbread. All pieces should be hand cut. Judging will consider utilization of

decorating techniques and originality.

Class 770. Gingerbread House 780. Gingerbread House - Junior (13 years and under, as of December 31, 2018.) Same rules as above.

Sugar-Free Baked Products Class 790. Sugar-Free Baked Product - Any product made entirely free of beet or cane sugar or honey. Identify sweetener, if used. Attach recipe and identify product.

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion and eleven Champions and eleven Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded for outstanding exhibits. It shall be at the judges' discretion to withhold awards, if exhibits do not merit an award. Best of Show - Open Baked Products Alpine Cabinet Company, Dick, Scott & Bill Chinn, Timnath Outstanding Exhibit - Open Baked Products Alpine Cabinet Company, Dick, Scott & Bill Chinn, Timnath Outstanding Exhibit - Open Baked Products Alpine Cabinet Company, Dick, Scott & Bill Chinn, Timnath Single Exhibitor with the most Entries - Open Baked Products -

Alpine Cabinet Company, Dick, Scott & Bill Chinn, Timnath Outstanding Children’s Exhibits – Open Baked Products Jolene Lindsey, Loveland

- 139 -

Department OL Canned &

Dried Products Superintendent – Doreen Moore

Extension Contact – Edie McSherry 1. Judging is open to the public on July 31 at 8:30 a.m. Wine and Liqueur judging will be at 9:30 a.m. July 31. Honey judging will be at 1:30 p.m. on July 31. Judge will determine eligibility of exhibit at time of judging. If determined appropriate by the judge, exhibits may be moved to a different class for competition. 2. Recipes are required for all canned and dried products. The recipe must be affixed to the jar or container and must include source of recipe (resource name, year published and page number or date accessed online and website link), ingredients, preparation instructions, method, time, temperature and source of recipe. 3. All canned products must be canned in standard brand name clear, non-colored glass canning jars (no mayonnaise jars, etc.) and canned since August 1, 2018 by the person in whose name they are entered. Jars should be in good condition with two-piece canning lids with band in good condition and new flat lid. 4. To be considered for judging, all canned food entries must be canned in a boiling water canner or pressure canner. All canned and dried foods must be preserved using recipes from resources which use USDA recommendations for processing. All recipes must be from the most current version of your recipe resource and use canning information from 1994 or later. Acceptable resources include, but are not limited to: The USDA, University Extension publications and pectin package inserts. All preserved foods must be processed using recommendations for a high altitude area. Check with your local Extension Office prior to canning for acceptable resources for research tested recipes and altitude adjustments. In Larimer County, call 970-498-6008. 5. Processes that are unacceptable and unsafe include: open kettle processing, inversion sealing, steam canning, paraffin sealed jellies/jams, pickles, jams and jellies not processed in a boiling water bath canner, water bath canning of low acid products (vegetables require pressure canning), and meat jerky dried from unsafe meats. CSU recommendations must be used for jerky to ensure safety. 6. All canned products must be labeled properly. Label must include the following information: a. name of product b. method of preparation (type syrup, style of pack)

c. method of processing (i.e. water bath, pressure canner – indicate weighted or dial gauge)

d. processing time, altitude, and pounds of pressure (p.s.i.) e. date canned (all entries must have been preserved since August 1, 2018)

Examples: Sliced Peaches in Light Syrup

Raw Pack Boiling Water Canner

Processed 40 minutes at 5,000 feet August 30, 2018

Green Beans Hot Pack

Pressure Canned – Dial Gauge 25 minutes at 12 ½ lbs. at 5,000 feet

June 20, 2019

7. Fancy pack of canned products with special cuts or designs will not be considered. No decorative displays on jars except gift packs. 8. Products canned using reusable lids will not be accepted. 9. All dried foods should be displayed in appropriate storage containers (clear glass jars with rust-free lids, heavy-weight plastic food –quality bags, vacuum-sealed plastic food bags, etc.). 10. All dried foods must be labeled properly. Label must include the following information: a. name of product b. pretreatment used, if any

c. method of drying (over or dehydrator – solar drying not recommended

d. total drying time e. date dried (all entries must have been preserved since August 1, 2018) f. Jerky recipes must use Colorado State University recommended procedures. Deer and elk meat are to include a copy of test results for Chronic Wasting Disease. Test is mandatory.

Example:

Apricots Ascorbic Acid Dipped

Dehydrator Dried, 8 hours July 15, 2019

11. Exhibitors are limited to one entry per class. 12. Canned products may be opened and tasted per discretion of the judge. Dried Foods may be handled by the judge to determine stage of doneness. 13. Commercially produced or canned or dried products produced under the Cottage Foods Act will not be considered for judging. 14. The use of marijuana in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 15. See Open Class home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography and Creative Crafts General Rules for additional information. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

- 140 -

Canned Products

Canned Fruits Class 110. Apricots 120. Red Cherries, sour and pitted 130. Peaches 140. Pears 150. Fruit Pie Filling 160. Applesauce 170. Any other fruit sauce

180. Tomatoes, sauce or paste 190. Tomatoes, whole, or stewed 200. Tomato Juice 210. Any other fruit juice 220. Any other fruit

Canned Vegetables Class 230. Beans, green or yellow 240. Beets, red. 250. Corn 260. Any other vegetable

Pickled Products, Sauces and Condiments

Cucumbers

Class 270. Dill Pickles 280. Sweet Pickles 290. Bread and Butter Pickles

Vegetables

Class 300. Pickled Beans 310. Pickled Beets 320. Sauerkraut 330. Any other pickled vegetable (i.e. zucchini, cauliflower, peppers, mixed, etc.)

Fruit Class 340. Any pickled fruit (i.e. watermelon, etc.)

Relish, Salsa and Chutney Class 350. Cucumber Relish 360. Any other vegetable relish 370. Chutney 380. Fruit Salsa 390. Tomato or Vegetable Salsa

Sauces and Condiments

Class 400. Any pickled sauce or condiment

Gift Pack Class 410. An assortment of 3 jars of any kind of pickled product packed and labeled for giving. Jars will not be opened, but will be judged on combination, color, and variety. Each jar must be labeled – see Rules 2 and 6.

Jellies, Jams and Preserves

Jelly Class 420. Apple 430. Crabapple 440. Grape 450. Mint 460. Pepper 470. Plum 480. Any other kind

Jam Class 490. Apricot 500. Peach 510. Blueberry 520. Raspberry 530. Strawberry 540. Strawberry Rhubarb 550. Combination of Fruit (2 or more) 560. Any other kind

Preserves Class 570. Cherry 580. Strawberry 590. Combination of Fruit (2 or more) 600. Any other kind

Other Class 610. Fruit Butter 620. Conserve 630. Marmalade 640. Fruit Syrup

Gift Pack Class 650. An assortment of 3 jars of jam, jelly, preserve, fruit butter, fruit

syrup, conserve or marmalade packed and labeled for giving. Jars will not be opened, but will be judged on combination, color, and variety. Each jar must be labeled – see Rules 2 and 6.

Dried Products

Class 660. Fruit (six pieces of one kind) 670. Vegetables (1/2 cup of one kind) 680. Herbs (1/2 cup of one kind) 690. Fruit Leather (six pieces of one kind, 2” x 5”)

700. Dried Jerky (six pieces of one kind. (Must follow current CSU recommendations.) Recipe must accompany exhibit.

710. Gift Pack of Dried Herbs (4 varieties) packed and labeled for giving. Containers will not be opened. Each container must be labeled – see Rules 2 and 10.

- 141 -

Youth Division (13 years and under as of December 31, 2018)

Class 720. Jelly, any kind 730. Jam, any kind 740. Canned Fruit 750. Canned Vegetable 760. Pickle or Pickled Product 770. Dried Product 780. Gift Pack (same as Class 650)

Homemade Wine & Liqueurs 1. Exhibitors must be 21 years of age and over. 2. Each homemade wine entry shall consist of one standard wine bottle (750 ml or 5th bottles). Colored glass is acceptable, but the

glass must be translucent. 3. Homemade liqueurs entry shall consist of one bottle,

approximately 1 pint in re-closable bottles. Colored glass is acceptable, but the glass must be translucent. Do not use jars.

4. Red, White and Blush wines must be made from grapes. 5. Label bottles with fruit used and the year fermentation originated. 6. Entries will be opened for inspection and tasted only by the judge. 7. Exhibitors are limited to one entry per class.

Homemade Wines

Class 790. Red, Dry 800. White, Dry 810. Blush Rosé 820. Fruit 830. Sweet Dessert 840. Port 850. Mead 860. Specialty Wine (Flavored Wine)

Homemade Liqueurs

Class 870. Fruit 880. Non-Fruit (chocolate, coffee, etc.)

Honey

1. Exhibitors are limited to one entry per class. 2. Honey produced under the Cottage Foods Act will be accepted. 3. Liquid or Creamed Honey Exhibits shall be contained in ½ pint or pint clear, non-colored glass canning jars with a ½ inch headspace. 4. Liquid or Creamed Honey Exhibits must state the date processed on the label. Class 890. Comb, 1 square or round section 900. Chunk Honey, 1 pint glass canning jar 910. Liquid Honey - Light 920. Liquid Honey - Dark 930. Creamed Honey 940. Infused Honey

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion and Nine Champions and Nine Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded for outstanding exhibits. Grand Champion Canned Products Exhibit

Larimer County Farmers’ Market, Alison O’Connor, Fort Collins

Outstanding Open Class Canned Products Exhibit Larimer County Farmers’ Market, Alison O’Connor, Fort Collins

Outstanding Wine/Liqueur Exhibit Hops & Berries, Taylor Caron, Fort Collins Outstanding Wine/Liqueur Exhibit

Wilbur’s Total Beverage, Wines & Spirits, Fort Collins Best Honey Exhibit – Liquid Honey

Northern Colorado Beekeepers Association, Tim Hardy, Berthoud

Best Honey Exhibit – Comb Northern Colorado Beekeepers Association, Tim Hardy, Berthoud

- 142 -

Department OM Needlework

Superintendents - Kara Rudnick Extension Contact – Emily Alligood

Needlework Rules

1. Viewing of judging is open to the public July 31, beginning at 8:30 a.m. 2. All articles entered in this department can be entered in the Larimer County Fair only once. Articles must be finished since August 1, 2018. 3. All articles entered must be clean and blocked. 4. Only one entry per exhibitor will be accepted in each class. 5. All work must be done by exhibitor in all entries. 6. Articles that have name labels or “created by” tags need to have these tags or labels removed or covered. 7. All articles will be judged on workmanship, design and suitability to purpose. 8. Wall hangings must be covered with backings and be finished and ready to hang. 9. Wall hangings will be measured by the counted work not including the matting &/or frame. 10. All Counted Work must include an index card stating the length and width of the worked area along with the stitch count. 11. Children's age determined by their age as of December 31, 2018. 12. See Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography and Creative Crafts General Rules for additional information. 13. On an attached 3” x 5” card for Children, age 13 and under, describe what the child completed and what someone else did. 14. Machine embroidery is not accepted and will not be judged; the embroidery classes are for hand embroidery. 15. The Felting/Fulling category is for the creating of felt by using a wet felt or needle felt method. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Embroidery Articles (No Machine Embroidery)

Class 110. Home Accessory Item (pillowcases, luncheon cloths, etc., not including wall hangings)

120. Wall hanging or pictures 130. Candlewicking Article or Punch Embroidery Article 140. Beaded Stitchery 150. Any Crewel Work Item 160. Any Other Embroidery Article, not listed

Counted Work Class 170. Wall Hanging, under 9” x 6” 180. Wall Hanging, larger than 9” x 6” and under 12”x16” 190. Wall Hanging, larger than 12” x 16” 200. Home Accessory Item 210. Holiday Ornament 220. Sampler, must include numbers and/or letters 230. Any Item, 18 count or less per inch 240. Any Item, 20 to 27 count per inch 250. Any Item, 28 count or more per inch 260. Any other Counted Work Item, not listed

Canvas Work Class 270. Wall Hanging, any size 280 Sampler, variety of stitches 290. Any Other Canvas Work, not listed

Felting/Fulling Class 300. Any Hand Knit or Hand Crocheted Item Felted/fulled 310. Needle Felt Item 320. Wet Felt Item

Miscellaneous Class 330. Any Machine Knit Item 340. Rugs, other than felted 350. Loom Knitting 360. Any Tatting Item 370. Any Other Needlework, not listed 380. Any Other Felted Item not listed

Crochet

Class 390. Afghan or Bedspread, larger than 48” x 66” and under 54” x 72” 400. Baby Afghan 410. Afghan Granny Square 420. Adult Sweater 430. Child or Infant garment 440. Doilies 450. Home Accessory Item 460. Toys or Novelty Items 470. Apparel Accessory 480. Any Crochet Item, original design 490. Any Other Crochet Item, not listed

Hand Knitting Class 500. Afghan, larger than 48” x 66”, and under 54” x 72” 510. Baby Afghan 520. Adult Sweater 530. Adult Vest 540. Child or Infant Garment 550. Socks or Gloves 560. Scarves, any shape, smaller than 24” wide and a minimum of

36” in length 570. Mittens or Hats 580. Shawls, any shape, larger than 24” wide and a minimum of 36” in length 590. Any Hand Knit Item, original design 600. Any other Hand Knit item, not listed

- 143 -

Individuals Over 60 Class 610. Stitchery Item 620. Crochet Item 630. Home Accessory Item 640. Knit Item

Individuals Over 70

Class 650. Any Item in the Department

Individuals –7 years and under

Class 660. Stitchery Item 670. Crochet or Hand Knit Item 680. Felted or Fulled Item 690. Any Other Item

Individuals–8 years to 13 years Class 700. Stitchery Item 710. Counted Cross Stitch Item 720. Crochet Item 730. Hand Knit Item 740. Felted or Fulled item 750. Any Other Item

Individuals–14 years to 18 years Class 760. Stitchery Item 770. Counted Cross Stitch Item 780. Crochet Item 790. Hand Knit Item 800. Felted or Fulled Item 810. Any Other Item

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion and up to Twelve Champion and Twelve Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded for outstanding exhibits. Best of Show - Needlework Department Mary Biggers, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Reserve Best of Show - Needlework Department Mary Biggers, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Outstanding Embroidery Exhibit Mary Biggers, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Outstanding Knitting Exhibit Mary Biggers, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Outstanding Crochet Exhibit Mary Biggers, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Outstanding Any Age Youth Exhibit Mary Biggers, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Outstanding Senior Citizen Exhibit Mary Biggers, State Farm Insurance, Fort Collins Outstanding Open Needlework Individual - Ages 8 to 13 Ewe Bet Ranch, Teresa Beemer, Loveland Outstanding Open Needlework Individual - Ages 14 to 18 Ewe Bet Ranch, Teresa Beemer, Loveland Outstanding Hand Knit Exhibit

Northern Colorado Weavers Guild, Fort Collins Outstanding Counted Work Class Exhibit

Remina Rudnick Memorial, Kara Rudnick Fort Collins Outstanding Counted Work Class Exhibit

Pauline Deckinger Memorial, Kara Rudnick, Fort Collins Best in Show Hand Knit Item Front Range Knitting Guild, Mary Freitag Snapp, Greeley

- 144 -

Department ON Quilting

Co-Superintendents – Susan Lynd & Ronelda Kraft Extension Contact – Emily Alligood

1. Viewing of judging is open to the public Wednesday, July 31, beginning at 8:30 a.m. No discussion between exhibitors and judges will be allowed during judging process. 2. Articles can be entered in the Larimer County Fair only once. Articles must be finished since August 1, 2017. 3. All articles entered must be clean and free of animal hair and odors including smoke. 4. Only one entry will be accepted in each class per exhibitor. In some cases the class will be determined by the perimeter of the quilt. The perimeter is the distance of the outside edges. 5. All work must be done by the exhibitor. An exception is for quilts that have been quilted by others. These quilts have their own division and classes. 6. All name tags and labels need to be covered or removed. 7. Articles will be judged on workmanship, design and suitability to purpose. 8. Ages of the exhibitor for youth and senior divisions will be their age on December 31, 2018. 9. If you require special hanging brackets or handling, we will try to accommodate your needs. However; if the superintendent does not feel the quilt can be handled or hung safely it will not be accepted. 10. Once a quilt is entered in a class it can only be moved to a different class if it was entered in an incorrect class and must be approved by the superintendent. 11. If the exhibitor or volunteer are unclear of the correct class for a quilt, they will request assistance from the superintendent for determination. 12. See Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography and Creative Crafts General Rules for additional information. Definitions: 1. Art Quilts are designed and created as textile art. Since art quilts are not required to have binding, quilting or other standard judged techniques, they will be judged on creativity, workmanship and suitability of intent. 2. Wall-hanging quilts have the construction of traditional quilts, but, are intended to be hung as decoration. 4. Mixed technique quilts are for quilts that utilize more than one technique in fairly equal proportions. If the techniques are not in fairly equal proportions, the technique that has the most usage will be used to identify the class. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

First-Time Quilting Exhibitor Class 050. First quilt ever entered in the Larimer County Fair by exhibitor. Note: Quilt must have been made within the last 2 years. Quilt will be judged on workmanship. Every exhibitor will get a ribbon. The purpose of this class is to encourage and help new quilters improve techniques. Quilt cannot be entered in any other class.

Adult Division Machine Quilted by Exhibitor

Machine Quilted on Standard Home Machine

Class 100. Perimeter is 320” or less (lap or twin) 110. Perimeter is 321” or greater (full, queen or king)

Machine Quilted on a Mid/Long-Arm Machine By Exhibitor

Class 120. Perimeter is 320” or less, Computerized Design 130. Perimeter is 320” or less, Free Motion Design 140. Perimeter is 321” to 380”, Computerized Design 150. Perimeter is 321” to 380”, Free Motion Design 160. Perimeter is 381” or greater, Computerized Design 170. Perimeter is 381” or greater, Free Motion Design

Senior Division Machine Quilted by Exhibitor age 65+

Machine Quilted on Standard Home Machine

Class 180. Perimeter is 320” or less (lap or twin) 190. Perimeter is 321” or greater, (full, queen or king)

Machine Quilted on a Mid/Long-Arm Machine By Exhibitor

Class 200. Perimeter is 320” or less, Computerized Design 210. Perimeter is 320” or less, Free Motion Design 220. Perimeter is 321” to 380”, Computerized Design 230. Perimeter is 321” to 380”, Free Motion Design 240. Perimeter is 381” or greater, Computerized Design 250. Perimeter is 381” or greater, Free Motion Design

Youth Division

Under 14 Years of Age Class 260. First quilt ever entered in the Larimer County Fair by exhibitor. Note: Quilt must have been made within the last 2 years. Quilt will be judged on workmanship. Every exhibitor will get a ribbon. The purpose of this class is to encourage young quilters. Quilt cannot be entered in any other class. 270. Perimeter is 150” or less (wall hanging size) 280. Perimeter is 151” to 320” (baby quilt or lap quilt) 290. Pillow, table runner, or accessories

- 145 -

14 to 18 Years of Age Class 300. First quilt ever entered in the Larimer County Fair by exhibitor. Note: Quilt must have been made within the last 2 years. Quilt will be judged on workmanship. Every exhibitor will get a ribbon. The purpose of this class is to encourage young quilters. Quilt cannot be entered in any other class. 310. Perimeter is 150” or less (wall hanging size) 320. Perimeter is 151” to 320” (baby quilt or lap quilt) 330. Pillow, table runner, or accessories

Adult Division & Senior Division

Machine Quilted by Someone Other Than Exhibitor

Adult Division Class 340. Perimeter is 320” or less 350. Perimeter is between 321” to 380” 360. Perimeter is 381” or greater

Senior Division Class 370. Perimeter is 320” or less 380. Perimeter is between 321” to 380” 390. Perimeter is 381” or greater

Hand Quilted by Exhibitor Open to all ages. Can be machine-pieced.

Class 400. Perimeter is 320” or less 410. Perimeter is between 321” to 380” 420. Perimeter is 381” or greater 430. Whole cloth quilt any size

Hand Applique and/or Embroidered by

Exhibitor Open to all ages. Can be machine-pieced.

Class 440. Perimeter is 320” or less 450. Perimeter is between 321” to 380” 460. Perimeter is 381” or greater

Miscellaneous

Open to all ages. Can be machine-pieced

Machine Embroidered Quilts Class 470. Original digitized designs by exhibitor, Perimeter is 150” or

less 480. Original digitized designs by exhibitor, Perimeter is 151” or

greater 490. Designed by exhibitor using pre-digitized single pattern,

Perimeter is 150” or less 500. Designed by exhibitor using pre-digitized single pattern,

Perimeter is 151” or greater 510. Digitized designs and predesigned quilt pattern, Perimeter is

150” or less 520. Digitized designs and predesigned quilt pattern, Perimeter is

151” or greater

Paper Pieced Quilts Class 530. Paper pieced quilts (example: Judy Niemeyer, Jacqueline de

Jonge, Bella Bella) Perimeter is 250” or less 540. Paper pieced quilts (example: Judy Niemeyer, Jacqueline de

Jonge, Bella Bella) Perimeter is 251” or greater

Whole Cloth Quilt Class 550. Whole cloth quilt, any size

T-Shirt Quilt Class 560. T-shirt quilt, any size

Christmas Quilt Class 570. Christmas Quilt (Any size; can include applique,

embroidery, and/or embellishments)

Machine Appliqued Quilts Class 580. Perimeter is 320” or less 590. Perimeter is between 321” – 380” 600. Perimeter is 381” or greater

Special Technique Quilts Class 610. Non quilted Quilts (yo-yos, cathedral windows, crazy quilts,

etc.) 620. Tied Quilt 630. Photo Copy Quilt or printed background from home

computer 640. Stenciled, Colored, or Painted Quilt 650. Group Quilts, 2 or more individuals (pieced by exhibitor and

quilted by someone else)

Smaller Quilts

Art Quilts Quilts do not follow traditional piecing and/or quilting

Class 660. Pictorial (example: scenic nature scene portrayed with cloth

and thread painting 670. Abstract (collage, using fabric to “paint” a representation)

Wall-Hanging Quilts All wall hangings must have a hanging sleeve

Class 680. Perimeter is less than 70”, Pieced 690. Perimeter is less than 70”, Appliqued 700. Perimeter is between 71” and 160”, Pieced 710. Perimeter is between 71” and 160”, Appliqued

Accessories Class 720. Flat 2-Dimensional Quilted Items (i.e. table runners, bed

runners, table toppers, placemats, etc.) 730. 3-Dimensional Items (i.e. bags, totes, pillows, etc.)

- 146 -

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion and 16 Champion and 16 Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded for outstanding exhibits. Outstanding First Time Entry in Larimer County Fair Quilt Together Group, President, Fort Collins Outstanding Machine Quilted by Exhibitor – Adult Division League of Northern Colorado Quilters, President, Fort Collins Outstanding Machine Quilted by Exhibitor – Senior Division League of Northern Colorado Quilters, President, Fort Collins Outstanding First Time Quilt, Youth, Under 14 Years of Age Cooley Family, Loveland Outstanding First Time Quilt, Youth, 14 to 18 Years of Age Wacky Women’s Quilt Group, A. J. Erwine, Loveland Outstanding Quilt – Quilted by Someone Other Than Exhibitor – Adult Division The Fig Leaf, Laura Shotwell, Fort Collins Outstanding Quilt – Quilted by Someone Other Than Exhibitor – Senior Division The Fig Leaf, Laura Shotwell, Fort Collins Outstanding Hand Quilted Item – Adult Division Robbie Carpenter, Loveland Outstanding Hand Appliqued Quilt Women of the Cloth Quilters, Robbie Carpenter, Loveland Outstanding Machine Embroidery Quilt The Presser Foot, Fort Collins Outstanding Paper Pieced Quilts A. J. Erwine, Loveland Outstanding Whole Cloth Quilt League of Northern Colorado Quilters, President, Fort Collins Outstanding T-Shirt Quilt League of Northern Colorado Quilters, President, Fort Collins Outstanding Christmas Quilt Patti Lamfers, Loveland Outstanding Machine Appliqued Quilt League of Northern Colorado Quilters, President, Fort Collins Outstanding Special Technique Quilt Quilt Together Group Outstanding Art Quilt Rocky Mountain Creative Quilters, Julie Wilson, Fort Collins Outstanding Wall Hanging Quilt Patti Smith, Windsor Outstanding Accessories Stitches Quilting & Sewing, LLC, Sheila Honeycutt, Loveland Judges Choice #1 League of Northern Colorado Quilters, President, Fort Collins Judges Choice #2 League of Northern Colorado Quilters, President, Fort Collins Judges Choice #3 League of Northern Colorado Quilters, President, Fort Collins First Time Exhibits The Sewing Circle, Fort Collins

- 147 -

Department OP Spinning and Weaving

Co-Superintendents – Valorie Gathright, Connie Mechem Extension Contact – Emily Alligood

1. Viewing of judging is open to the public July 31, beginning at 8:30 a.m. 2. All articles entered in this department can be entered in the Larimer County Fair only once. Articles must be finished since August 1, 2018. 3. All articles entered must be clean. 4. Up to three entries per exhibitor will be accepted in each class. 5. All work must be done by exhibitor in all entries. 6. Articles that have name labels or “created by” tags need to be removed or cover the tags or labels. 7. All articles will be judged on workmanship, design and suitability to purpose. 8. Handspun judging will also be based on preparation of fiber, consistency, size, twist, and strength. All must be appropriate to the purpose of the yarn. 9. Children's age determined by their age as of December 31, 2018. 10. See Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography and Creative Crafts General Rules for additional information. 11. The use of marijuana or CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Hand Spun Yarn 1. All adult class skeins must be 2 ounces unless otherwise noted; youth class skeins must be 1 or more ounces. All skeins must be two or more ply, spun smooth and even unless otherwise noted. Yarn must be 100% of one fiber type except blends and novelty. Entries may be assigned to another class at the discretion of the judge or superintendent. 2. Thoroughly describe on a 3" x 5" card: a. type of fiber b. fiber preparation c. method of dyeing d. method of spinning e. purpose Class 110. Handspun Yarn, any variety, Youth (l3 and under) 120. Handspun Yarn, any variety, Youth (14 over) 130. Handspun Yarn, any variety, Senior (60 and over) 140. Handspun Yarn, any variety, Adult - First hand spun entry in

Larimer County Fair. 150. Any Fiber Using Any Kind of Hand Spindle, single or multi-ply, 1 oz. 160. Alpaca, single or multi-ply

170. Angora Rabbit, single or multi-ply 180. Goat (mohair, cashmere, cashgora, pygora), single or multi-ply 190. Llama, single or multi-ply 200. Plant fiber (i.e. cotton, flax, soy silk), single or multi-ply 210. Sheep Wool, medium single 220. Sheep Wool, two or more plies 230. Silk, single or multi-ply, 1 oz. 240. Yarns (animal fiber) not listed (i.e. musk ox, dog, cat), single or

multi-ply, 1 oz. 250. Blends of any above fiber, single or multi-ply 260. Novelty Yarn, any above fiber or blend, (i.e. looped, fluffy,

thick and thin, knotted, beaded, etc.), single or multi-ply. Binder thread may be non-animal fiber.

270. 3 Skeins – hand spun from the same fiber, each skein 2 oz., 2-ply

280. Any non-woven project using handspun yarn, both completed by the exhibitor. Must include yarn sample.

Hand Weaving

Thoroughly describe on a 3” x 5” card: 1. type of fiber 2. description of project Class 290. Hand woven clothing, using hand spun yarn as a significant

element 300. Hand woven clothing, using commercial yarn 310. Hand woven household article, using hand-spun yarn as a

significant element 320. Hand woven household article, using commercial yarn 330. Hand woven article, Individual, 7 years and under 340. Hand woven article, Individual, 8 years to 13 years 350. Hand woven article, Individual, 14 years to 18 years 360. Hand woven article, Individual, 60 and over 370. Miscellaneous: off-loom, 3 dimensional, free-form, or other

hand-woven articles 380. Hand woven Yardage (using handspun and/or commercial yarn) designed for clothing or household article, 2 yard minimum. Include your purpose on your 3” x 5’ card.

390. Tapestry – wall hanging

- 148 -

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion and 3 Champion and 3 Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded for outstanding exhibits. Outstanding Spinning Exhibit Lambspun of Colorado, Shirley Ellsworth, Fort Collins Outstanding Weaving Exhibit Lambspun of Colorado, Shirley Ellsworth, Fort Collins Outstanding Hand Woven Exhibit

Northern Colorado Weavers Guild, Fort Collins Outstanding Hand Spun Exhibit

Northern Colorado Weavers Guild, Fort Collins Outstanding Spinning Exhibit Your Daily Fiber, Fort Collins Outstanding Weaving Exhibit Your Daily Fiber, Fort Collins Outstanding Spinning/Weaving Exhibit Your Daily Fiber, Fort Collins Outstanding Weaving Exhibit My Sister Knits, Fort Collins Outstanding Spinning/Weaving Exhibit Shuttles, Spindles & Skeins, Boulder Outstanding Youth Exhibits Gathright Family, Fort Collins

- 149 -

Department OR Machine Work Superintendent - Karen Copeland

Extension Contact – Emily Alligood

1. Viewing of judging is open to the public on July 31, at 8:30 a.m. 2. Do not put names on clothing exhibits. Use hangers. Use a skirt hanger for skirts & shorts. 3. No garments are to be removed before check-out time. 4. All garments must be machine made with appropriate hand sewing where necessary. 5. Only one entry will be accepted in each class from each exhibitor. 6. All articles entered in this department must have been finished since August 1, 2018. 7. Children's age determined as of December 31, 2018. 8. ALL EXHIBITORS SHOULD DESCRIBE ON AN INDEX CARD WHY YOU CHOSE THE COLOR COMBINATION AND FABRIC. 9. FOR CLASS #140, #160, #350, #360, #570 AND #580 DESCRIBE HOW ITEM WAS RECYCLED AND FROM WHAT SOURCES ON THE INDEX CARD. 10. See Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography, and Creative Crafts General Rules for further information. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Children’s Exhibits (Made by Individual 7 Years and under)

Class 110. Clothing Article 120. Machine Made Novelty Item (Purse, Animal, Toy, etc.) 130. Recycled Garment (garment made from another garment, curtains, drapes, pillow cases, etc.)

Youth Exhibits

(Made by Individual 8 Years to 13 years) Class 140. Clothing Article 150. Recycled Garment (garment made out of another garment, curtains, drapes, etc.) 160. Machine Made Novelty Item (Purse, Animal, Toy, etc.)

Beginning Sewer Exhibits (Made by Individual 16 Years and older that has

been sewing from 1 to 15 Years)

Small Child Clothing Classes (size 9 or under) 170. Blouse or Shirt 180. Dress 190. Pants, Overalls, Shorts 200. Costume for Child or Period Outfit

Youth and Adult Classes (Youth size 10 and above and Adult) 210. Blouse or Shirt 220. Ensemble (Pants with Blouse or Jacket, Skirt with Blouse or jacket 230. Coat or Jacket or Cape 240. Dress or Jumper 250. Baptismal Outfit, Wedding Dress, Evening Wear, Formal Wear 260. Pants, Shorts, Skirt, Night Wear 270. Pieced or Quilted Jacket or Vest 280. Any Other Vest 290. Costume or Period Outfit for Adult 300. Recycled Garment (Clothing) 310. Recycled Garment (Animal, Toy, Purse, etc.) 320. Any Other Garment not listed 330. Accessories (Tie, Belt Scarf, Bag, hats, Apron, Bib, etc.) 340. Home Décor Item

Experienced Sewer Exhibits

(Made by Individual that has been sewing for more than 16 Years)

Small Child Clothing Classes (Size 9 or under) 350. Blouse or Shirt 360. Dress 370. Pants, Overalls, Shorts 380. Costume for Child or Period Outfit

Youth and Adult Classes (Youth Size 10 and above and Adult) 390. Blouse or Shirt 400. Ensemble (Pants with Blouse or Jacket, Skirt with Blouse or jacket 410. Coat or Jacket or Cape 420. Dress or Jumper 430. Baptismal Outfit, Wedding Dress, Evening Wear, Formal Wear 440. Pants, Shorts, Skirt 450. Night Wear, Sleep Wear, Loungewear 460. Pieced or Quilted Jacket or Vest 470. Any Other Vest 480. Costume or Period Outfit for Adult 490. Recycled Garment (Clothing) 500. Recycled Garment (Animal, Toy, Purse, etc.) 510. Any Other Garment, not listed 520. Accessories (Tie, Belt Scarf, Bag, Hats, Apron, Bib, etc.) 530. Home Décor Item

Novelty Exhibits Class 540. Machine Made Stuffed Animal, Bear, Toy 550. Machine Made, Any Other Novelty Item 560. Doll Clothes (3 outfits) displayed on board or Doll Outfit exhibited on a Doll (Doll not judged)

- 150 -

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion and seven Champion and seven Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded for outstanding exhibits in this department. Outstanding Adult Machine Work Exhibit

Fort Collins Chapter of the American Sewing Guild, Sandra Haddorff, President, Fort Collins

Outstanding Machine Made Exhibit The Sewing Circle, Fort Collins Outstanding Machine Made Exhibit The Sewing Circle, Fort Collins Outstanding Machine Made Exhibit The Sewing Circle, Fort Collins Outstanding Machine Made Exhibit The Sewing Circle, Fort Collins Outstanding Machine Made Exhibits Karen Copeland, Johnstown

- 151 -

Department OS Open Class Fine Arts

Superintendent – Pat Moore Extension Contact – Emily Alligood

1. Prior pre-registration is required. Pre-Registration Forms are due in the Larimer County Fair Office, 5280 Arena Circle, Loveland, CO 80538, on or before July 15. Late Pre-Registration Forms – Pre-Registration Forms received after July 15 are subject to a late entry fee of $5.00/department, subject to space availability. Entry office closes at 6 p.m. on July 15. Postmarks, faxes or internet pre-registration will be accepted only if posted on or before July 15. 2. Exhibits will be accepted from 5:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. on Tuesday, July 30. Judging will begin at 10:00 a.m. on Wednesday, July 31. Entries will be released from 5:00 – 7:00 p.m. on Wednesday, August 7. 3. Each exhibitor may show a maximum of three entries in the department and can enter up to three entries in one class. 4. See Open Class Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography, and Creative Crafts General Rules for additional information. 5. Classes may be combined or divided at the discretion of the superintendents and/or judge. If there are 3 or more of any media in a class that are of a similar topic, a new class may be made. 6. All pictures must be framed except those exhibited by Children 7 and under and Oils and Acrylics that are on gallery wrapped canvas. Inexpensive frames are fine. Do not tape matte to art. Framed work must have screw eyes and wire. 7. Artwork will be rejected if not properly prepared for hanging. Matted work must have a wire hanger sturdy enough to hold work. No glue back hangers, unless they have been reinforced (do not use masking tape). This rule is for your protection as well as the viewers. 8. Children ages are determined as of December 31, 2018. Participants in the Children's Division will each receive a participation ribbon. 9. To qualify for the Advanced Category, the artist must have previously won an award or successfully entered any juried show. If the judge or superintendent merits your work as advanced, even if you have not won a previous award or entered a juried show, your work will be put into the advanced category. 10. The judging of the Fine Arts will be based on the following: – Originality of idea (Absolutely no copying of any other painting.) – Manner in which medium is used. – Proper presentation of entry. (How artwork is framed, matted or mounted.) – Entry should be example of your best work. The work should not have been shown in past County Fairs. 11. Superintendent has the right to reject oversize pictures and subject matter of a sensitive nature. 12. Payment for Premiums: Exhibitors may collect payment for premiums and special cash awards. See Open Class Division General Rules and Regulations for schedule. Premiums and special awards not collected before noon Friday, August 9 will be forfeited. No Exceptions.

Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Children–7 years and under (List birth date of child on back of picture)

Class 110. Drawing, Any Media 120. Painting, Any Media 130. Collage (including seed or bean picture)

Youth–8 years through 13 (List birth date of child on back of picture)

Class 140. Drawing, Any Media 150. Painting, Any Media 160. Collage (including seed or bean picture)

Teenage–14 years through 18 (List birth date of child on back of picture)

Class 170. Drawing, Any Media 180. Painting, Any Media 190. Collage or Mixed Media 200. Sculpture

Amateur–19 years and over Class 210. Composition in Oil/Acrylic 220. Composition in Water Color 230. Composition in Pastel 240. Composition in Graphite Pencil, Charcoal or Colored Pencil 250. Composition in Mixed Media, Collage or anything not included in above categories 260. Sculpture 270. China Painting

Advanced–20 years and over (See Rule #9 under Open Class Fine Arts General Rules)

Class 280. Composition in Oil/Acrylic 290. Composition in Water Color 300. Composition in Pastel 310. Composition in Graphite Pencil, Charcoal or Colored Pencil 320. Composition in Mixed Media, Collage or anything not included in above categories 330. Sculpture 340. China Painting

Senior Amateur 60 years & older Class 350. Drawing, Any Media 360. Painting, Any Media 370. Collage or Mixed Media 380. Sculpture 390. China Painting

- 152 -

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion of the Show will be selected and a Champion and Reserve Champion ribbon will be presented in each age division. Grand Champion - Fine Arts Department Reserve Grand Champion - Fine Arts Department Champion Amateur Exhibit, Heritage Frames & Fine Art, Marty Vermilyea, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Amateur Exhibit Heritage Frames & Fine Art, Marty Vermilyea, Fort Collins Champion Advanced Exhibit Heritage Frames & Fine Art, Marty Vermilyea, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Advanced Exhibit Heritage Frames & Fine Art, Marty Vermilyea, Fort Collins Champion Senior Citizen Exhibit Heritage Frames & Fine Art, Marty Vermilyea, Fort Collins Reserve Champion Senior Citizen Exhibit Heritage Frames & Fine Art, Marty Vermilyea, Fort Collins Champion Children’s Exhibit Jolene Lindsey, Loveland Reserve Champion Children’s Exhibit Jolene Lindsey, Loveland Champion Youth Exhibit Jolene Lindsey, Loveland Reserve Champion Youth Exhibit Jolene Lindsey, Loveland Champion Teenage Exhibit Jolene Lindsey, Loveland Reserve Champion Teenage Exhibit Jolene Lindsey, Loveland

- 153 -

Department OT Open Class

Photography Superintendent - Anne Peterson

Extension Contact – Emily Alligood

Please Read All of the Instructions Before Entering, Especially if you are Entering

any Digital Enhanced Class. 1. Prior pre-registration is required. Pre-Registration Forms are due in the Larimer County Fair Office, 5280 Arena Circle, Loveland, CO 80538, on or before July 15. Late Pre-Registration Forms – Pre-Registration Forms received after July 15 are subject to a late entry fee of $5.00/department, subject to space availability. Entry office closes at 6 p.m. on July 15. Postmarks, faxes or internet pre-registration will be accepted only if posted on or before July 15. 2. Exhibits will be checked in from 5:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. on Tuesday, July 30. Judging will begin at 5:00 p.m. on Thursday, August 1. Exhibitors and spectators are invited to view judging and hear comments of the judge. Entries will be released from 5:00 p.m. – 7:00 p.m. on August 7. 3. Each exhibitor may show a maximum of three photographs in the department and can enter up to three entries in one class. 4. No collages of photos accepted. 5. Judge will consider entries on a basis of: (1) picture content and appropriateness of class designation; (2) composition; (3) image, quality, tone, color and texture. Superintendents and/or judges have the right to reclassify any photograph into a correct class. Classes may be combined or divided at the discretion of the superintendents and/or judge. 6. Prints must be at least 5" x 7" and no larger than 12" x 18". This is the photograph size, not the mount or mat. 7. Photography must not be framed, but must be matted or dry mounted. Photographs must not be shrink wrapped. Note: Hangers will be provided. Do not put them on your photographs. 8. Divisions for exhibitors to enter shall be the following: Children - 7 years and under (as of December 31, 2018) Youth - 8 years through 13 years (as of December 31, 2018) Teens - 14 years through 18 years (as of December 31, 2018) Amateur - Adults - 19 and over, by December 31, 2018, who

have not previously won a Grand Champion in this division (Amateur Photography) at the Larimer County Fair or have little or no formal training in photography.

Advanced Amateur - Adults who have previously won Grand

Champion in the Amateur Division of Photography at the Larimer County Fair or have had under three years of formal photography training or for whom "does not constitute a primary source of income."

Note: This class will accommodate most photographers who have previously shown in the "Professional" division which has been discontinued from this show. This show is intended to be an Amateur Show. We realize that Advanced Amateur Photographers often sell work or shoot weddings, etc., but rarely does this cover the expense of their hobby. Commercial booths are available for the professional who would like to show or sell their work at the Fair.

Senior Adult - 55 years and older 9. Do not write on photograph or mat. Photos with date and time stamp will not be placed. 10. An exhibitor may enter only one division. (i.e., Senior Citizen, Amateur, etc.) 11. A Champion and Reserve Champion ribbon will be awarded in each division. The Champions from each division will compete for Best of Show. 12. See Open Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography, and Creative Crafts General Rules for additional information. 13. Superintendent has the right to reject subject matter of a sensitive nature. No photography of nude or seminude subjects will be accepted. 14. Definition of classifications is as follows: Scenic – Landscape or view (people, if present, must be part of

the scene and not the subject of the photography). Nature –

A. Animals-Wildlife in its natural habitat (No people and nothing man-made in the photograph) B. Animals-Domestic (pets, zoo animals, etc.) C. Plants, Flowers, Insects People – Portrait or people included in the photograph as an

integral part of the subject matter. Sports Action – Any image depicting a sport Humor – Any Subject

Other – Still life, contemporary, geology, anthropology,

archeology, astronomy, architecture and other photographs not included in specific classes.

Digital Enhanced Photograph – Images modified and altered

dramatically through the use of computer programs. (Sharpening, contrast, and color correction are standard digital process. Anything beyond that fits in this category.) Entries placed in this class at discretion of superintendents.

You must enter the Digital Enhanced Class if you make any

addition of any new color, or any subtraction of any existing color from your photograph.

Please include a note on the back of your entry describing

how your photography was digitally enhanced.

- 154 -

15. Payment for Premiums: Exhibitors may collect payment for premiums and special cash awards won. See Open Class Division General Rules and Regulations for schedule. Premiums and special awards not collected before noon Friday, August 9 will be forfeited. No Exceptions. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Children - 7 years & under

Class 110. Black & White or Color Photo

Youth - 8 years through 13 years

Class 210. Scenic, Color Photo 220. Nature: Animals, Wildlife, Color Photo 230. Nature: Animals, Domestic, Color Photo 240. Nature: Plants, Flowers & Insects, Color Photo 250. People, Color Photo 260. Sports Action 270. Humor. Color Photo 280. Other, Color Photo 290. Any Subject, Black & White Photo (NO SEPIA) 300. Digital Enhanced Photo (see instructions above)

Teens - 14 years to 18 years Class 310. Scenic, Color Photo 320 Nature: Animals, Wildlife, Color Photo 330. Nature: Animals, Domestic, Color Photo 340. Nature: Plants, Flowers & Insects, Color Photo 350. People, Color Photo 360. Sports Action 370. Humor, Color Photo 380. Other, Color Photo 390. Any Subject, Black & White Photo (NO SEPIA) 400. Digital Enhanced Photo (see instructions above)

Amateur Class 410. Scenic, Color Photo 420. Nature: Animals, Wildlife, Color Photo 430. Nature: Animals, Domestic, Color Photo 440. Nature: Plants, Flowers & Insects, Color Photo 450. People, Color Photo 460. Sports Action 470. Humor, Color Photo 480. Other, Color Photo 490. Any Subject, Black & White Photo (NO SEPIA) 500. Digital Enhanced Photo (see instructions above)

Advanced Amateur Class 510. Scenic, Color Photo 520. Nature: Animals, Wildlife, Color Photo 530. Nature: Animals, Domestic, Color Photo 540. Nature: Plants, Flowers & Insects, Color Photo 550. People, Color Photo 560. Sports Action 570. Humor, Color Photo 580. Other, Color Photo 590. Any Subject, Black & White Photo (NO SEPIA) 600. Digital Enhanced Photo (see instructions above)

Senior Adult Class 610. Scenic, Color Photo 620. Nature: Animals, Wildlife, Color Photo 630. Nature: Animals, Domestic, Color Photo 640. Nature: Plants, Flowers & Insects, Color Photo 650. People, Color Photo 660. Sports Action 670. Humor, Color Photo 680. Other, Color Photo 690. Any Subject, Black & White Photo (NO SEPIA) 700. Digital Enhanced Photo (see instructions above)

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion will be selected and six Champion and six Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded for outstanding exhibits in each division of Photography. Best of Show - Open Photography Lefthand Printworks, Tim Hardy, Berthoud Reserve Best of Show - Open Photography Lefthand Printworks, Tim Hardy, Berthoud Champion Senior Exhibit - Open Photography Stonewall Creek Ranch, Larry & Anne Peterson, Livermore Reserve Champion Senior Exhibit – Open Photography Wayne & Janice Gibb, Berthoud Champion Children’s Exhibit - Open Photography Rodeo News, Siri Stevens, LaPorte Champion Youth Exhibit - Open Photography Whispering Pines Lodge, LLC, Corry McDowell, Loveland Champion Teen Photography Exhibit Lefthand Printworks, Tim Hardy, Berthoud Champion Amateur Exhibit - Open Photography Stonewall Excavating, Larry & Anne Peterson, Livermore Champion Advanced Amateur Exhibit – Open Photography Lefthand Printworks, Tim Hardy, Berthoud People’s Choice Award – Open Photography

Whispering Pines Lodge, LLC, Corry McDowell, Loveland & Stonewall Creek Ranch, Larry & Anne Peterson, Livermore

- 155 -

Department OU Open Class Creative Crafts

Superintendent - Jann Theilgaard Extension Contact – Emily Alligood

1. Prior pre-registration is required. Pre-Registration Forms are due in the Larimer County Fair Office, 5280 Arena Circle, Loveland CO 80538, on or before July 15. Late Pre-Registration Forms – Pre-Registration Forms received after July 15 are subject to a late entry fee of $5.00/department, subject to space availability. Entry office closes at 6 p.m. on July 15. Postmarks, faxes or internet pre-registration will be accepted only if posted on or before July 15. 2. All exhibits must have been completed since August 1, 2018. 3. All items will be judged on workmanship, beauty of design, general appearance, creativity, and how will it be used. 4. A written explanation on a 3” x 5” card must be attached to the exhibit. Explain what part is created/completed by the exhibitor. List any unique skills used. 5. An exhibitor may enter only one item in each class. 6. Classes may be combined and/or divided at the discretion of the superintendent and judge. 7. Classes 110 - 300 should be made by a child with minimum supervision by an adult. Please indicate age of children on entry tag. 8. Judging will begin at 8:30 a.m. on Wednesday, July 31. 9. See Open Home Economics, Fine Arts, Photography and Creative Crafts General Rules for additional information. 10. The use of marijuana or CBD in any display, food item, or exhibit is prohibited and shall be rejected. The exhibitor shall be referred to law enforcement. 11. Items meant to be hung will be hung, unless otherwise requested by exhibitor. 12. If a class exists anywhere in the OTHER Open Class departments for an exhibit, it may not be shown in the Open Class Creative Crafts class #530. 13. If your exhibit is overly large (i.e. wagon, saddle, doll house, furniture or other large object) please include dimensions and alert staff on entry form when entering so ample space can be planned for display. 14. Payment for Premiums: Exhibitors may collect payment for premiums and special cash awards won. See Open Class Division General Rules and Regulations for schedule. Premiums and special awards not collected before noon Friday, August 9 will be forfeited. No Exceptions. Premiums will be: 1st – $2.00; 2nd – $1.50; 3rd – $1.00

Children - 7 years and under (Age as of December 31, 2018)

Class Include age on 3” x 5” card, (Rule #4)

110. Children, 4 and under, any craft 120. Children 5 & 6 years of age, any craft 130. Handcrafted item of metal, leather, wood, candles, clay 140. Item of paper or stone or any other medium not listed in class #130 150. Jewelry, all materials 160. Pottery/Ceramics, purchased mold and or/painted 170. Pottery/Ceramics, handmade design and /or painted 180. Original creation made with Legos, MUST BE MOUNTED TO A SOLID BASE 190. Any item made from a kit 200. Plastic crafts of all kinds 210. Doll, any medium

Youth - 8 years through 13 (Age as of December 31, 2018)


220. Handcrafted item of metal, leather, wood, candles, clay 230. Item of paper, stone or any other item not listed in class #220 240. Jewelry, all materials 250. Pottery/Ceramics, purchased mold and/or painted 260. Pottery/Ceramics, handmade design and /or painted 270. Original creation made with Legos, MUST BE MOUNTED

TO A SOLID BASE 280. Any item made from a kit 290. Plastic crafts of all kinds 300. Doll, any medium

Teens - 14 years through 18 (Age as of December 31, 2018)


310. Handcrafted item of metal, leather, wood, candles, clay 320. Item of paper, stone or any other item not listed in class #310 330. Jewelry, all materials 340. Pottery/Ceramics, purchased mold and/or painted 350. Pottery/Ceramics, handmade design and /or painted 360. Original creation made with Legos, MUST BE MOUNTED

TO A SOLID BASE 370. Any item made from a kit 380. Plastic crafts of all kinds 390. Doll, any medium

Miscellaneous

Class 400. Ceramics, fired, glazed, stained, chalks, all included 410. Pottery, Wheel Thrown 420. Pottery, Sculpted Freehand 430. Item made from recycled materials (enter recycled garment or sewn item in Machine Work Department) 440. Dolls, all mediums and designs 450. Painting on any type of material – cloth, wood, etc. 460. Adult Coloring, must be matted or framed for hanging 470. Stenciling 480. Ethnic Craft, any item 490. Memory Books / Scrapbooking, a single page entry 500. Any Holiday Craft

- 156 -

510. Plastic Crafts 520. Rubber stamping 530. Any craft/material NOT listed in any other class 540. Silk Flower Arrangements 550. Dried Arrangement 560. Wreaths, all designs and shapes 570. Basket, handmade, any material 580. Jewelry, hand crafted original designs 590. Jewelry, beads, wire, any other material designs 600. Crocheted Crafts of any kind 610. Beadwork, all designs and items 620. Leathercraft, all styles and designs 630. Stained Glass, amateur 640. Stained Glass, advanced 650. Lathe turned pen/pencils with all types of material, (ie.

wood, acrylic, etc.) 660. Item made with natural stones, painted or with other added

materials. 670. Woodcarving, people, including caricatures 680. Woodcarving, critters 690. Carving, all other materials and designs, bark, gourds,

ornaments, ie. pinewood derby car 700. Functional item made with any material, furniture, home décor 710. Restoration 720. Any item made from a kit 730. Any craft item made by individual 60 to 70 740. Any craft item made by individual over 71

Special Awards A Grand and Reserve Grand Champion Exhibit will be selected and six Champion and Reserve Champion ribbons will be awarded for outstanding exhibits. Judge’s Choice – Exceptional Merit – Creative Crafts J. T’s Woodworks, Jann Theilgaard, Loveland Most Creative Use of Materials – Creative Crafts – Children 7 & Under J. T’s Woodworks, Jann Theilgaard, Loveland Most Creative Use of Materials – Creative Crafts – Youth 8 to 13 J. T’s Woodworks, Jann Theilgaard, Loveland Most Creative Use of Materials – Creative Crafts – Teens 14 to 18 J. T’s Woodworks, Jann Theilgaard, Loveland Outstanding Creativity, Miscellaneous Classes Tigges Farm, Kathy Rickart, Greeley Outstanding Woodcarving Exhibits – 3 Awards Northern Colorado Woodcarvers, Paul Price

- 157 -

Colorado 4-H Code of Conduct 4-H Members, Leaders, Parents, and other Adults participating

in 4-H Programs will: 1. Adhere to program rules, curfews, dress codes, policies, and rules of the facility being used. 2. Conduct themselves in a courteous, respectful manner, use

appropriate language, exhibit good sportsmanship, and act as positive role models.

3. Abstain from illegal behaviors, use of alcohol, marijuana,

illegal or illicit drugs, and tobacco including e-cigarettes and vaping device during 4-H events and activities.

4. Fully participate in scheduled activities. 5. Respect others property and privacy rights. 6. Respect the rights and authority of parents, leaders and

Extension Agents. 7. Abstain from abuse (physical and/or verbal) and harassment. 8. Accept personal responsibility for behavior including any

financial damage. 9. Be responsible for any financial damage caused by

inappropriate behavior. 10. Adhere to principles and rules of safety. Consequences for violating any part of this code of conduct may include, bur, are not limited to: removal from participation in the event in which the code of conduct has been violated (at the individual’s expense); sanctions on participating in future 4-H events; forfeiture of financial support for the event; removal from offices held, etc. Behavior outside of 4-H activities can affect “member in good standing” or “volunteer in good standing” status. It is the responsibility of all program participants to reinforce the code of conduct and intervene when necessary to enforce the rules.

Colorado 4-H Dress Code The following dress code has been developed for 4-H members and leaders to exhibit their best appearance during any 4-H events or activities. If you choose to dress inappropriately, you will be asked to change. Planning ahead will save you the inconvenience of changing your attire during the 4-H event or activity and ensure that you contribute to a pleasant 4-H atmosphere. Please be advised that the following dress code will be enforced for all 4-H members attending 4-H events and activities.

• Clothing: All clothing shall be neat, clean, acceptable in repair and appearance, and shall be worn within the bounds of decency and good taste as appropriate for 4-H events and activities.

• Articles of clothing which display profanity, products, or slogans which promote tobacco, alcohol, drugs, sex or are in any other way distracting, are prohibited.

• Excessively baggy or tight clothing which advertises gang symbols or affiliation is prohibited.

• Items of clothing which expose bare midriffs, bare chests, undergarments, or that are transparent (see-through) are prohibited. Tank tops with straps wider than one inch are permitted. Please be advised that spaghetti straps, shirts which expose a bare back, halter tops, and tube tops are prohibited.

• Shorts must be mid-thigh length. No cut-off shorts or short-shorts allowed.

• Hats need to be removed for meetings, workshops, meals, and other times when asked to remove them.

• Shoes must be worn at all times deemed appropriate.

- 158 -

IAFE Code of Show Ring Ethics Exhibitors of animals at livestock shows shall at all times deport themselves with honesty and good sportsmanship. Their conduct in this competitive environment shall always reflect the highest standards of honor and dignity to promote the advancement of agricultural education. This code applies to all exhibitors who compete at the Larimer County Fair. All leaders working with 4-H exhibitors are under an affirmative responsibility to do more than avoid improper conduct or questionable acts. Their moral values must be so certain and positive that those younger and more pliable will be influenced by their fine example. Exhibitors who violate the code of ethics will forfeit premiums and awards and shall be prohibited from future exhibition in accordance with the rules adopted by the Larimer County Fair Board. Exhibitors who violate this code of ethics demean the integrity of all livestock exhibitors and should be prohibited from competition at all livestock shows in the United States and Canada. The following is a list of guidelines for all exhibitors and all livestock in competitive events: a. All exhibitors must present, upon request of Fair and Livestock Show officials, proof of ownership, length of ownership and age of all animals entered. Misrepresentation of ownership, age, or any facts relating thereto is prohibited. b. 4-H exhibitors are expected to care for and groom their animals while at the Fair. c. Animals shall be presented to the Fair where they will enter the food chain free of violative drug residues. The act of entering an animal in the County Fair is the giving of consent by the 4-H exhibitor for show management to obtain any specimens of urine, saliva, blood, or other substances from the animal to be used in testing. Animals not entered in an event which culminates with the animal entering the food chain shall not be administered drugs other than in accordance with applicable federal, state and provincial statutes, regulations and rules. Livestock shall not be exhibited if the drugs administered in accordance with federal, state and provincial statutes, regulations and rules affect the animal’s performance or appearance at the event. If the laboratory report on the analysis of saliva, urine, blood, or other sample taken from livestock indicates the presence of forbidden drugs or medication, this shall be prima facie evidence such substance has been administered to the animal either internally or externally. It is presumed that the sample of urine, saliva, blood, or other substance tested by the laboratory to which it is sent is the one taken from the animal in question, its integrity is preserved and all procedures of said collection and preservation, transfer to the laboratory and analysis of the sample are correct and accurate and the report received from the laboratory pertains to the sample taken from the animal in question and correctly reflects the condition of the animal at the time the sample was taken, with the burden on the owner, exhibitor, fitter, trainer, or absolutely responsible person to prove otherwise. d. At any time after an animal arrives at the Fair, all treatments involving the use of drugs and/or medications for the sole purpose of protecting the health of the animal shall be administered by a licensed veterinarian. e. Any surgical procedure or injection of any foreign substance or drug or the external application of any substance (irritant, counterirritant, or similar substance) which could affect the animal’s performance or alter its natural contour, confirmation, or appearance, except external applications of substances to the hooves or horns of animals which affect appearance only and except for surgical

procedures performed by a duly licensed veterinarian for the sole purpose of protecting the health of the animal, is prohibited. f. The use of showing and/or handling practices or devices such as striking animals to cause swelling, using electrical contrivance, or other similar practices are not acceptable and are prohibited. g. Direct criticism or interference with the judge, fair or livestock show management, other exhibitors, breed representatives, or show officials before, during, or after the competitive event is prohibited. In the furtherance of their official duty, all judges, fair and livestock show management, or other show officials shall be treated with courtesy, cooperation and respect and no person shall direct abusive or threatening conduct toward them. h. No 4-H exhibitor shall conspire with another person or persons to intentionally violate this code of ethics or knowingly contribute or cooperate with another person or persons either by affirmative action or inaction to violate this code of ethics. Violation of this rule shall subject such individual to disciplinary action. The application of this code of ethics provides for absolute responsibility for an animal’s condition by the 4-H exhibitor whether or not he or she was actually instrumental in or had actual knowledge of the treatment of the animal in contravention of this code of ethics. i. The act of entering an animal is the giving of consent by the 4-H exhibitor to have disciplinary action taken by the Fair Executive Committee without recourse against the Fair Executive Committee. The act of entering an animal is the giving of consent that any proceedings or disciplinary action taken by the Fair Executive Committee may be published with the name of the violators in any publication of the International Association of Fairs and Expositions, including Fairs and Expositions and any special notices to members. j. The act of entering an animal in the Larimer County Fair is the giving of verification by the 4-H exhibitor that he or she has read the Code of Show Ring Ethics and understands the consequences of and penalties provided for actions by the code. It is further a consent that any action which contravenes these rules and is also in violation of federal, state, or provincial statutes, regulations, or rules may be released to appropriate law enforcement authorities with jurisdiction over such infractions.

All 4-H Projects (Except Horse & Dog) SUBMIT FORM:

4-H ENTRY FORM Entries Close: July 15, 2019

Mail To: Larimer County Fair

5280 Arena Circle, Suite 101 Loveland, CO 80538

**By July 15**

Bring to: Fair Extension Office

McKee 4-H Building (970) 619-4080

FAX (970) 619-4085 **July 10 – 15**

Office Use ONLY Exhibitor Number: _________

Late Fees: $ ______________

Exhibitor Name: Address: City / Zip: Date of Birth: Age on Dec 31: Home Phone #: 4-H Club: Parent / Guardian Name: Emergency Phone #: Premises ID #: (Livestock Only)

All columns below must be completed that apply to your project. Complete columns below for animal entries

Department

Class #

Class Description

Breed Ear Tag, Tattoo

or Leg Band Date of Birth

(breeding only)

Sex

SUBMIT YOUR LIVESTOCK CODE OF ETHICS FORM, TOO!

Please accept the following entries, subject to the rules governing the exhibits at the Larimer County Fair as published in the 2019 Premium Book. All statements made in connection with these entries are true. I hereby release the Larimer County Fair from all damages or loss caused by my exhibit. I also agree to abide by the rules as stated in the Premium Book. Signature of Member Date Signature of Parent / Guardian Date

Entry Fees & Late Fees for All 4-H Departments Number Market Beef .......... @ $3.00 per animal .............................. $ Market Lambs ....... @ $2.00 per animal .............................. $ Market Goats ........ @ $2.00 per animal .............................. $ Market Swine ........ @ $2.00 per animal .............................. $ All Poultry ............ @ $6.00 per exhibitor ......................... $ All Rabbits ............ @ $6.00 per exhibitor .......................... $ Health Inspection* @ $1.00 per animal .............................. $

*For all breeding & market animals and cats (excluding poultry & rabbits). Carcass Contest ..... @ $6.00 per animal .............................. $ Late Entry ........... @ $25.00 per class ALL DEPTS. ....... $ Total Due ......................... $

This form must be signed and returned with livestock entries

International Code of Ethics Form

I have read and understand, and in consideration for being permitted to exhibit at this event, agree and consent to abide by the rules of competition, including the International Association of Fairs and Expositions (IAFE) National Code of Show Ethics as stated in the premium book. Date ______________ _________________________________________ Exhibitor / Owner Date ______________ _________________________________________ Guardian or Parent of the above signatory

SUBMIT FORM: 4-H Horse

Entry Form – Dept. D Entries Close July 15, 2019

Mail to: Larimer County Fair

5280 Arena Circle, Suite 101 Loveland, CO 80538 **By July 15**



FAX (970) 619-4085 **July 10 - 15**


Late Fees: $ ______________

Number Horse Entry Fees Horse(s) @ $6.00 each ................................................... $ Health Inspection -- $1.00 per horse ............................... $ Working Ranch Horse Cattle Fee -- $30.00/exhibitor ... $ Late entry fee from July 16 to July 19 -- $25.00 per class ........... $ Total Amount Due ............. $ No late entries after July 19

Western Level: ___________________________

English Level: ___________________________

Working Ranch Horse Level: _______________

Exhibitor Name: Date of Birth: Age on Dec 31: ______ Address: Home Phone #: City / Zip: 4-H Club: Parent / Guardian Name: Emergency Phone #: ( ) 4-H Horse Leader: Email: (required) ______________________________________

ALL COLUMNS BELOW MUST BE COMPLETED --- USE TWO ENTRY FORMS IF NECESSARY.

Class #

Class Name

Registered Name of Horse

Nickname of Horse

Breed

Horse’s Date of Birth

Sex

Please accept the following entries, subject to the rules governing the exhibits at the Larimer County Fair as published in the 2019 Premium Book. All statements made in connection with these entries are true. I hereby release the Larimer County Fair from all damages or loss caused by my exhibit. I understand that horses are unpredictable and I take full responsibility for any injuries or accidents. I also agree to abide by the rules as stated in the Premium Book. Larimer County 4-H rules require participants to wear helmets at all times when mounted.

Signature of Member Date Signature of Parent / Guardian Date

SUBMIT FORM: 4-H Dog

Entry Form – Dept. K Entries Close July 15, 2019





FAX (970) 619-4085 **July 10 - 15**


Late Fees: $ ______________

Health Inspection -- $1.00 per dog.................................. $ Late entry fee from $25.00 per class ............................................. $ Total Amount Due ............. $

Exhibitor Name: Date of Birth: Age on Dec 31: ______ Address: Home Phone #: City / Zip: 4-H Club: Parent / Guardian Name: Emergency Phone #: ( ) Email: (required) ______________________________________

ALL COLUMNS BELOW MUST BE COMPLETED --- USE TWO ENTRY FORMS IF NECESSARY.

Class

#

Class Name

Name of Dog

Breed

Dog’s Age

Height

Please accept the following entries, subject to the rules governing the exhibits at the Larimer County Fair as published in the 2019 Premium Book. All statements made in connection with these entries are true. I hereby release the Larimer County Fair from all damages or loss caused by my exhibit. I also agree to abide by the rules as stated in the Premium Book.

Signature of Member Date Signature of Parent / Guardian Date

SUBMIT FORM: OPEN CLASS

PRE-REGISTRATION FORM Entries Close

July 15, 2019





FAX (970) 619-4085 **July 10 – 15**


Late Fees: $ ______________

Pre-registration Required. Your pre-registration must be in the Larimer County Fair Office, 5280 Arena Circle, Ste 101, Loveland, CO 80538, on or before July 15, 2019. Additional forms are available at the same address, from the Extension Office, or at our web site: https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/larimer-county-fair/

Exhibitor Name:

Address:

City / Zip:

Phone:

E-mail address: Check the department(s) in which you plan to bring item(s) to enter in the Larimer County Fair. OG - Horticulture OJ - Garden Flowers OK - Baked Products OL - Canned / Dried Products OM - Needlework ON - Quilting OP - Spinning & Weaving OR - Machine Work OS - Fine Arts OT - Photography OU - Creative Crafts

Pre-registration is required in all departments. All pre-registration forms shall be in the Larimer County Fair Entry Office or postmarked by July 15. Entry Office closes at 6:00 p.m. on July 15. Postmarks, faxes and internet pre-registrations will be accepted only if posted on or before July 15. Pre-registration forms received after July 15 are subject to a late charge of $5.00 per department and space availability. No late entries will be taken after department check-in. * See Open Exhibitor Division Rules and Regulations in the 2019 Larimer County Fair Premium Book for further information.

https://larimer.extension.colostate.edu/larimer-county-fair/

larimer county fairgrounds · bec budweiser events center ina mac equipment indoor arena epav mac...

Documents